3 1822022146195
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 UMVtMfTY Of 
 CALtrOftWtA 
 
 SANCMEGO
 
 31822022146195 
 
 pM 
 
 JbSl 
 
 r 
 
 Social Sciences & Humanities Library 
 
 University of California, San Diego 
 Please Note: This item is subject to recall. 
 
 Date Due 
 OCT 2 9 1998 
 
 Cl 39 (5/97) 
 
 L/CSD Lib.
 
 Moseteno Vocabulary 
 and Treatises
 
 ,,,, i'1 .\T lunii-.ltu- i' . , - V y ,, .: I !,."" '''". 
 
 . , , . Hi 1,1 I .1 Si ,>. v ., I Jin ' ( > .:! ' i i- 
 
 |;|,i' Jll.-.'. beicfii I'M.\. .XiMili >. . i jjmtl i Jftutai ' JiMi'it I)|nii.< 
 
 "II i I - 1 \ I i* .1 v 
 
 JAHII. J .. ' i , J\ . i J 'd . i lit .KiiK r* CUM lfH <v<Jf z/%i -o cui a In . M v 
 
 < i / i / i , / u 
 
 < .1 \ . , . I d r .) ft. 1 1 .r\ / 'Til 
 
 tltvUntiStci ;<MI.|.OII fc.dtY \il<tt*m-. BtfMut <u< G-V i < /IvM* 
 
 , , ; . . . . V ' i . v ,\yt 11(1,)1 CMv'ij - 
 
 ( I .,.. ; i.i .. i, ! ; < n v, i. . 'J)u M'. In Il,j3 Ui,. Cii)1r ^ftl n"ial(O' ji 
 
 Tjotiit iv't' !<' ^J : CM' jl<'f.:#i -i . >< yu ) - iflcj* << : ,',\ '. Ji'nl, n nit 
 
 1(11 .1 |J|| ..'"I ;- .' !i'( 'h'fltl il i . ' III ^ . ' ! I > s I '.<MT|J|I 6K| | 
 
 J.!)yi .''.- ; -1: lu ! i ,1 ,- .;^ l.',,i i,, . , , iv \ 
 
 ' 1 i-/ / / 
 
 JHiJ; Itlt Vv /f )idi , liiiiniv nmiJ't fi i ue i . i , Uoi dit M ' <vi. 
 
 I !' ~1 f \ I ( 'I M 
 
 Jl'lJ r/lv-; ' '.'.'. ,,,'.f\i (,MUHu, r !jM^,',,J. r , U* 
 
 v r i ^ | ( ; ^ r ^ iti j| t ] t - /j,^!; 
 
 i^'a^l/cIlIar^Ju 
 
 I \ t 111 * i I 
 
 ;t<V' Mimvu 3iu Ihi i f)imiln tn-.K m iv .^CM mi'a H ; > it , u i -H" IKM*I ''lM'il;.l > i 
 
 j- i ? ^ / v>l H v I ') ' 
 
 UtU>l0jn: Jin' lji il HilU'l I ' :'J' i 1;|,l ;A-I C - . Ji))t , , - .1 , <A|i?1M' 
 
 rcV -Ji ti.il-h: i!''nl ' ,S .ttltotmVu iiiUolna ct .'uwml* 
 
 ' i \ I .1 J . 
 
 . v. . v ! ^ i\M \ '>v MI 11 u mi M - M ^><;ji i iK'Ain*' 
 
 i H i I - - " 1 / ~> 
 
 'UnTv- iiitiu ->in iincn'c J f' ?> 1 : ' i rtiinf 4t ; V >i.liv IHHH. .n m ^K h^ "t l> i oi-u 
 
 t-\i )1i -xi\ -' \ Y tfiii',4 o.v ' ;i| i ! At Minn ^<-'> Ulliniu JiTt : liV fiiu , iTc"y 
 
 ^.\ in 11 iniiit ... i-l-.u lildiiiii .. ..MI i in .1 u 'li"l>v I1lsi^t)ijl^ in;>> m 1 . 
 
 11 [ \ - ) I ' - I' } I 1 
 
 FllMHm .. urut i-iOt fi lifiitl-vi cm. vn ill '''>" i \ .. umc i;|ic..fxnu (nt< it ,*nn 
 
 i -\ > 1 4 , > - ^ i I > 1 -i 
 
 J. Jjt1:|i( Vi l( ;'!< fji . . .' V(n i : HI muu ;6ll'hi (fn . MIH Ini ;eUn can >'( ii>^- 
 
 , t l'(- ,,,i 3 'IcjtM,,- ,u ,; Mf'ifij -K in" Wcn' i!iViii"" 
 
 /',' ,Tl L' 1 'd"ff' * C,ii-'li7 I'l' Hf i Pjl/ "'.", '7 ",'!' ( m',K IM! oc" VM i/ ! ^T 
 
 .1.1 - [I ^ - 4 " . ^ " j I I -~{ 
 
 1 p ' 
 
 in- i . i / . <t " / "'M- L ' i i I 1 I 
 
 Illi M.MM: uiiii(-iit ( M tMi i M Jiin , ji -ij fin< lAtiili 'I > t n^f ^/iii: fJi^v ; 6'!;liM<> 
 
 V.n.'l. ts.iM J:l,MM mUl ;K/l.i;' xlL, .',- ( K ^;>V-},,,, f ,u f,,,,x" .-),;. 
 
 i * 
 
 i , ... i i . L J i I 1 1 
 
 f; nt /ll,~ii< (; 'iMi j.-i . 1 1 i i i i n i J li * ) i< n im IM-'X r ci 1)1 * i] ( "It l JAl . 11 * < i\l'it X >m 
 
 Jl . -> 'I.. J' 111- \\ I I' " ^ I ,'r I fW / ^ 
 
 . J0Jt . M .v't i .x Mil 3fi)\tiiii flit Idl er,c :l'i'i Cnif'111 lA'MwH r )C' /'(<.il<ft 'V 
 
 II 1 . 
 
 I . I, i *J . ,, J ' U / ' yfl ") 
 
 It I ) f ' ^ / $ \ ^ I '~h ' ^ 1 ^ i i v I 
 
 .j 4yl I ' f 
 
 / It) 
 
 -/If' /rj.t /.,/.',,/, ///'f , 
 
 I / I A V / // 
 
 L " ' / V" / ' ) 
 
 ^y/ .J.tflfl / / I Ji f t, ,' ' <~ f ,!'/?_ -'//? I,'!/, i / 
 
 y^ '" ' y / /# ///// / / , 
 
 , / .ij/i f /( < ft, /A /////-,<// v/ '/.>;// 'S/SatA/,. , ( f f // y 
 
 :'/?>*/< /r <? t./At// /s- r / '/fi'/.ijtr 'S/rat.tr.. 
 
 I /,, - - ' 
 
 J / ' 
 
 ft -. 
 
 Facsimile of Folio 41 left of Bibolotti's Moseteno Treatises (Reduced size) 
 Manuscript in possesMon of Northwestern University Library
 
 Moseteno Vocabulary 
 and Treatises 
 
 BY 
 
 BENIGNO BIBOLOTTI 
 
 PRIEST OF THE FRANCISCAN MISSION OF INMACULADA 
 CONCEPCION DE COVENDO IN BOLIVIA 
 
 From an Unpublished Manuscript 
 in possession of Northwestern University Library 
 
 WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY 
 
 RUDOLPH SCHULLER 
 
 FORMERLY OF THE MUSEU GOELDI, PARA, BRAZIL 
 
 EVANSTON AND CHICAGO 
 
 NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 
 
 1917
 
 COPYRIGHT 1917 
 
 BY 
 
 NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY 
 Evanston, Illinois
 
 NOTE 
 
 The disruption of diplomatic relations between the United 
 States and Austria-Hungary made it necessary for Dr. Schuller 
 to leave this country. He was granted a safe conduct to return 
 to his native land and sailed from New York on May 4th. 
 
 At the tune Dr. Schuller left Evanston he had completed 
 only a rough draft of the Introduction which is here published. 
 Fortunately, Professor Franz Boas of Columbia University was 
 able to recommend Dr. Truman Michelson of the Bureau of 
 American Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, 
 D. C., as one well fitted to undertake the final revision of the 
 important linguistic part of Dr. Schuller's Introduction, which 
 is to be found on pages xxxviii to xcv. The historical part of the 
 Introduction was revised by my colleague, Professor Georg 
 Edward, and myself. To both Dr. Michelson and Professor 
 Edward the University owes thanks for the successful accom- 
 plishment of their task. 
 
 Dr. Schuller had supplied an English translation of the 
 whole vocabulary, but it did not seem to me that such a trans- 
 lation added anything of value. I have, therefore, omitted it. 
 It seemed to me also desirable to reproduce the manuscript 
 exactly as Bibolotti left it with all its errors and mistakes. 
 Bibolotti was not a highly educated man and, as he tells us 
 himself, was not writing for scholars, but for future mission- 
 aries among the Mosetenos. Dr. Schuller had undertaken to 
 correct many of Bibolotti's errors and supply omissions. At 
 my request Professor Edward and my assistant, Miss Agnes 
 L. Mowbray, were kind enough to undertake the very labori- 
 ous task of making the changes in the printed proof needed to 
 make the reproduction of the manuscript correspond to the 
 original. 
 
 2G1O718
 
 vi NOTE 
 
 It does not fall within my province to discuss the value of 
 the manuscript discovered by Dr. Schuller and the importance 
 of his work. The most important part of the material was sub- 
 mitted to Professor Franz Boas of Columbia University, the lead- 
 ing authority in this country in the field of American anthropology 
 and ethnology. Under date of April 3d, Professor Boas wrote: 
 "Dr. Schuller has evidently done a very large amount of work in 
 extracting characteristic grammatical features, and although I 
 am sure that he would be the last to claim that this is a complete 
 grammar of the language, it is much more than we ever knew 
 before. It is difficult to convince any one who has not done work 
 of this sort how laborious is the work that Dr. Schuller has 
 undertaken." In view of the opinion of Professor Boas I did 
 not hesitate to order the publication of this book. As stated 
 by Dr. Schuller in his Preface, the publication was made possible 
 by the generosity of the constant benefactor of Northwestern 
 University, Mr. James A. Patten. 
 
 It may not be amiss to express here the hope that it will be 
 possible at some later date to publish some of the other manu- 
 script material relating to South America, now in possession of 
 Northwestern University. This material is chiefly of importance 
 for modern Bolivian history, the most interesting section being 
 the correspondence for the years 1841 to 1852 of General Jose 
 Ballivian, President of Bolivia from 1839 to 1848. 
 
 WALTER LICHTENSTEIN. 
 
 Northwestern University Library 
 Evanston, Illinois 
 July i, 1917
 
 PREFACE 
 
 Northwestern University Library possesses a fairly large 
 collection of unpublished Spanish manuscripts which are prob- 
 ably unique in the United States. They are specially noteworthy 
 as far as they relate to the modern development and inter- 
 nal political life of Bolivia. Professor Lichtenstein, Librarian 
 of Northwestern University, acquired this material, consisting 
 of books, pamphlets, early periodicals and the like, from Senor 
 Donate Lanza y Lanza during a sojourn in Bolivia. 1 
 
 In September 1916, Professor Lichtenstein asked me to 
 arrange and collate the manuscripts and prepare them for the 
 binder. While examining the different packages 2 in order to 
 make a preliminary selection of the papers according to the 
 subjects treated in them, I found Bibolotti's manuscript dealing 
 with the Moseteno language. 
 
 The unexpected discovery is all the more important since 
 it concerns extensive materials gathered together by a yet 
 unknown author of a relatively little studied Bolivian aboriginal 
 idiom spoken by Indians who have almost vanished. If there 
 are still a few of them remaining without foreign admixture, 
 they are destined to be absorbed completely in the near future 
 by the process of amalgamation. This phenomenon has been 
 going on slowly but infallibly everywhere in South America. 
 The reasons are palpable. It is due partly to the continuous and 
 irresistible advance of modern civilization, and partly to the 
 fact that the primitive cis-andine fishing and hunting tribes 
 have little capacity for resistance. These Indians, although 
 strong, healthy and relatively happy, as long as enjoying un- 
 
 1 For further details, see "A Trip to South America," Northwestern University 
 Bulletin, Vol. XVI, No. i, September 3, 1915. 
 
 2 The folders of these packages were labeled: "Banco Hipotecario de Bolivia." 
 
 vii
 
 viii PREFACE 
 
 bounded liberty far off from the temptations of civilized life, 
 upon the slightest contact with the latter begin at once to 
 degenerate. The physical and moral conditions of these people 
 so badly treated by fate become gradually undermined. They 
 are condemned to irremediable destruction. Within a few years 
 the name of the Moseteno will be added to the alarmingly long 
 list of extinct South American Indian tribes. 
 
 It was my desire to have the manuscript published. Mr. 
 James A. Patten, President of the Board of Trustees of North- 
 western University, became interested in this work, and he 
 generously furnished the funds necessary for the publication of 
 this book. 
 
 RUDOLPH SCHULLER. 
 
 Evanston, Illinois 
 February 23, 1917
 
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 NOTE v 
 
 PREFACE. . . . . '. ". , . ,. ..,>-.. . . vii 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 THE MANUSCRIPT . xi 
 
 THE AUTHOR . . ... . . . . . . -.. . xiii 
 
 THE MOSETENO INDIANS AND THE FRANCISCAN MISSIONS . xiv 
 
 CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF PREVIOUS WRITINGS ON MOSETENO . xxv 
 NOTES ON PHONETICS . . . - . . .. . . ' . . . xxxviii 
 
 VOCABULARIES 
 
 The Human Body . . . . . . xl 
 
 Relationships . , , . xliii 
 
 Society xliv 
 
 Religion, etc ' . xlv 
 
 Diseases, etc . . xlv 
 
 Ethnography xlvi 
 
 Nature ' '. , ' -. . ^ xlix 
 
 Colors lii 
 
 GRAMMATICAL PROCESSES 
 
 Nouns lii 
 
 Number lii 
 
 Gender liii 
 
 Formation of Nouns liii 
 
 Grammatical Cases Ivi 
 
 Adjectives lix 
 
 Pronouns Ix 
 
 Personal Pronouns Ix 
 
 Possessive Pronouns Ix 
 
 Relative and Demonstrative Pronouns . Ixi 
 
 Indefinite Pronouns Ixii 
 
 Interrogative Pronouns Ixii 
 
 ix
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 GRAMMATICAL PROCESSES continued 
 
 Numerals Ixiii 
 
 Adverbs Ixiii 
 
 Prepositions Ixiv 
 
 Conjunctions Ixiv 
 
 Verbs Ixiv 
 
 Verbal Stems Ixiv 
 
 Classification of Verbs Ixvi 
 
 Tenses Ixx 
 
 The Imperative Mood Ixxii 
 
 The Participial Mood Ixxix 
 
 Other Moods * Ixxx 
 
 GENERAL OBSERVATIONS Ixxxii 
 
 Suffixes Ixxxix 
 
 Reduplication xc 
 
 Affiliated Languages and Peoples xci 
 
 APPENDIX A xcvi 
 
 APPENDIX B ciii 
 
 APPENDIX C (Bibliography) cviii 
 
 BIBOLOTTI'S MOSETENO VOCABULARY AND 
 
 TREATISES i 
 
 FACSIMILE OF FOLIO 41 LEFT OF BIBOLOTTI'S 
 
 MOSETENO TREATISES Frontispiece 
 
 MAP OF BOLIVIA . xvi
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 THE MANUSCRIPT 
 
 The manuscript is unquestionably an autograph consisting 
 of 42 folios taken out of a ledger, 370 mm. by 250 mm. in size. 
 The pages are ruled in red ink. Every two pages facing each 
 other are numbered alike. The number is printed in black ink. 
 The following folios are missing: 3 right, 4 left, 10 right and n 
 left. They had evidently been lost before the author began to 
 write his vocabulary. 1 
 
 On the top of page i, we read: "Vocabolario Esponol 
 Musateno etc. etc." The rest of the page is blank. On the top 
 of page 2, which is also blank, is inscribed: "C(on)ta C(orren)te 
 de los SS OS Cortados $ Debe Haber" (Account of Messrs Corta- 
 dos). Both these inscriptions are in the author's handwriting. 
 
 The Spanish-Moseteno vocabulary begins with the word 
 abajo page 3 and ends on page 60 with the word zuriaga 
 (instead of zurriaga "whip"), beneath which occurs a vote 
 of thanks in Latin followed by the author's initials. 
 
 Specimens of the four elementary methods of calculation are 
 to be found on pp. 61-62. 
 
 On page 64 there occur the personal pronouns and con- 
 jugations of verbs. 
 
 The formation of the plural of certain nouns is shown on 
 page 65. This part is followed by a note referring to a " Doctrina 
 "Cristiana" the author had composed in the same Indian lan- 
 guage. Unfortunately that interesting document could not be 
 found among the manuscripts now in Northwestern University 
 Library. 
 
 Forty-eight sentences, chiefly relating to religious matters, 
 
 1 For the purposes of the following discussion I have used the ordinary system 
 of numbering the pages in a consecutive order.
 
 xii SCHULLER 
 
 and a short prayer with interlinear Spanish translation, occupy 
 pp. 65-69. 
 
 A brief address to "Little Brother," followed by a panegyric 
 upon the immaculate conception of St. Mary, the latter in 
 Moseteno only, runs from p. 70 to p. 72. And at the end there 
 appears a postscript again addressed to "Little Brother." 
 
 The second panegyric, likewise in Moseteno only, occupies 
 pp. 73-74. It is followed by another short note in Spanish 
 signed by the author. 
 
 The third panegyric, pp. 75-76, is written also only in Mose- 
 teno. It is dedicated to St. Michael, the patron of the Moseteno 
 mission of San Miguel de Muchanes. 
 
 Short allocutions in Italian appear at the end of each of 
 the panegyrics. 
 
 The panegyrics are followed by an "epilogue" in Spanish 
 dedicated to the memory of the late superior, Father Cerda. 
 The author, whose Spanish might be better, relates certain 
 incidents in the life of Father Cerda, who died in February 1868 
 at the Moseteno mission of Santa Ana, situated on the Senvapi 
 River. This part of the manuscript, running from p. 77 to p. 82, 
 is dated and signed by Father Bibolotti. 
 
 Sixteen "Familiar Sentences (phrases) for Beginners" follow 
 on page 83. They are identical with those published by Father 
 Armentia in 1902. Armentia seems, as will be shown hereafter, 
 to have copied them word for word from Bibolotti's manuscript. 
 
 The last page is left blank. 
 
 We can only surmise as to the tune when the manuscript was 
 written. It is dated Covendo, May 20, 1868. Yet the work 
 itself undoubtedly represents the knowledge Father Bibolotti 
 had acquired of the Moseteno language during his eleven years' 
 residence among these Indians. Bibolotti's letters are uniform 
 and the manuscript is very legible. Several corrections written 
 in different ink seem to have been made after the whole had 
 been written. Somewhat disturbing are the frequent repetitions 
 of words of the same meaning. Yet similar defects occur in 
 modern works destined exclusively for scientific purposes, as,
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 for example, in Armentia, whose Moseteno vocabulary is said 
 to be the latter's own production. 
 
 THE AUTHOR 
 
 The author of the manuscript is Benigno Bibolotti. His 
 life and career up to the year 1857 are entirely veiled in ob- 
 scurity. Judging from the Spanish, from occasional Italian 
 words which, when writing the Moseteno vocabulary, the author 
 seems to have used involuntarily, 1 and also from the fact that his 
 family name was Bibolotti, it is clear that he was an Italian by 
 birth. He joined the Franciscan Order, but it is not known 
 when and where he took the vows. Having been appointed 
 euro, conversor spiritual pastor of the Moseteno Indians, 
 he arrived, according to his own statement, 2 as early as October 
 3, 1857, at the Moseteno mission of Inmaculada Concepcion, 
 also called Guachi. We are assured that in the same year 
 Bibolotti accompanied by the missionaries Father Jose Maria 
 Ciuret 3 and Father Bernardo Clerici, 4 both of the same order, 
 made an expedition across the wilderness of the Department 
 of the Beni, then visited the Araona Indians and other savage 
 tribes in the forests along the headwaters of the Madre de 
 Dios. 5 
 
 As for any other information, we only know from the author's 
 own statements that on May 20, 1868, he still was in charge 
 of the Moseteno mission called Inmaculada Concepcion de 
 Covendo, where he seems to have been living ever since 1857. 
 On the former date he finished and signed the Spanish epilogue 
 of our manuscript, dedicated to the memory of his deceased 
 
 1 Polenta instead of mazamorra; parlar, secur, etc. 
 
 * Folio number 43 left. 
 
 8 Afterwards pastor at Jesus de Cavinas, a Cavinefio Indian settlement in the 
 province of Caupolican, Bolivia. He was a buen lenguaraz expert linguist 
 of the Cavinefio language. The latter is a different idiom from Tacana; cf. Cardus, 
 "Las Misiones Franciscanas," etc., pp. 169, 170, 172, 173. 
 
 4 Missionary of the Tacana settlement of San Antonio of Tumupaza, Caupo- 
 lican, Bolivia; cf. Cardus, op. cit., pp. 165-168. 
 
 6 As to this assertion we must rely upon Armentia, "Navegaci6n del Madre de 
 Dios," pp. 27-28. He does not give his source of information.
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 Indians," 1 we find enumerated the following Indian tribes: 
 Aguachiles, living in sixteen settlements; Sabaniones, in four 
 villages; Uchupiamonas, in ten villages, and Pasaramonas, in 
 about eight hamlets. In addition, the Antonios, 2 the Pamaynos, 
 the Masizes, the Araonas, the Vacanaguas, 3 the Sarionas, the 
 Saparunas, and finally, the Chumanos, who were distributed in 
 more than thirty great villages. 
 
 The habitat of the Moseteno-Chumano embraced the moun- 
 tainous regions to the east of the Beni, more or less between 15 
 and 16 south latitude, and 69 to 71 longitude west of Paris. 
 Their eastern neighbours were the Yurucare; in the north they 
 reached as far as the territories occupied by Mobima and Moxo, 
 or Mojo, tribes, and in the northwest they touched Tacana and 
 Leco speaking peoples. The natural border to the south and the 
 west is the range of the higher Andes. 
 
 Unfortunately, we do not know when and under what cir- 
 cumstances the first missions were founded among these Indians. 
 The modern authors, who chronicled the life of the Franciscan 
 missionaries among the savage Indians of Bolivia, furnish very 
 little information respecting the foundation of the different 
 missions during the sixteenth, seventeenth and eighteenth 
 centuries. Most of the original documents which would cast 
 full light upon the marvelous achievements of those intrepid 
 and disinterested men, whose names are as yet recorded in no 
 history, are dispersed and remain still hidden in the archives of 
 America and Europe. 4 
 
 1 " Carta de los misioneros fray Juan Mun6z, fray Juan de Ojeda, etc., al 
 Obispo del Cuzco," etc., in Maurtua, I.e., pp. 96-103. See also "Expediente 
 promovido por Fr. Isidore de Cala y Ortega sobre el estado y las necesidades de las 
 misiones a cargo de los franciscanos del Cuzco. Anos 1750-1754," 1. c., pp. 121-137. 
 
 2 Probably the Tacana of San Antonio de Tumupaza. 
 
 3 The name is sutely of Pano origin. 
 
 4 The noble example given by Father Jos6 Amich in his work, "Compendio 
 historico de los trabajos, fatigas, sudores y muertos que los ministros evangelicos 
 de la Serafica Religion han padecido por la conversion de las almas de los Gentiles 
 en las montanas de los Andes," etc., Paris, 1854; by the missionaries of the " Colegio 
 de Propaganda Fide de Santa Rosa de Ocopa," Peru, and by Father Jos6 Cardus, 
 the author of the most important book on the Franciscan missions among the 
 Guarayo Indians, entitled: "La doctrina cristiana explicada en Guarayo y en
 
 m 
 if 
 
 BM 
 
 < . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,^ : :; 
 
 
 
 QC V 
 
 v 
 
 a 
 
 REPRODUCED FROM A MAP OF BOLIVIA MADE H\ 
 IN POSSESSION OF THE JOHN CR< 
 
 The name of the Mosetenos (spelled here Mocelenos) and
 
 LEVAN. kDO S - il'IOS ULRANTf 20 ANUS V.TOMAUO Dt 
 
 LAS MEJORES h\IENTT> HI. l\h>KSUi ION oFIUAL. CON LOS LIMITES DE Ltte ULllMOS TRATADOS 
 IM I k\ V H >NALES V CON UNA OU1A EXPLICATIVA 
 
 DEL 
 
 SENOR D DANIEL SANCHEZ BUSTAMANTE 
 
 1NJEN1ERO FRANZ OERMANN 
 
 S AMFRICA. MEMBER A. S. C t U - S. AMERICA MEMBER I DE I CHILE. CORONEL Of (NJENIEROS CO 
 
 1913 
 
 Reproduction prohthtdi. Gcsetiiich geschuin AH ngtits reserved. 
 
 La Proyeccion dd Mapa es la pdkx^nica. 
 
 
 
 *, 
 
 ' 
 
 . 
 
 i '0 
 
 
 
 flfr-.*TOp^ --\V *sfc* >*fV</ ''*. 
 
 *ANZ GERMANN AND PUBLISHED AT LA PAZ IN 1913. 
 iR LIBRARY OF CHICAGO, ILLINOIS. 
 
 tames of the other tribes are printed in red ink on this map.
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 From the known original documents, we can infer that in 
 the second half of the eighteenth century the Franciscan missions 
 in northern Bolivia enjoyed much prosperity. Thousands of 
 converts and neophytes of the different Indian tribes had been 
 gathered together in settlements (reducciones) , where under 
 the protection of pious and zealous friars they lived happily 
 together as useful members of that Christian republic. 
 Father Simon de Sosa founded in 1770 the mission of Cavinas. 1 
 In 1771, Father Perez Reynante established Santiago de 
 Pacaguaras. 2 To about the same period can be traced the 
 foundation of Purisima Concepcion de Apolobamba, San Juan 
 de Buenavista, Nuestra Senora de el Juncal de los Aguachiles, 
 San Francisco de los Pasaramonas, Santisima Trinidad de 
 Jariapo, San Joseph de los Uchupiamonas, 3 San Antonio de 
 
 Castellano para uso de los ne6fitos de las misiones de S. Jos6 de Tarata," Cocha- 
 bamba, 1883, ought to be imitated without delay by the friars of the "Colegio de 
 Propaganda Fide," in La Paz, Bolivia. The documents relating to the different 
 enlradas of the missionaries in the past centuries should be published at once 
 with all details referring to the savage Indians, their languages, their 
 manners and customs, and so forth, and whenever possible the spelling of the 
 originals should be retained. In order to simplify and to facilitate the task, it 
 would be most convenient to bring together, for instance in the monastery at 
 La Paz, all manuscripts which are still existing concerning this matter in the 
 different Bolivian missions. From reliable sources we know positively that the 
 earlier missionaries used to make very detailed reports on their journeys across 
 the territories where the Tacana, Leco, Moseteno, etc., lived. Those writings 
 were usually accompanied by sketch-maps. There was, for instance, a map con- 
 structed after 1770 by Father Fray Bernardino Bustios, "Compendio breve de 
 discursos varios sobre diferentes materias y noticias geograficas," etc., formado por 
 Pablo Jose Oricain, 1790; in Maurtua "Juicio," tomo XI, p. 376, with a careful 
 account inscribed therein of the different Indian tribes the missionary had met 
 during his perilous voyage through this wilderness. This all-important map 
 seems to be lost forever, though similar documents may still exist in the archives of 
 the Franciscan monasteries in Bolivia. Careful researches in the archives of the 
 "Colegio de Propaganda Fide" and of the General Monastery at Rome would 
 surely bring results. Among the Franciscan friars at La Paz there are undoubtedly 
 many capable members who could be intrusted with the important task. The 
 Fathers would thus not only free themselves from an old and sacred debt to their 
 Order, but at the same time they would render an inestimable service to all those 
 scientists who have consecrated their ambition and life to the study of the com- 
 plicated history of the New World and its aboriginal inhabitants. 
 
 1 Armentia, " Navegaci6n," p. 28. 
 
 2 See map in Armentia's work. 
 
 8 Probably a Tacana speaking tribe. Their idiom became extinct. In Cardus' 
 time they were speaking a corrupt Quechua dialect; cf. op. cit., p. 165.
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 Yxiamas, 1 San Buenaventura de los Luchiviras, and San Pedro 
 de Alcantara de los Araonas. 2 
 
 Twenty years afterward, the once prosperous settlements 
 had been abandoned by their pastors, and the Indians had 
 deserted and returned to the woods, to remain again free and 
 barbarous. 
 
 A new era for the Indian missions in Bolivia started with 
 the arrival of Father Andres Herrero in the beginning of the 
 nineteenth century. This young friar, accompanied by Luis de 
 Lacueva, 3 a member of the same Order, defied dangers and almost 
 certain death. He penetrated into the inhospitable montana 
 with the firm design of restoring the missions and of continuing 
 the interrupted work, in spite of all perils and obstacles. The 
 energetic missionary saw his arduous enterprise at last crowned 
 with success. Many of the Indians replied to the evangelical 
 call. As early as i8o4 4 was founded the mission of San Miguel 
 de Muchanes among the Moseteno. In 1815 Father Herrero 
 established a second Moseteno mission, to which he gave the 
 name of Santa Ana. This settlement had to be moved several 
 times, until finally it was transferred to the right bank of the 
 Beni, opposite the mouth of the Senvapi, a tributary of the former. 
 
 The South American revolution against the Spanish dominion 
 had a bad influence upon the progress of the Indian missions in 
 
 1 Tacana Indians. The mission was afterwards called "Nuestra Senora del 
 Carmen de Isiamas;" cf. 1. c., p. 168. 
 
 2 Very interesting is the typical ending of the clan-names, as Toromona(s), 
 Ara-ona(s), Cupiam-ona(s) , Sari-ona(s), Sapar-una(s), Pasaramona(s) , and so on. 
 
 3 Author of a grammar and dictionary of the Yurucare language. The manu- 
 script, formerly of the D'Orbigny collection, is now preserved at the Biblioth&que 
 Nationale, in Paris. It has been published under the title of "Principes et Dic- 
 tionnaire de la Langue Yuracare ou Yurujure composds par le R. P. La Cueva et 
 public's conformement au Manuscrit de A. D'Orbigny," par Lucien Adam. 
 (Bibliotheque Linguistique Ame'ricaine, Tome XVI). Paris, Maisonneuve, 1893. 
 
 4 Cardus, op. cit., p. 161. Armentia, op. cit., p. 3, says 1805. Weddel, 
 "Voyage," p. 459, states that the mission had been founded in 1725, but he does 
 not quote the source of information. It may be that he refers to an early mission 
 of the same name. If so, he surely bases his assertion on data which he gathered 
 among the Franciscan missionaries at Guanay, a Leco Indian settlement situated 
 on the left bank of the Tipuani River, not very far from the junction of the latter 
 with the Mapiri River.
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Bolivia. Many of the Franciscan friars joined the royal colors, 
 animated by a desire to help maintain the Spanish rule in South 
 America. 
 
 There was a decided lack of collaborators in carrying on the 
 tasks of the missions, and it seemed as if all the work among 
 the newly converted Indian tribes would be undone. This and 
 other considerations of vital interest for the new Christian 
 communities compelled Father Herrero to undertake a journey 
 to Europe. He went first to Spain. Shortly afterwards he 
 repaired to Rome, probably to confer with the superiors of the 
 Franciscan Order on matters relating to the Indian missions in 
 Bolivia. At that tune his work on the Moseteno language was 
 printed at the expense of the "Colegio de Propaganda Fide" in 
 Rome. 
 
 In 1835 Herrero returned to South America accompanied 
 by a small number of new missionaries, recruited partly in Spain 
 and partly in Italy, in order to repeople with them the almost 
 deserted colleges and missions in Bolivia. One of those devoted 
 men was an Italian friar named Angelo Baldovino, who in 1842 
 founded the Moseteno mission of Inmaculada Concepcion. 
 This mission had originally been established at Guachi, near the 
 junction of the Beni with the Wopi, or La Paz River. But on 
 account of the unhealthy climatic conditions in Guachi, the 
 mission was moved in 1862 to the right bank of the Beni, in the 
 angle formed by the latter and its affluent the Covendo. The 
 entire settlement is said to have been once destroyed by fire, and 
 in this disaster all documents referring to its foundation and to 
 other interesting matters concerning the Moseteno missions 
 were lost. 
 
 Partly as a result of this fire, our knowledge as to the physical 
 appearance, manners and customs and language of the Moseteno 
 and the missions in Bolivia is restricted to what modern sci- 
 entists and explorers tell us. These followed in the third and 
 fourth decades of the nineteenth century the way which had been 
 blazed by the great Alexander von Humboldt. Among these 
 moderns were two noted French travelers, Alcide D'Orbigny
 
 XX 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 and A. H. Weddel. The former gives, besides many and very 
 useful data respecting the Moseteno, a detailed description of 
 their physical habitus. The latter, who had opportunity of 
 meeting several Moseteno at Guanay, furnishes, in addition to a 
 description of their appearance, their manners and customs, 
 interesting details as to the state of the missions in that period, 
 although for the latter facts he had only hearsay evidence. 
 
 According to Weddel, 1 the total number of semi- civilized 
 Moseteno reached 1350, distributed in the three missions as 
 follows: Magdalenos, 2 600 individuals of both sexes; Santa Ana, 
 600, and Muchanes, 150. 
 
 Father Bibolotti makes only brief reference to the Franciscan 
 fathers who were in charge of the Moseteno missions. Accord- 
 ing to him the pastors were the following: At Inmaculada Con- 
 ception de Covendo, the author himself; at Santa Ana de Sen- 
 vapi, Father Pablo Mateo (de la?) Cerda, pastor and then for 
 the second tune Prefect or Superior of the Moseteno missions; 
 and at San Miguel de Muchanes Fray Amadeo Boydi. Neither 
 Cerda nor Boydi are mentioned in the writings of modern 
 Franciscan authors. 
 
 The untrustworthy French traveler Andre Bresson 3 esti- 
 mated the total number of neophytes in 1884-1886 at 2,100. 
 Cardus, 4 who, as member of the Franciscan Order and a mis- 
 sionary himself, furnishes official data, states explicitly that the 
 number of Moseteno Indians settled in the missions in 1883-1884 
 did not exceed 621 souls. They were distributed as follows: 
 With Father Tomas Hermoso at Covendo, 77 families 370 
 persons; with Father Cesareo Fernandez at S. Ana, 27 families 
 - 108 persons, and with Father Lucas Barreta at Muchanes, 33 
 families 143 persons. 
 
 1 Op. cit., p. 459. 
 
 1 The origin of the designation Magdalenos has already been referred to. It is 
 the nickname of the Moseteno neophytes of Covendo. 
 
 * "Bolivie," etc., Paris, 1886, pp. 472, 476. See Appendix A for proof of this 
 author's plagiarism. 
 
 4 Op. cit., p. 184.
 
 I NTRODUCTION xxi 
 
 According to Father Cardus, 1 the geographical position of 
 the missions is the following: 2 
 
 Long, of Paris South Lat. Province Department 
 
 Covendo 70 30' 16 Yungas La Paz 
 
 Santa Ana 70 50' 15 48' " " " 
 
 Muchanes 71 15 9' " " " 
 
 1 Op. cit., p. 184. 
 
 2 The road which leads from La Paz overland to the Moseteno settlements can 
 be traveled on horseback or on mule to Meguilla, a place situated on the La Paz 
 River, which from this point on is called Rio Wopi. At Meguilla the missionaries 
 used to embark on rafts made of polo de balsa, a Bombaceae (ochroma piscatorum) . 
 The rowers and guides needed for this very perilous voyage were usually Moseteno 
 Indians from Santa Ana or from Covendo, who, especially during the dry season, 
 from May or June till November, were wont to come to Meguilla in order to 
 exchange their native productions for European trifles and for aguardiente, a kind 
 of brandy made of sugar-cane. The itinerary and the distances, according to 
 Cardus (pp. 223-224) are the following: 
 
 From La Paz to Yrupana 24 Spanish leagues 
 
 Yrupana to Meguilla 6 " 
 
 Meguilla to Guachi 20 " 
 
 Guachi to Covendo 6 " 
 
 Covendo to S. Ana 14 " 
 
 S. Ana to Muchanes 17 " 
 
 Total . ". 87 Spanish leagues. 
 
 The journey can be made as follows: 
 VOYAGE FROM LA PAZ: 
 
 From La Paz to Meguilla 4 days 
 
 " Meguilla to Covendo 5 " 
 
 " Covendo to S. Ana i# " 
 
 " S. Ana to Muchanes itf " 
 
 Total 12 days 
 
 Going up the rivers requires almost twice as much time as going down. This 
 is due to the powerful currents which tax the strength of the Indian rowers to 
 the utmost. 
 
 VOYAGE TO LA PAZ: 
 
 From Muchanes to S. Ana 2^3 days 
 
 " S. Ana to Covendo 3 " 
 
 " Covendo to Meguilla 12 " 
 
 " Meguilla to La Paz 4 " 
 
 Total 2i> days 
 
 Bresson went from La Paz to Yrupana in three days. At Yrupana he em- 
 barked on a raft guided by Moseteno from S. Ana. On the trip from Yrupana to 
 Magdalenos he spent ten days; from Magdalenos to S. Ana two days, and from 
 S. Ana to Muchanes four days.
 
 xxii SCHULLER 
 
 Cardus describes the Moseteno Indians as docile, agricultural 
 and industrious, and as much attached to the Catholic church. 
 Though sufficiently robust, says the same missionary, none of 
 these Indians attain a great age. He states that their number 
 diminishes annually, owing to the climate and the terrible 
 epidemics which at certain periods spread with alarming rapidity. 
 This is especially true of the terrible skin disease called espundia. 
 
 As to the physical appearance of the Moseteno, it is said 
 that they differ widely from the Yuracare. The face is oval, 
 the cheek-bones not prominent, the forehead only slightly 
 arched, the nose short, the nostrils little opened, the mouth 
 regular, the lips very thin, the eyes small, dark and horizontal, 
 the ears small, the hair dark, straight and long and the expression 
 in general free and cheerful. The men are of feminine appear- 
 ance and may be confounded with the women, for both sexes are 
 very much alike. The height of the men and women varies from 
 i m. 663 to i m. 665. 
 
 Weddel 1 furnishes a remarkable sketch of their physical 
 habitus. This careful observer says: "The new-comers (several 
 Moseteno who then had arrived at Guanay, where the French 
 traveler was sojourning) were smaller of stature and leaner than 
 the Lecos, our guests. Their physiognomy, less free, had, in 
 proportion to their age, an expression more manly, and their 
 lips, much thiner, were not animated by the same smile. The 
 Moseteno shave off the beard and the mustache, which the Lecos 
 very frequently retain. Their hah* is long and parted in the 
 midst of the forehead, which gives them a savage appearance. 
 Their eyes are almost horizontal. Several of these Indians had 
 their bodies daubed with blue colour, though the greater part 
 of them were disfigured by patches of white skin here and there. 
 This pseudo-albinism which appeared especially on the limbs of 
 our visitors is so frequent among the Moseteno that almost 
 none of them are exempt from it. One could be tempted to see 
 in it the normal colour of the race." The same manchas (marks) 
 were observed on the body of some of the Lecos, yet generally 
 1 Op. cit., pp. 457-458.
 
 INTRODUCTION xxiii 
 
 this cutaneous disease appears only among the Moseteno. 
 According to Cardus 1 the children are born without such marks, 
 which appear only in the seventh or eighth year of age. There- 
 fore the Moseteno are also called Indios overos or manchados 
 "speckled" or "freckled Indians." 2 In Covendo there were few 
 manchados. More existed at Santa Ana, and at Muchanes all 
 were manchados. 
 
 As to the Indians called Chimanes, who are said to be a 
 sub-tribe of the Moseteno, 3 we possess nothing except the slight 
 information given by Cardus. In the beginning of the nine- 
 teenth century, Father Herrero seems to have had the good 
 fortune to establish friendly relations with these Indians also, 
 among whom a reduccidn or settlement was founded in 1840, 
 though it had to be given up on account of a terrible smallpox 
 epidemic which spread among them. 4 In 1862 these 
 savages murdered Father Emilio Reinaul, their spiritual pastor, 
 and returned to the forests situated along the upper Maniqui, 
 where in Cardus' tune about fifty of the Chimanes were still 
 living. 5 
 
 Their natural arms were in former tunes the bow and arrow. 
 The wood employed for the manufacture of their bows is that 
 of the Chonta-palm (Bactrix). The stems of a certain Gynerium 
 furnished the material for their arrows, which used to be feathered 
 and decorated in various ways. After the introduction of fire- 
 arms among these Indians, the bow and arrow were employed 
 only for fishing. We do not know whether or not they originally 
 poisoned their arrows. 
 
 To catch fish the Indians often poison the creeks and raman- 
 sos 6 by means of barbasco (menispermum). The root of the 
 barbasco, which whitens the water like chalk or soap, stuns the 
 
 1 Op. cit., p. 162. 
 
 2 Cf. Weddel, p. 458. D'Orbigny, op. cit., p. 356 passim. 
 
 3 Cardus, op. cit., p. 289. 
 
 4 There is probably some connection with the earlier designation Chumano(s). 
 
 5 Op. cit., p. 290. 
 
 6 Quiet places in the river.
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 fish. After struggling for an instant it rises to the surface of the 
 water, turned upwards in a state of unconsciousness, which 
 enables the fisher to catch it with his hands. 1 
 
 For their trips up and down the rivers the Moseteno Indians 
 use only rafts. These are constructed of the so-called polo de 
 balsa. The Moseteno are excellent swimmers and rowers, 
 and skillful pilots. The canoe as a means of transportation 
 seems not to have been employed by these Indians at least 
 not in former tunes. Their language has no word to signify 
 canoa? 
 
 Respecting their former clan and tribe organization, 3 their 
 myths and legends, their religious beliefs, their home-industry 
 and so forth, there can unfortunately be found no trace what- 
 ever in the documents now accessible. All that we know of 
 the social and moral conditions of these Indians is derived from 
 descriptions and reports composed after primitive barbarism had 
 disappeared. This gap in our knowledge of South American 
 ethnology is all the more regrettable since the Moseteno habitat 
 and adjoining regions is one of the most interesting parts, 
 ethnologically speaking, of the Continent. In spite of un- 
 interrupted intercourse for many centuries with the more highly 
 developed culture of Peru and Bolivia, the primitive tribes, like 
 
 1 Marcoy, "A Journey across South America," I, p. 545. I had the opportunity 
 to observe the same process often among the Amuesa Indians of San Luis de Suaro, 
 in East Peru. At present they also use dynamite, which they obtain for this 
 purpose from the Franciscan missionaries or from the Peruvian colonists, notwith- 
 standing the legal prohibition which exists at least during the spawning season. It 
 is a most dangerous kind of fishing. Maimed Indians and Peruvian settlers are 
 frequent in these remote regions, which only nominally belong to Peru. The 
 Lima government is almost impotent to enforce in the Montana the laws of the 
 republic. The government power reaches as far as the higher Andes. What lies 
 beyond troubles the legislative body little. Grossest infringement of laws as well 
 as abominable abuses of the Indians occur every day in the Oriente of Peru under 
 the very eyes of the authorities. The latter are in most cases responsible for the 
 anarchic state which temporarily reigns in the Department of Loreto. 
 
 1 Pdne, instead of pene, in Heath's vocabulary, does not mean canoa, but balsa 
 or "raft." Cuaba, "canoe," is a borrowed word, for it occurs signifying "canoe" 
 in the Tacana, Araona and Cavinena languages alike. 
 
 * I have not transcribed the short notice on some burial customs observed by 
 the Moseteno according to Father Armentia, for they are common to many Ameri- 
 can Indians and other primitive peoples.
 
 INTRODUCTION xxv 
 
 the Moseteno, Tacana, Leco, Araona, etc., were not much 
 influenced. 1 
 
 CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF PREVIOUS WRITINGS ON 
 MOSETENO 
 
 The "Doctrina y Oraciones Cristianas," etc., 2 consist of 
 several tracts which were composed by the Franciscan missionary 
 Father Fr. Andres Herrero and published in 1834 at Rome by 
 order and at the expense of the "Colegio de Propaganda Fide." 
 They constitute the earliest known material for the study of the 
 Moseteno language. 
 
 These tracts have been the object of a short linguistical dis- 
 sertation by the French scholar Lucien Adam in the "Revue de 
 Linguistique et de Philologie Comparee." 3 Besides the errone- 
 ous interpretation of the grammatical function of certain nouns, 
 Adam made several mistakes in the transcription of Herrero's 
 text, as well as of Heath's vocabulary. The principal results of 
 the French savant's investigation were then unhesitatingly 
 accepted by the learned Argentine Lafone Quevedo, and repro- 
 duced by the latter in the "Anales de la Sociedad Cientifica 
 Argentina," 4 where there is to be found also the "Padre Nuestro," 
 the "Ave Maria" and a chapter of Herrero's "Doctrina." 6 
 
 A list of forty-one words and twenty-one numerals were 
 gathered by the notable French traveler Dr. Weddel 6 from whose 
 remarkable book on northern Bolivia his countryman Andre 
 Bresson later took his material without giving due credit. 
 
 1 A complete monograph on the Moseteno as well as on other tribes of far 
 northern and northwestern Bolivia will, at least for years to come, be a pious de- 
 siderium, unless new and more detailed descriptions of these Indians are discovered 
 or a future explorer gifted and fortunate like Karl von den Steinen may be able 
 to save for science the ethnological materials still hidden in remote regions of 
 northern Bolivia. 
 
 2 At present a very rare item of Americana in the book trade. 
 
 * "Notice grammatical sur la langue Mosetena," 1. c., tome vingt-deuxieme, 
 Paris, 1889, pp. 237-246. 
 
 4 Tome LII, pp. 154-159, and pp. 288-289. 
 
 5 Ibidem. 
 
 6 "Voyage dans le Nord de la Bolivie," pp. 461-462.
 
 XXVI 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 According to Weddel, the Moseteno language is much less agree- 
 able to the ear than that spoken by the Leco Indians. One can 
 not help being surprised that neither Adam nor Lafone Quevedo 
 made the slightest reference to Weddel's vocabulary, which repre- 
 sents the first glossary of the Moseteno language handed down. 
 
 D'Orbigny had no opportunity to collect linguistical mate- 
 rials, though he assures us the Moseteno is a very "euphonique" 
 language. 1 
 
 In the comparative vocabulary appended to the article 
 "Dialects of Bolivian Indians" 2 by the well-known explorer 
 Edwin R. Heath, there are included 162 words and the numerals 
 in Moseteno from one to ten. The latter and thirty-five of the 
 words were previously given in the above-mentioned work of 
 Weddel. Heath thus furnishes only 127 new words. The 
 materials might have been obtained directly from some Moseteno 
 Indians at the mission of Santa Ana. The list was afterwards 
 corrected by the "Padres of the Missions." 3 The Moseteno 
 language, says Heath, is French in its pronunciation. 4 Not- 
 withstanding all the care that had been taken by the editor, 
 there occur many mistakes in the list. The following ought to 
 be pointed out: 
 
 It reads: It should read: 
 
 1. yetchi anamu, my son (said by the 
 
 father) yetchi auamu 
 
 2. yesi anamu, my son (said by the 
 
 mother) yesi auamu 
 
 3. yesi anafie, my daughter (said by 
 
 the father) yetchi auane 
 
 4. yesi vagis otchi, my elder sister yesi vogis otchi 
 
 5. boyenye, house beyenye, from bei, to be, 
 
 to live. 6 
 
 1 "L'Homme Ame"ricain." 
 
 1 "The Kansas City Review," p. 683-687. 
 
 * Ibidem, p. 682. 
 
 4 Ibidem, p. 68r. 
 
 1 Herrero gives boin "to be." Armentia, although writing bei "to be," gives 
 boyenye "house." This is without doubt a peculiar sound between e and o, and 
 must be identical with the described by Weddel.
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 xxvn 
 
 6. tim, hair 
 
 7. ozni, water 
 
 8. chain, leaf 
 
 9. chilrs, meat, flesh 
 
 10. jsen, egg 
 
 11. pen, egg 
 
 12. zihcui, shame, black 
 
 13. ztchanguis, small, little 
 
 14. ter, strong 
 
 15. apae, warm, hot (fever) 
 
 1 6. mon, they, those 
 
 17. mim, ye 
 
 1 8. qum, at present, today 
 
 19. zrit, one, only 
 
 20. quoncan, eight 
 
 21. thief, to drink 
 
 22. vuorac, to call, to cry 
 
 fin 
 
 ogni, or ofii 
 
 chian, sciafi 
 
 chiuch 1 
 
 fen 
 
 fen 
 
 zincai 
 
 izanquis 
 
 fer 
 
 apacoi 
 
 moin 
 
 miin 
 
 quin 
 
 irit 
 
 quencan 
 
 tchei 
 
 vori, or voori, for vuorac 
 
 is the imperative mood 
 
 of the verb vori 
 jinac 
 pene 
 an 
 
 23. ynca, river 
 
 24. po-ne, raft 
 
 25. a-pi, forehead 
 
 26. patchini, the nails; the plural of 
 
 patch! patchi-in 
 
 Not exempt from doubt also seems to be the form yme 
 "near" in Heath's glossary. Yet, for ueutchi, which occurs in 
 Adam's transcript, 2 Lafone Quevedo ought to blame the former's 
 copyist, not the explorer Heath. 
 
 Twenty-two words and twenty-six sentences in Moseteno 
 were published in 1886 by the Franciscan missionary Father 
 Fr. Jose Cardus. 3 This glossary has likewise been reprinted by 
 the Argentine scholar, Lafone Quevedo. 4 
 
 Ege quehaqui mi? . . . <Jque buscas? 5 What art thou 
 searching for? should be Ege quebaqui mi? as quevaqui or 
 
 1 It is curious how calmly Lafone Quevedo repeatedly writes chinch and other 
 strange forms. 
 
 2 "Anales," t. LIT, p. 154; cf. "Revue de Linguistique," p. 239. 
 
 8 III. Lengua Mosetena; in "Las Misiones Franciscanas," pp. 310/11-311/1. 
 
 4 "Anales," tomo LIV, pp. 280-282. 
 
 8 Loc. cit., p. 282; cf. Cardus, op. cit., p. 311/1.
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 quebaqui in Moseteno means "to search," "to find out," "to 
 seek." 
 
 Further notes on the Moseteno language were gathered by 
 the Franciscan missionary, Father Fr. Nicolas Armentia, the 
 famous explorer of the Madre de Dios. 1 This material consists 
 of forty-eight (really only forty-two) words, the numerals from 
 one to ten, and the "Declension of the (Personal) Pronouns." 2 
 Lafone Quevedo 3 also reprinted these chapters in full, but not 
 without errors, as, for example, ceiuch instead of chiuch, "meat," 
 "flesh;" and nop-yes instead of nopyes or nop-ges, "drink." 4 
 
 The words ogni, chiuch and tson occur three tunes in 
 Armentia's vocabulary. 
 
 agua water ogni 
 
 arroyo rivulet ogni 
 
 rio river ogni 
 
 cuerpo body chiuch 
 
 came meat chiuch 
 
 cuerpo body chiuch 
 
 arbol tree tson 
 
 lena wood tson 
 
 palo trunk tson 
 
 Tsun "sun" is etymologically, no doubt, connected with 
 tson, "wood," and probably also with zoni, "man." 
 
 The Moseteno word for canoa canoe is missing. The 
 glossary thus contains only forty-two words, most of which 
 appear already in Heath's article. 
 
 1 "Navegaci6n del Madre de Dios." 
 
 *Loc. cit., pp. 182-183; p. 184; pp. 189-191. 
 
 '"Anales," tomo LII, pp. 149-153. Further, in "Arte y Vocabulario de 
 la Lengua Cavinefta;" in "Revista del Museo de La Plata," tomo XIII, La Plata, 
 1906. "La Lengua Leca de los rfos Mapiri y Beni segun los Mss. de los PP. 
 Cardus y Herrero." Arreglados y anotados por S. A. Lafone Quevedo in "Anales 
 de la Sociedad Cientffica Argentina." tomo LX. Buenos Aires. 
 
 4 "Anales," tomo LII, p. 150.
 
 INTRODUCTION xxix 
 
 The new words are: 
 
 tio uncle eritute 
 
 tia aunt zeges 
 
 alma soul etchutchi 
 
 Dios God Dojit 1 
 
 arroyo rivulet ogfii 
 
 carbon charcoal quivye 
 
 ceniza ashes chim 
 
 comida meal sexeye 2 
 
 camino way mami 
 
 yuca manioc ohi 
 
 platano banana peere 
 
 espina thorn yoti (yeti?) 
 
 olla earthen pot tanyet 
 
 plato plate micta 
 
 Daniel Garrison Brinton in his book "The American Race," 3 
 referring only in general terms to the Moseteno, does not make 
 any positive assertion about the linguistical and ethnological 
 position of these Indians which could be considered essential 
 for the present purpose. 
 
 Specimens from Father Herrero's "Pater Noster" and 
 "Salve Regina," compared with the equivalents from a version 
 of his "Doctrina" said to have been corrected in 1864 by some 
 missionaries of the College at La Paz, are inserted in the second 
 volume of Payne's "History of the New World called America." 4 
 The object of Payne's linguistical dissertation and the con- 
 clusion arrived at, although they may have left a lasting im- 
 pression upon his scientific standing, need not be discussed here. 
 
 Finally, there are Spanish-Moseteno and Moseteno-Spanish 
 vocabularies, 5 and a "Doctrina Cristiana" in Moseteno with an 
 
 1 Already in Herrero. 
 
 2 Heath gives sexi "to eat." 
 
 3 New York, 1901, pp. 297-298. 
 
 4 Vol. II, Oxford, 1899, p. 99 and p. too, note (i). 
 6 These two vocabularies by no means agree.
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 interlinear Spanish translation, which are attributed to Father 
 Nicolas Armentia. 1 Father Armentia does not declare himself 
 to be the author of the manuscript glossary which he permitted 
 to be published by Lafone Quevedo. Yet, from his seven years' 
 residence among the Moseteno Indians at the mission of "In- 
 maculada Concepcion de Covendo," and from Lafone Quevedo's 
 explicit remark, "The manuscripts of the Reverend Father 
 Nicolas Armentia," we may infer that such was actually the 
 case. On the other hand, the almost complete disparity which 
 exists between the Spanish-Moseteno and the Moseteno-Spanish 
 vocabularies, the frequent confusion and the uncertainty in 
 regard to the use of the palatal g-y (g), and other consonants 
 peculiar to Moseteno, and above all, the vocabulary itself all 
 this must dispel the idea that Armentia's materials, at least as 
 published by Lafone Quevedo, represent an original work. 
 
 The following sentences in Armentia-Lafone Quevedo's 
 article were beyond doubt copied literally from Bibolotti's 
 original manuscript or from an unknown manuscript copy made 
 by some one else of the Italian friar's vocabulary: 
 
 BIBOLOTTI, 1868 ARMENTIA, 1901-1902 
 
 Dame tal cosa: Someme mo Dame tal cosa: Someme mo 
 
 Trae eso: Tuac mo Trae eso: Tuvac mo 
 
 Lleva eso: Camban mo Lleva eso: Camban mo 
 
 Prestame eso: Fibbi chum tua Prestame eso: fibichuen tuvac 
 
 mo 
 
 ^'Anales de la Sociedad Cientlfica Argentina," tomo LII, LIII and LIV, 
 Buenos Aires, 1901-1902. This singular man, a humble friar, missionary and bold 
 explorer, to whom all Americanists are greatly indebted for the important service 
 which he rendered in increasing our knowledge of Moseteno, was born in 1843 
 at the little town of Bernedo in the province of Alaba in Spain. In 1860, living then 
 somewhere in France, he took the vows of the Franciscan Order. At the begin- 
 ning of 1865 Armentia was sent as missionary to South America, where he joined 
 the "Colegio de Propaganda Fide" at La Paz. Six years afterward he was 
 ordered to take charge of the mission of Tumupasa, a Tacana Indian settlement 
 in the province of Caupolican in northern Bolivia. From thence he was trans- 
 ferred as pastor to the Moseteno mission of " Inmaculada Concepci6n de Covendo," 
 where he remained till 1880, when he returned to the " Colegio " at La Paz, being 
 later on elected bishop of the same city and diocese.
 
 INTRODUCTION xxxi 
 
 Como se dice eso: Ege eye mo Como se dice no: 1 Ege timo, Qye 
 
 igimo 
 
 Como se llama eso: Ege ti mo Eso se llama: mo ti 
 
 Eso se llama se dice: Mo eye Eso se dice: mo igi 
 
 Repitelo: Cuvi yeva Repitelo: Cuvi yeva 
 
 Anda tuporetc.: Tai mi mo-ges Anda por aquella cosa: tai mi 
 
 moges 
 
 Ven acaporetc. : Acam mi mo-ges Ven aca por: acam mi moges 
 
 Envia alia por etc.: Ectacsevac Envia alia por: ectacseva move 
 
 move mo-ges moges 
 
 Que es lo que quieres: Ege <iQue es lo que quieres? eye mage 
 
 maje mi mi? 
 
 No tienes nada mas que hablar: No tienes nada mas que hablar: 
 
 Itsi ai ege peacgeges itsi ai eye peyaquiyes 
 
 Te burlasdem? Nine mi endac? lTe burlas?: nine mi endac? 
 
 Me parece que te burlas: Erie Me parece que te burlas: Erie 
 
 nine mi coi nine mi cai (sic, instead of coi) 
 
 But still, there are other circumstances that plainly cor- 
 roborate the suspicion as to Father Armentia's exclusive author- 
 ship of the Moseteno vocabulary. Certain details in the mis- 
 takes discovered by a careful comparison of Armentia's materials 
 with Bibolotti's vocabulary are more than sufficient to show that 
 such errors could by no means have been made by a person with 
 even mediocre knowledge of the Moseteno language. Of course 
 the editor, Lafone Quevedo, and his proof-readers ought to be 
 blamed for many of the mistakes. Still, these slips are of minor 
 importance, and they do not at all tend to lessen the opinion set 
 forth as to the authorship of the " Spanish-Moseteno Vocabu- 
 lary" which was published in the "Anales de la Sociedad 
 Cientifica Argentina." 
 
 A list of the most noteworthy mistakes follows. Many of 
 these occur repeatedly in Armentia's glossary. 
 
 It reads: It should read: 
 
 abrasar "to burn" qneni queni 
 
 " " ten bei jen bei 
 
 " " " anic mnoesi chinch anic esi chiuch 
 
 1 Instead of eso.
 
 xxxn 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 abrojo" thistle" 
 acabado "finished" 
 
 acalorado "excited" 
 <i 
 
 acatarrado "caught cold" 
 
 It reads: 
 yoti 
 tnaam 
 anic apac chinch 
 
 finjoi 
 
 anic fer ajai 
 
 acercar "to approach" cheya itni 
 
 acomodar " to accommodate " huntuc 
 
 aconsejar bien "to advise hem ichcacsi 
 
 well" 
 
 acreditado " trustworthy " am ueuenet 
 
 cuantos? " how many? " eusichic 
 
 adornar "to ornament" 
 
 hentuc 
 
 afable "affable" 
 
 aninipegasqui 
 
 agitaci6n "agitation" 
 
 fer hetcbi 
 
 agusanarse "to be worm- 
 
 atmanitunr 
 
 eaten" 
 
 
 ahorcar "to kill by hanging" 
 
 tiroteya 
 
 alborotado "turbulent" 
 
 facabei 
 
 alegrarse "to rejoice" 
 
 mojoi 
 
 aliento "breath" 
 
 hotchi 
 
 al reves "on the contrary" 
 
 chindao 
 
 andrajoso "ragged" 
 
 achi chez chev 
 
 anillo "finger-ring" 
 
 tijiririyes 1 
 
 anadir "to add" 
 
 queehtac 
 
 arropar "to dress" 
 
 coman; cf. "envol- 
 
 
 ver" 
 
 asado "roasted" 
 
 antacsi; though he 
 
 
 says "autac" to 
 
 
 roast 
 
 aserrar "to saw" 
 
 fequcrac 
 
 atadura "tie" 
 
 saptaeye 
 
 avisar "to notify" 
 
 mic samei 
 
 baboso "somebody" 
 
 sonotumchi 
 
 bautismo "baptism" 
 
 choetaye 
 
 bautizar "to christen" 
 
 choetac 
 
 bienestar "well-being" 
 
 rech, bei 
 
 calambre "cramp" 
 
 tee netchi 
 
 calavera "skull" 
 
 hutchi senetchin 
 
 cambiar camisa "to change 
 
 ocho 
 
 the shirt" 
 
 
 tocar campanas "to ring 
 
 diudi 
 
 bells" 
 
 
 It should read: 
 
 yeti 
 
 atnam 
 
 anic apac chiuch 
 
 jiftoi 
 
 acalorado "excited", as "anic 
 fer ajai" literally means 
 "very much angry" 
 
 cheya itui 
 
 hemtuc 
 
 hem icheacsi 
 
 uenenet (lit. "not-liar") 
 
 ensichic; cf. "Anales", p. 53, 
 where he gives ensichic; 
 entsichic; entsi 
 
 hemtuc 
 
 anini peyaqui 
 
 fer hetchi 
 
 at mani turn (lit. "being 
 worm- with") 
 
 tizo bei 
 
 facobei 
 
 majoi; cf. majo-bei- "re- 
 joiced being" 
 
 hetchi; cf. "agitaci6n" fer 
 hetchi 
 
 chindac 
 
 achi chev chec (reduplica- 
 tion) 
 
 chirijiri-yes (lit. "finger-for") 
 
 queehtac 
 
 comon 
 
 autacsi 
 
 fequerac 
 
 saptac-ye; saptac "to tie" 
 
 mic somei (lit. "word-bring") 
 
 sonotumchi 
 
 choetaye 
 
 choetac 
 
 rech bei (lit. "well being") 
 
 tec netchi 
 
 hutchi senetchin 
 
 simply signifies "shirt," the 
 
 verb being omitted 
 dindi 
 
 Notwithstanding the fact that he gives chirigri "finger."
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 xxxni 
 
 
 It reads: 
 
 It should read: 
 
 cansado "tired" 
 
 tobet, tobi 
 
 fiobet, fiobi 
 
 cansarse "to be tired" 
 
 tobi; p. 53, he says 
 
 
 
 "debil" weak 
 
 
 
 fiobi 
 
 fiobi 
 
 cane!6n "gutter" 
 
 crorecho 
 
 chorecho 
 
 canto "song" 
 
 imaeye 
 
 imaeye; imac "to sing" 
 
 came "meat," "flesh" 
 
 chinch 
 
 chiuch 
 
 comezon "itching" 
 
 caniin 
 
 canifii 
 
 conservar "to preserve" 
 
 concac 
 
 concai 
 
 cordel "string" 
 
 tniye 
 
 tinge, or tinye 
 
 cortar "to cut" 
 
 ter" 
 
 tez 
 
 " " " 
 
 fetch 
 
 
 
 " " (with knife) 
 
 tots 
 
 
 
 corte "cut" 
 
 fots (?) 
 
 
 
 crugir "to crackle" 
 
 crech-crech 
 
 querechi (in hell) 
 
 icual? "who?" 
 
 chinea 
 
 chinea 
 
 40 
 
 tsiquitac 
 
 tsis qui tac 
 
 cubrit "to cover" 
 
 ben 
 
 bus 
 
 cuerd'a "rope" 
 
 tnige 
 
 tinge 
 
 dedo "finger" 
 
 chirigri 
 
 chirigiri 
 
 delirar "to delirate" 
 
 tamini 
 
 famifri 
 
 delirio "delirium" 
 
 tamini 
 
 famifiege, or faminiye 
 
 de los hombres "of the men" 
 
 chi monitchinsi 
 
 chi mointchi-in-si 
 
 desenganado estas (tu) "thou 
 
 
 
 art undeceived" 
 
 atchi eavemi 
 
 atchi cave mi 
 
 deslomado " broken the back " 
 
 tvemerere 
 
 toe merere 
 
 despedazar carne "to cut 
 
 
 
 meat into bits" 
 
 chetac chinch 
 
 chetac, or chechet chiuch 
 
 destrozar lena " to split wood" 
 
 choe choe 
 
 chocchoc 
 
 dfscolo "ungovernable" 
 
 achit, mointchin 
 
 achit mointchin (lit. "bad 
 
 
 
 man") 
 
 dividir "to divide" 
 
 ter 
 
 tez 
 
 dulce "sweet" 
 
 carraquis 
 
 cavaquis 
 
 " " 
 
 quivic 
 
 quivie 
 
 e"brio "drunken" 
 
 chinquit 
 
 chiuquit 
 
 echado "laying down" 
 
 chomdoi 
 
 chondoit 
 
 echar piedras "to throw 
 
 
 
 stones" 
 
 f rayey mij 
 
 fara mij 
 
 elevar "to elevate," "to raise" 
 
 (chey), chei, 
 
 
 
 choyac 
 
 cheyac, imperative of chei 
 
 embarazada "pregnant 
 
 ana turn voc can 
 
 aua turn vocco can (lit. 
 
 woman" 
 
 
 " child- with-belly-in.") 
 
 embarrar " to daub with clay " 
 
 tayai 
 
 tayac 
 
 encojido "shortened" 
 
 am tu nectchi 
 
 am tec nectchi 
 
 encoger "to draw together" 
 
 am tu nectchi 
 
 am tec nectchi, yet it is a 
 
 
 
 past form 
 
 en hora mala vete! 
 
 meyebada 
 
 meye bada mi! 
 
 enronquecido "hoarse" 
 
 at ilsi imaeye 
 
 at itzi (itsi), or izi imaeye 
 
 entre (dos cosas) "between 
 
 
 
 (two things) " 
 
 uajocan 
 
 uajcan, guaj-cafi 
 
 epidemia "epidemic" 
 
 quetiuye 
 
 que tinge, que tinye
 
 XXXIV 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 
 It reads: 
 
 It should read: 
 
 escama "scale" 
 
 papan 
 
 papan 
 
 escandalo "trouble" 
 
 icheaseye 
 
 icheacseye 
 
 escarbar "to scrape" 
 
 frandaqui; cf. 
 
 
 
 "foso" 
 
 fandaqui 
 
 espesar "to thicken" 
 
 nayaqui; cf. "es- 
 
 
 
 peco" neiney 
 
 neyaqui 
 
 cspina "thorn"; cf. "abrojo" 
 
 yoti 
 
 yeti 
 
 estera de cana charo "mat" 
 
 tuvo 
 
 yuvo, juvo 
 
 estubido "stupid" 
 
 foot 
 
 tojot; cf. "insensate" 
 
 fiebre "fever" 
 
 hofi 
 
 hen 
 
 fraternalmente "fraternally" 
 
 en uaj vojitin (lit. 
 
 
 
 "as between 
 
 
 
 brothers") 
 
 ene uaj vogitin 
 
 freir "to fry" 
 
 chanac, chacanac 
 
 chacanqui; and chacanac is 
 
 
 
 the imperative 
 
 gente "people" 
 
 monitchin 
 
 mointchin 
 
 gota "drop"(?) 
 
 tujyes 
 
 tujyas; cf. t. LIII, p. 62 and 
 
 
 
 P-63 
 
 granizo "hail" 
 
 jetiye 
 
 jetisye 
 
 guardar "to guard" 
 
 concac 
 
 concai 
 
 gusano "worm" 
 
 mani(?) 
 
 it evidently means gu sano 
 
 
 
 de mani, yet the cor- 
 
 
 
 responding word in Mose- 
 
 
 
 teno is missing in Ar- 
 
 
 
 mentia's vocabulary 
 
 hacer "to do," "to make" 
 
 hentac 
 
 hemtaqui 
 
 
 hemtaqui 
 
 fut. hemtaquirai 
 
 
 hmtchic(?) 
 
 hemtatchit "the maker" 
 
 hachear "to cut with an ax" 
 
 zesaqui 
 
 yezaqui 
 
 hechizero "medicine-man" 
 
 cucuesi 
 
 cucuesi 
 
 hepes 
 
 izaza 
 
 of course means herpes, a 
 
 
 
 cutaneous disease 
 
 hermoso "beautiful" 
 
 choifoi 
 
 choifot 
 
 biel "bile" 
 
 zuitchi 
 
 zintchi 
 
 del hfgudo "of the liver" 
 
 nebeyes 
 
 though it seems to signify 
 
 
 
 "for the liver" 
 
 hincado "kneeling down" 
 
 chiocbet 
 
 [swollen] 
 
 hincar "to kneel down" 
 
 chiojbi 
 
 [to swell] 
 
 hombre "man" 
 
 monitchiu 
 
 mointchin; yet it is the plural, 
 
 
 
 and means "people" 
 
 industria "labor" 
 
 qubacye 
 
 quevacye 
 
 infiel "infidel" 
 
 uensi; cf. "incon- 
 
 
 
 stante" 
 
 uenei 
 
 insolente "insolent" 
 
 archit 
 
 achit 
 
 inteligencia "intelligence" 
 
 chicaseye 
 
 chicacseye 
 
 rogar "to implore" 
 
 conyeete 
 
 implored; it is the past of 
 
 nuestro "our" 
 
 yerno, del suegro "son-in- 
 law", called by his father- 
 in-law 
 
 tsutchi 
 
 tdune 
 
 conyee 
 tsuntchi 
 
 tchune
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 XXXV 
 
 
 It reads: 
 
 It should read: 
 
 jubilo "joy" 
 
 majoyo 
 
 majoye 
 
 Iadr6n" thief" 
 
 chiochio antchi 
 
 chiochio atchi 
 
 lana "wool" 
 
 pan 
 
 phan 
 
 pueblo "village" 
 
 boyenye; cf. t. 
 
 
 
 LIII, p. 62, bei 
 
 
 
 "to dwell" 
 
 beyenye 
 
 malos, viciosos "bad men" 
 
 atchitui 
 
 achi-ti-in, or atchi-t-in 
 
 mandones "rulers" ("haugh- 
 
 
 
 ty persons") 
 
 mochoyein 
 
 mochoye-t-in; mochoye-t 
 
 
 
 "the ruler" 
 
 marchar "to march" 
 
 mu 
 
 mii; cf. "andar" 
 
 miseria "misery" 
 
 nunbeye 
 
 nimbeye 
 
 en medio "in midst" 
 
 guincan 
 
 quichcan 
 
 mutuamente "mutually" 
 
 guagmu 
 
 guajmu 
 
 80 
 
 quencan, quitac 
 
 quencan qui tac 
 
 ordenar "to order" 
 
 easi 
 
 eacsi 
 
 orgullo "pride" 
 
 ipastiye 
 
 ipentiye 
 
 otros "others" 
 
 utchiin 
 
 nutchi-in 
 
 pasagero "passenger" 
 
 mistichi 
 
 miitchi; mii "caminar" "to 
 
 
 
 travel" 
 
 paso "pace" 
 
 intcheye 
 
 yu-tcheye; cf. "pi6" yu 
 
 peinar "to comb" 
 
 itchinoati 
 
 itchiuati 
 
 pellojo "cuticle" 
 
 zin 
 
 zin 
 
 pellizcar "to pinch" 
 
 dozcac 
 
 dozeac 
 
 pi6 "foot" 
 
 in 
 
 ju;yu 
 
 en pi6 
 
 inve 
 
 ye-ve; (lit. "foot-on") 
 
 piel "skin" 
 
 zin 
 
 zin 
 
 pisoteado "trampled" 
 
 intac 
 
 jutac, yutac 
 
 reflexi6n "reflection" 
 
 gueye 
 
 gieye 
 
 repetir "to repeat" 
 
 cuvi hentac 
 
 cuvi hemtac 
 
 rezar "to pray" 
 
 ichoiti 
 
 icheiti 
 
 romper "to break" 
 
 foe 
 
 toe 
 
 servidor, criado "man ser- 
 
 
 
 vant" 
 
 metiyet 
 
 mestiyet 
 
 servidora, criada "woman 
 
 
 
 servant" 
 
 metiyes 
 
 mestiyes 
 
 su hi jo "his son" 
 
 coitchi anamu 
 
 coitchi auamu 
 
 su hi jo "her son" 
 
 coisi anamu 
 
 coisi auamu 
 
 tampoco "neither" 
 
 chume cun 
 
 chume am 
 
 techo "roof" 
 
 schianus 
 
 schiamis (a palm) 
 
 temor "fear" 
 
 quijnaqui 
 
 quinaqui 
 
 vena "vein" 
 
 netchit 
 
 nectchit 
 
 ventar6n "strong wind" 
 
 fer, pitijti 
 
 fer pititi 
 
 ver "to see" 
 
 nastchi 
 
 naitchi 
 
 voz "voice" 
 
 imaeye 
 
 imaeye 
 
 
 SENTENCES 
 
 
 
 It reads: 
 
 It should read: 
 
 Mientes, "Thouliest" 
 
 uunei 
 
 uenei mi 
 
 De veras, eres un mentiroso,
 
 XXXVI 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 "Of course, thou art a liar" 
 Has entendido? "Did you 
 
 understand? " 
 Prestame eso,"Lend me that 
 
 thing" 
 Qu6 vas a hacer? "What art 
 
 thou going to do? " 
 
 For d6nde esta el chocolatal 
 de (la?) hacienda? "Where 
 is the 'chocolatal' of the 
 farm? 
 
 Vamos 4 cazar muchachos, 
 "Boys, let us go hunting" 
 
 It reads: 
 anie ucnenet 
 
 It should read: 
 anie uenenet mi 
 
 atnam chicasi mi? atnam chicacsi mi? 
 
 tibichuen tuvac mo fibichuen tu (v)ac mo 
 
 eyera bemtaqui eyera hemtaqui mi? 
 mi? 
 
 onom hacientas 
 
 chocolate? 
 nanain deverai 
 
 tsufi 
 ecchetei mi 
 
 misipheyes? 1 
 maje mi uts N., 
 
 mitchi nent- 
 
 chiyes, ene eacsi 
 
 Santa frono 
 
 Iglesia? 
 ecchetei mi mi 
 
 mitchi uent- 
 
 chiyes? 
 
 onam hacienda-si chocolate? 
 nanain dererai tsun 
 ecchetei mi misi phenyes? 
 
 maje mi uts N. mitchi 
 
 uentchiyes, ene easci Santa 
 5Jbno Iglesia? 
 
 ecchetei mi mitchi uentchiyes? 
 
 Severe and conscientious critics must call attention to the 
 strange silence observed by both Armentia and the editor 
 Lafone Quevedo as to the loan words contained in the Moseteno 
 vocabulary. Many of those terms may have been introduced 
 by the missionaries into the Moseteno language; others, however, 
 especially those denoting cultural intercourse, have certainly 
 been taken over by the Moseteno themselves from their Indian 
 neighbors long before the arrival of the Spaniards in Bolivia. 
 
 The most notable of the loan or borrowed words are: 
 
 From Quechua: 
 tanta, "bread" 
 tara? "corn." It is doubtful, however, whether this is really 
 
 related to the Quechua word sara "corn." 
 guaguas, "sons," "babies" 2 
 
 1 "Preguntas para haccr un casamiento"; in "Anales", t. LII, p. 298. 
 1 Lenz, 1. c., Parte I.
 
 INTRODUCTION xxxvii 
 
 jucha, "sin," "crime." This word was introduced by the Spanish 
 missionaries likewise in the Xebero-Jevero, 1 Cholon, 2 Tacana, 
 Leco, Araona, and other Indian languages of Peru, Bolivia, and 
 Ecuador. 
 
 ataua, "hen" 
 
 chocho; chocha, 3 "very old" 
 
 cholo, 4 "onza" (felis concolor?), a kind of feline 
 
 pasanca, a great poisonous spider 
 
 sapaca, a kind of feline 
 
 choc-cho, "chicken" 
 
 chapapa, "raft" (?) 
 
 callapo, two or more rafts tied together 
 
 guapo, "smart," "courageous" 
 
 chicha, fermented beverage made of corn. (This may be of 
 Carib-Aruak origin). 
 
 motacu. Meaning not specified, but the word is undoubtedly of 
 Indian origin. 
 
 sututo, a worm similar to the lira of the Brazilians. 
 
 sapacala, a certain kind of fish (?) 
 
 suche, another kind of fish 
 From Carib-Aruik: 
 
 canoa, 6 "boat" 
 
 maiz, or mahiz, "corn" 
 
 1 Brinton, in his "Studies in South American Languages," pp. 59-67, confounds 
 the Jebero-Xevero with the Jfbaro-Xivaro (Siwora) language. The materials 
 published by the American scholar in the "Proceedings of the American Philo- 
 sophical Society," vol. XXX, Philadelphia, 1892, are extracts from the anonymous 
 manuscripts, Cod. Add. 25,323 and 23,324, in the British Museum. The Mss. 
 bear neither the name of the author nor the date. But judging from the hand- 
 writing, which is very familiar to South American scholars, those tracts were 
 composed and written towards the end of the seventeenth century by the famous 
 Austrian Jesuit, Father Samuel Fritz. The copies of the "Vocabulary" and of the 
 "Grammar" of the Jebero language made by me in 1912 are now in the Biblioteca 
 Nacional at Rio de Janeiro and in the Library of Congress. 
 
 a Copies made in 1912 by me are to be found at the Museu Goeldi, Para, and in 
 the Library of Congress. 
 
 3 Lenz, op. cit., parte II, p. 809, says: "It is not known whether the word is of 
 Mapuche (Araucano) origin or not." 
 
 4 Cholos is a disdainful nickname applied by the "Chilenos" to all "Peruanos," 
 indiscriminately. 
 
 6 Wiener's assertion as to the Latin origin of canoa is contradicted by all earlier 
 Spanish chroniclers. For instance, Father Bernabd Cobo in his "Historia del 
 Nuevo Mundo" says explicitly that the word was first learned by the discoverers in 
 the West Indies.
 
 xxxviii SCHULLER 
 
 caiman, "alligator" 
 
 tabaco, originally the name of an instrument 1 made of small hollow 
 
 wooden tubes shaped like the letter " Y," the two points of which 
 
 are inserted in the nose of the smoker, the other end held 
 
 in the smoke of burning cohiba (the real name of the plant), 
 
 and the fumes inhaled, 
 yuca (Manihot utilissima or Jatropha manihot) is the Carib-Arudk 
 
 word for the unpoisoned mandioca, the so-called "mandioca 
 
 mansa." 
 papaya (Carica papaya), a Carib-Aruak term, according to Ber- 
 
 nabe Cobo. 2 
 
 perico-ligero, a little parrot 
 From Tupi-Guarani: 
 
 capiguara (Hydrochoerus), in East Peru termed ronsoco. 
 
 mani (Arachis hypogaea); though this word may belong rather to 
 
 the Carib-Aruak terminology. 
 From Nahuatl: 
 
 camote; a kind of potato cultivated in the temperate zones 
 
 of Peru. 
 chocolate 8 
 
 As to the word cuaba "canoe," it is difficult to assert to 
 which of those languages it does belong, for it occurs, signifying 
 "canoe", in Tacana, Cavinena and in Araona alike. 
 
 Quirica, "paper," "book," "letter," quiri-(cai), "to write" 
 and querecha, "money," may also be of Quechua origin. 
 
 NOTES ON PHONETICS 
 
 The French traveler Weddel makes the following remarks 
 on the sound of the letters: 
 
 u as hi French ou 
 ii as in French u 
 n as in "montagwe" 
 j as in German eh 
 h very aspirated 
 
 1 Gonzalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Vald6z in 1526. See also his "Historia 
 General y Natural de las Indias," 4 vols. Madrid, 1851-1854. 
 
 * Op. cit., t. II, pp. 13-15. 
 
 * See Lenz, op. cit., parte I.
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 According to the American explorer Heath, the letters ch, 
 ph, and z are to be pronounced as the corresponding ones in 
 French. 
 
 The Spanish missionary Cardus, however, asserts that the 
 letter z represents the sound of the Italian zz, as e.g. in the 
 word "mezzo." The same author says that in Moseteno there 
 exists also an i which is to be pronounced as the French u. 
 That i is identical with Weddel's u. The g sounds like the 
 French g as in "giblet." The latter sound seems to be repre- 
 sented by sch in Armentia's vocabulary, "in order," he says, 
 "to distinguish it from the common ch." 1 Yet Armentia, as 
 will be pointed out hereafter, very frequently confounds sch 
 with the Italian c used by Bibolotti. Therefore Armentia's 
 vocabulary is to a certain extent based on an Italian manuscript. 
 
 Owing to the more or less contradictory statements of our 
 authorities it is impossible at present to give a rigidly scientific 
 classification of Moseteno consonants. However, the following 
 notes may be useful : 
 
 b, v, w and u interchange; hence a bilabial sonant spirant is 
 
 probably the actual sound pronounced; 
 the interchange of h, j, i indicates that the true sound is a surd 
 
 velar or mid-palatal spirant; 
 g - y represent the Italian g as e. g. in "adige"; 
 c represents the Spanish ch in Armentia, and the Italian c in 
 
 Bibolotti. It represents the Spanish tch likewise often used 
 
 by the former. 
 
 z represents tz and ts, also used by both authors; 
 s represents sch in Armentia, and it corresponds to the g of Cardus, 
 
 and to the ch used by Heath. 
 
 The following consonants occur initially: 
 
 b, c, d, f (ph), g, g, h (i-j), m, n, n, p, q (k), r, s, s, t, v (u-w), y, z, c. 
 The following consonants occur terminally: 
 
 c, j, m, n, n, r, s, s, t, v, z, c. 
 
 1 See "Anales," tomo LIV, pp. 55-56. He evidently refers to the Spanish ch, 
 which I shall transcribe by .
 
 xl SCHULLER 
 
 Frequent clusters of consonants: 
 
 mb, mp, md-mt, mg, mg-my, mh-mj, mn, inn, ms, ms, me", 
 
 nc, nd-nt, ng, ng-ny, nq-nk, ns, nv, ns, n, 
 
 cb, en, cr, cs, ct, cz, cg-cy, c, c , esc, b, 
 
 jb, jc, jm, jn, jp, jq-jk, jr, jt, jz, jg-jy, js, jc, 
 
 rb-rp, re, rt, rg-ry, tn, tr, ts, tc, gr-yr, sc, st, pt, 
 
 pq-pk, pg-py (by), dg-dy, fq-fk, fr (?), zj, zb, vs. 
 
 The double consonants occur: bb, cc, dd, tt. 1 
 Vowelic and diphthongal clusters likewise occur, thus: 
 
 aa, ee, ii, oo, aai, ae, ea, ia-ya, iai, -yai-yay, ie-ye, iea-yea, iei, 
 iu-yu-ju, oa-ua, oai, ioai-yoai, oe, oi-ui, ua-va, ue-vue-wue-we, 
 noi, uoi-voi. 
 
 None of the authors make any reference whatsoever to 
 accentuation or to vowel-quantities. The rule of Spanish 
 pronunciation is generally adopted. 
 
 The vowels are: a, e, i, o, u (ii, 6, e). 
 
 The diphthongs are: ai(ay), ei(ey), eu, oi (oy). 2 
 
 VOCABULARIES 
 THE HUMAN BODY 
 Explanation: W. : Weddel, H.: Heath, A.: Armentia 1887. 
 
 BIBOLOTTI ARMENTIA, 1901-1902 
 
 aha, Chic"; cf. uooko (W.) body 
 
 "meat," "flesh" and 
 
 ciuc (A.) "belly" 
 jucl, ono uci, uuci, ono head 
 
 hoono (W.) 
 
 hu-ci (H.) 
 
 uz(A.) 
 afi afi forehead 
 
 a-pi (H.) 
 fin fin (wool) hair 
 
 tim (H.) 
 
 1 gb of Armentia corresponds to jb of Bibolotti. 
 gr of Armentia corresponds to jr of Bibolotti. 
 jb of Armentia corresponds to cb of Bibolotti. 
 
 2 Heath, however, writes yomoi " night."
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 xli 
 
 sasa 
 
 sasa (life, soul) 
 
 brains 
 
 veya 
 
 veya 
 
 face 
 
 
 ve-ya (H.) 
 
 
 ve 
 
 ve 
 
 eye 
 
 
 ettua (W.); cf. Tacana 
 
 
 
 ettua ve (H.) 
 
 
 afi 
 
 afi 
 
 eye-brow 
 
 afi 
 
 afi 
 
 eye-lid 
 
 guatis 
 
 guatis 
 
 tears 
 
 hei 
 
 hey 
 
 nose 
 
 
 hum (W.) 
 
 
 
 hey (H.) 
 
 
 s&oscio, ciocio 
 
 soso, siosio, socso 
 
 mucus 
 
 CO, CU 
 
 con 
 
 ear 
 
 
 con (H.) 
 
 
 an 
 
 afi 
 
 cheek 
 
 cun 
 
 coo 
 
 mouth 
 
 
 cun (W.) 
 
 
 
 co-o (H.) 
 
 
 nem 
 
 num 
 
 tongue 
 
 
 nem (H.) 
 
 
 vava 
 
 uaua 
 
 palate 
 
 moingin 
 
 moinyin, monyin (?) 
 
 teeth 
 
 
 modgin (W.) 
 
 
 
 mon-yin (H.) 
 
 
 caco, cacco 
 
 caco 
 
 molar tooth 
 
 moinginsi ftuse, 
 
 moinyinsi ciuc 
 
 gums 
 
 beyd 
 
 
 
 tuj ' 
 
 tuj, tereret 
 
 throat 
 
 heci, jecl 
 
 jeci, hoci (?) 
 
 breath 
 
 
 cf. "hoci," "hocei," 
 
 
 
 to breathe 
 
 
 soiio 
 
 soiio, cep 
 
 saliva 
 
 yeti, jeti 
 
 yeti 
 
 beard, chin 
 
 
 ye-ti (H.) 
 
 
 quizba 
 
 quisbay 
 
 wrinkle 
 
 tez, tej 
 
 tej 
 
 neck 
 
 Cioci (giochgi) 
 
 tej (H.) 
 
 nucha 
 
 efe 
 
 efe 
 
 chest 
 
 
 e-fe (H.) 
 
 
 tascin 
 
 tasim, tacim 
 
 female breasts 
 
 
 tacini (H.) (tasin fimo 
 
 
 
 "milk" (W.) 

 
 xlii 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 bibi 
 
 bibi 
 
 shoulder 
 
 
 se-un "my arm" 
 
 arm 
 
 
 se-un (H.) 
 
 
 un 
 
 un 
 
 hand 
 
 
 Cirihiri (W.) 
 
 
 
 un(H.) 
 
 
 
 un (A.) 
 
 
 zooci 
 
 zooCi 
 
 elbow 
 
 cazegeyat 
 
 cazeyeyat 
 
 wrist 
 
 popoC 
 
 popoC 
 
 
 
 Cirigri 
 
 finger 
 
 
 Cirijiri (H.) 
 
 thumb 
 
 pai 
 
 paCi 1 
 
 nail 
 
 
 pad (W.) 
 
 
 coCi 
 
 coci 
 
 heart 
 
 
 co-Ci (H.) 
 
 
 
 coci (A.) 
 
 
 zinCi 
 
 zinci 
 
 bile, gall 
 
 terebet 
 
 terebet 
 
 stomach 
 
 nebe 
 
 nebe, fiacat 
 
 liver 
 
 cai 
 
 caniye; p. 53 canye (?) 
 
 kidney 
 
 mani 
 
 mara; dene "ribs" (?) 
 
 rib 
 
 vojco 
 
 voco 
 
 intestines 
 
 nec-Cit 
 
 necit 
 
 vein 
 
 vocco, vojco 
 
 vogco, vojco 2 
 
 belly 
 
 jin 
 
 jin, cose 
 
 bone 
 
 
 yin(H.) 
 
 
 Cose 
 
 Cos 
 
 blood 
 
 
 coes (W.) 
 
 
 
 cose (H.) 
 
 
 &uc 
 
 ciuc, sius 
 
 flesh 
 
 
 V* v / A \ 
 
 cmC (A.) 
 
 
 Coge 
 
 Coye, Coi 
 
 fat 
 
 oyo 
 
 oyo 
 
 navel 
 
 merereve 
 
 merere, mirigri 
 
 back 
 
 merere 
 
 mirigri 
 
 spinal column 
 
 pizos; cf. "crumb" 
 
 sasa; cf. "brains" 
 
 bone-marrow 
 
 give 
 
 give, jive 
 
 podex 
 
 
 kenne (W.) 
 
 leg 
 
 yu(H.) 
 
 (H.) of course should be paci-in "nails." 
 1 Turubit (W.) evidently means stomach. Ciuc' (A.) is to be compared with the 
 words for "body" and "flesh."
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 xliii 
 
 yu, ju yiij (W.) 
 
 yu (H.) 
 
 cazege; cf. "elbow" cas, caseye 
 jin-yu-ves jinyuves 
 
 (bone-foot-for) 
 cazage 
 tec neci 
 inoi, iiioge 
 zin 
 
 ves, vees 
 ciquige 
 ififit 
 morojoi (?) 
 
 capsaye, cazaye 
 tee! neci 
 inoye, jinjoi 
 zin 
 
 uees, uesiye 
 iqui, ciquiyes 
 ifific (?), ifit 
 morojoi, efit (?) 
 
 RELATIONSHIPS 
 
 yen, momo 
 
 nono, ze 
 
 eye (said by grandchildren, Armentia) 
 
 eye (Bibolotti) 
 
 viya, vina (A.) 
 
 aua, auamo, auamu 
 
 aua-ne (A.) 
 
 vojit, oci 
 
 vojis 
 
 vojis-oci (H.) 
 
 vajis-oci ? (H.) 
 
 vi 
 
 vi 
 
 fom 1 
 
 cune (said by father-in-law) 
 
 ey (said by mother-in-law) 
 
 isc 
 
 ey (said by mother-in-law) 
 
 cucu (said by son-in-law) 
 
 yaya (said by daughter-in-law) 2 
 
 quis (said by son-in-law) 
 
 ata (said by nephew) 
 
 mimi (said by niece) 
 
 ep (said by uncle) 
 
 foot 
 
 knee 
 shin-bone 
 
 sole 
 
 cramp 
 
 transpiration 
 
 skin 
 
 excrementa 
 
 urine 
 
 flatus 
 
 menstrua 
 
 father 
 
 mother 
 
 grandfather 
 
 grandmother 
 
 grandfather 
 
 son 
 
 daughter 
 
 brother 
 
 sister 
 
 elder sister 
 
 younger sister 
 
 cousins 
 
 brother-in-law 
 
 sister-in-law 
 
 son-in-law 
 
 daughter-in-law 
 
 father-in-law 
 mother-in-law 
 
 uncle 
 nephew 
 
 1 Tom in Armentia is an error. 
 
 2 Suegra-yaga, "del yerno," in Armentia "Anales," t. LII, p. 296, is evidently
 
 xliv 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 euye 
 
 zeye 
 
 auatyue, bec"ucye 
 
 guaj-vi 
 
 ceti-ye 
 
 moinci 
 
 ere-ci moincin 
 
 moinci 
 
 moinc" (i), sofii 
 
 phen 
 
 phenyat 
 
 uencias 
 
 vemige, uemiye, veumiye 
 
 vuemicln 
 
 uenci 
 
 tifatiye, tifatige 
 
 nucsi (nucl) moinci 
 
 eyat 
 
 ^eyas 
 
 piret 
 
 pires 
 
 piri-ye, piri-^e 
 
 equit 
 
 equis 
 
 muyat 
 
 muyas 
 
 munet 
 
 munes 
 
 panet 
 
 panes 
 
 mestiget, mestiyet 
 
 mestiges, mestiyes 
 
 munet 
 
 munes 
 
 piret anic 
 
 pires anic 
 
 izanquit 
 
 izanquis 
 
 auamu 
 
 aua 
 
 SOCIETY 
 
 stepfather 
 
 stepmother 
 
 ward 
 
 concunado 
 
 consanguineous 
 
 people 
 
 public 
 
 person 
 
 man 
 
 woman 
 
 married man 
 
 married woman 
 
 marriage 
 
 consorts 
 
 husband 
 
 patron 
 
 fellow-creature 
 
 neighbor (man) 
 
 neighbor (woman) 
 
 old man 
 
 old woman 
 
 old age 
 
 minor (boy) 
 
 minor (girl) 
 
 mature (boy) 
 
 mature (girl) 
 
 single man 
 
 single woman 
 
 adult (man) 
 
 adult (woman) 
 
 male servant 
 
 female servant 
 
 widower 
 
 widow 
 
 very old man 
 
 very old woman 
 
 baby (boy) 
 
 baby (girl) 
 
 baby 
 
 child
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 xlv 
 
 napu 
 
 friend 
 
 penye, penge 
 
 companion 
 
 covaquit 
 
 enemy 
 
 uenenet 
 
 hypocrite 
 
 nimbet 
 
 beggar 
 
 nimbes 
 
 beggar (woman) 
 
 dere-can-ci 
 
 savage man 
 
 nonno 
 
 namesake 
 
 miicl 
 
 passenger, traveler 
 
 cucucsi (genitive case) 
 
 medicine-man 
 
 aci moincin, soyoft moinci 
 
 impostors 
 
 cioscioci, ciocio anci (A.) 
 
 thief 
 
 apacoicin 
 
 sick people 
 
 imaquicin 
 
 singers 
 
 royaquit 
 
 dancer 
 
 sequinaquici 
 
 violin player 
 
 beyenge, beyege 
 
 village 
 
 mami 
 
 street, road, way 
 
 peve, rojya 
 
 square 
 
 coce, cocge 
 
 lodging 
 
 RELIGION, ETC. 
 dogit, dojit 
 soyo 
 
 itayu, uayu, guayu 
 zasi, cuci 
 zasi, cucsi 
 mayege 
 atseni 
 cafon 
 dojit-si mic (God-of-word) 
 
 DISEASES, ETC. 
 
 apacoye, dam apacoi 
 
 yetis 
 
 ayge, aiye 
 
 kuetinge, quetmye 
 maraye, marage 
 queti 
 faminege 
 faquiye, facquige 
 
 God 
 
 evil spirit, devil 
 
 idol 
 
 spirit 
 
 live, soul 
 
 heavens, paradise 
 
 dead man 
 
 caos 
 
 gospel 
 
 fever 
 
 shivering (fever) 
 
 cancer, gangrene, 
 
 wound 
 epidemic 
 consumption 
 pain 
 
 delirium (sleeping) 
 delirium (dying)
 
 xlvi 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 iapuiye, sciapuige 
 
 loss of mind (dementia) 
 
 ezezei 
 
 itching 
 
 parara 
 
 scabies 
 
 iupqui 
 
 eruption 
 
 puforoge 
 
 erysipelas 
 
 ayege 
 
 ulcer 
 
 ftobege 
 
 tumor 
 
 morojoi 
 
 haemorrhage 
 
 apacoi 
 
 terciana (fever) 
 
 apacoge 
 
 disease (morbo) 
 
 cusciscege 
 
 drowsiness (disease) 
 
 tarege 
 
 melancholy 
 
 izaza 
 
 herpes 
 
 nosnoi, zinci-tum 
 
 jaundice 
 
 caman caman huci 
 
 dizziness, swimming in 
 
 
 the head 
 
 ajai 
 
 cold, whooping-cough 
 
 senye, senge 
 
 death 
 
 pine^e, pineye 
 
 medicine 
 
 senet (means "dead") 
 
 corpse 
 
 vima^e 
 
 echo 
 
 ininige 
 
 to become squeamish 
 
 pazacge 
 
 plaster 
 
 pazaye 
 
 pus 
 
 ETHNOGRAPHY 
 
 
 coinye, coinge 
 
 bow 
 
 ijme, igme, yisme 
 
 arrow 
 
 ton 
 
 spear 
 
 ijme 
 
 dart 
 
 comora 
 
 arrow, ball 
 
 ebba 
 
 club 
 
 son, sibacge 
 
 cudgel, whip 
 
 ibei 
 
 trap 
 
 aca, acca 
 
 house, tend 
 
 taraci, sciamis, ciamis 
 
 roof 
 
 nari 
 
 wall 
 
 tec 
 
 beam 
 
 itama 
 
 board 
 
 sope 
 
 bar 
 
 vecsis 
 
 hook 
 
 tin^e, tinye 
 
 cord, rope
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 xlvii 
 
 querta-quiye 
 
 door 
 
 patacye 
 
 nail 
 
 cium, cum 
 
 bed 
 
 coci-ges (sleep-for) 
 
 field-bed 
 
 uina, ibina 
 
 hammock 
 
 beaquiye 
 
 chair 
 
 ebbe 
 
 basket 
 
 panage, panacye 
 
 frame 
 
 coci 
 
 cage 
 
 cocaquis 
 
 mortar 
 
 cijiriri-yes (finger-for) 
 
 finger-ring 
 
 con-ves (ear-for) 
 
 ear-ring 
 
 joque 
 
 needle 
 
 tupuye, tupuge 
 
 pair of scales 
 
 fequeraquiye 
 
 hand-saw 
 
 mizaquiye 
 
 borer 
 
 pacaquiye 
 
 hammer 
 
 mocoge 
 
 stick 
 
 rica-rica 
 
 drum 
 
 cipna, sepina (A.) 
 
 mat 
 
 sinaquit 
 
 broom 
 
 coraquiye 
 
 wooden shovel 
 
 coinge, conye 
 
 wheel 
 
 bovaquiye 
 
 ladder, scale 
 
 cicges 
 
 a kind of cask 
 
 siriaua, ciriagua, paquiye 
 
 axe, hatchet 
 
 perere 
 
 gun 
 
 boiiege 
 
 flute 
 
 oppo 
 
 mask 
 
 secves 
 
 feather crown 
 
 pan 
 
 feather 
 
 phan 
 
 wool 
 
 buma 
 
 thread 
 
 oso, ocio, oscio 
 
 shirt, clothes 
 
 ufi-ves 
 
 sleeve 
 
 iya 
 
 garter (?) 
 
 nititaquis, saptage 
 
 girdle 
 
 vecyet, bovaquit 
 
 belt for climbing 
 
 pezi 
 
 comb 
 
 das, dac, dasc 
 
 horn 
 
 zaza 
 
 shell 
 
 bajna 
 
 cotton 
 
 musumu, purcit 
 
 blanket
 
 xlviii 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 upu 
 
 naitaquiye 
 
 mize 
 
 oj yaquiye 
 
 punu 
 
 c"equiye, icequige 
 
 micta 
 
 tanyet 
 
 zuptage, entaye, entacge 
 
 pasi, scarac 
 
 naitaquiye 
 
 saji 
 
 pene 
 
 cuaba 
 
 jataqui 
 
 docaquis 
 
 sequinaquiye 
 
 cos 
 
 pisnage 
 
 imunacge, imunaye 
 
 varca, ciacge 
 
 cordasci 
 
 tanta 
 
 hicco, ico 
 
 ta, taa 
 
 scocge, Cocye, socge 
 
 fii, einginge 
 
 fimo 
 
 secsege 
 
 pizos 
 
 vite, pac (A.) 
 
 ascia, afia; cf. atsa of the Pano Indians 
 
 azoca (Spanish) 
 
 coye; manais; daba-5i; aaru-s*'; 
 
 cocolate-5* (all genitives) 
 tascin; tasim (A.) tasin-fimo (W.) 
 
 (in front of - juice) 
 tasi (lit. :"in front of") 
 qii, kii 
 fim 
 
 isa; cf. "mist" 
 zi, zienes 
 querea, icenet 
 
 bundle 
 
 looking-glass 
 
 wick 
 
 funnel 
 
 pitcher 
 
 vase 
 
 plate 
 
 earthen pot 
 
 cap 
 
 sieve 
 
 glass 
 
 net for fishing 
 
 raft 
 
 canoe 
 
 prow 
 
 oar 
 
 violin 
 
 tobacco 
 
 cigarette 
 
 effigy, image, portrait 
 
 glass beads 
 
 mazamorra 
 
 bread 
 
 salt 
 
 pepper 
 
 chicha of corn 
 
 sap, juice 
 
 moisture 
 
 food 
 
 crumb 
 
 provisions 
 
 flower (mandioca-yuca) 
 
 sugar 
 
 oil 
 
 milk 
 
 breasts 
 
 charcoal 
 
 ashes 
 
 smoke 
 
 fire 
 
 silver (or money?)
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 xlix 
 
 NATURE 
 
 ac 
 
 ere-ac (all-earth) 
 
 aci-ac (bad-land) 
 
 ac-oni-tum (earth-water-with) 
 
 pozo (pazo "ground," "soil," Amuesa) 
 
 mij 
 
 mij derci (stone great) 
 
 meque 
 
 ayequice meque; c'ofic'e 
 
 odoctit 
 
 dondo 
 
 poco, cece 
 
 nana 
 
 zique 
 
 inac, hinac, jinac 
 
 soquitige 
 
 oiii 
 
 tascace, cive 
 
 fiopye 
 
 vaiiii oni 
 
 pufei 
 
 anei 
 
 ane 
 
 jetisge 
 
 naige; cf. "glass," "looking-glass" 
 
 opito 
 
 onita, onota 
 
 iva, ivua 
 
 naitiye 
 
 isare; cf. "smoke" 
 
 perere; cf. "gun" 
 
 pititi 
 
 fer pititi 
 
 isine 
 
 zi, zienes 
 
 izun 
 
 son 
 
 doc-co, doj-co; cf. toj Yaruro 
 
 bine, siyai 
 
 daca, dacan 
 
 sciaii, sian 
 
 earth 
 
 world 
 
 swamp 
 
 mud 
 
 marl 
 
 stone 
 
 rock 
 
 mountain 
 
 ridge 
 
 cave 
 
 chalk, stone 
 
 isle 
 
 gypsum 
 
 lake, lagoon 
 
 river 
 
 port 
 
 water 
 
 border of the river 
 
 ford 
 
 whirlpool 
 
 wave 
 
 rain 
 
 cloud 
 
 hail, snow 
 
 air 
 
 rainbow 
 
 star 
 
 moon 
 
 light 
 
 mist 
 
 thunder 
 
 wind 
 
 violent wind 
 
 lightning 
 
 fire 
 
 sun 
 
 tree 
 
 trunk 
 
 root 
 
 shoot, sprig 
 
 leaf
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 zin; cf. "skin" 
 
 bark 
 
 cipanye 
 
 sprout 
 
 ame 
 
 flower 
 
 sacacge 
 
 fruit 
 
 tani 
 
 straw 
 
 bejqui 
 
 resin, incense 
 
 punipo 
 
 wax 
 
 batata, bajtata; cf. a/a "root" Caribe 
 
 fungus 
 
 tapi, yapi 
 
 juncus 
 
 tara 
 
 corn 
 
 vec", uec", ves 
 
 ear of the corn 
 
 bajqui 
 
 green ear hi state for 
 
 
 eating 
 
 yata; cf. a/a, batata of the Aruak 
 
 herb 
 
 jeti 
 
 caltrops, thistle 
 
 isitai, zita (A.) 
 
 salix 
 
 itama, conna 
 
 cedar 
 
 quetiye 
 
 sown ground 
 
 mujie 
 
 kernel 
 
 vegemu, ueyemu, wegemu (A.) 
 
 seed 
 
 oreco 
 
 bastard cinnamon 
 
 sii 
 
 groats 
 
 fiebyes 
 
 mallows 
 
 Ciocto, siocto, frami, sami 
 
 palma 
 
 peere 
 
 banana 
 
 aciacia, acaca 
 
 lemon 
 
 merique 
 
 pineapple 
 
 iziqui, inziqui (A.) 
 
 tiger (felis concolor) 
 
 fietata 
 
 tiger (felis onza) 
 
 uyufime, unucine (H.) 
 
 oso 
 
 hefesu, oveveru 
 
 wolf (?) 
 
 fie 
 
 deer 
 
 beque 
 
 squirrel 
 
 aco 
 
 dog 
 
 equet sofii 
 
 hog 
 
 eques phen 
 
 sow 
 
 mumuni 
 
 wild boar 
 
 otto 
 
 capiguara (hydroche- 
 
 
 rus) 
 
 upane, jenceCe 
 
 hare 
 
 moyoco (Aymara?) 
 
 rabbit 
 
 mefe 
 
 rat 
 
 boni derfi (eagle-great) 
 
 royal eagle
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 cion 
 
 owl 
 
 oj-jo (?) 
 
 sparrow-hawk 
 
 ipare 
 
 ostrich 
 
 oci 
 
 parrot 
 
 oserube (A.), ocurbe (B.) 
 
 perico ligero (parrot) 
 
 tovi 
 
 penelope 
 
 erne 
 
 pava roncadora (pen- 
 
 
 elope) 
 
 otto (?) 
 
 dove 
 
 cico 
 
 tordo (turdus) 
 
 vapio, aba, piyuyu, ,jori i 
 
 heron 
 
 fofor 
 
 partridge 
 
 uzu 
 
 duck 
 
 otere 
 
 cock 
 
 cocsi, ataua 
 
 hen 
 
 cocco, iciosci 
 
 chicken 
 
 aijci, aigci (A.) 
 
 bird 
 
 tii 
 
 nest 
 
 pan 
 
 feather 
 
 pava 
 
 wing 
 
 condi 
 
 tail 
 
 fen 
 
 egg 
 
 buic 
 
 yelk 
 
 bijca, queza 
 
 caiman 
 
 quijbo 
 
 turtle 
 
 oco-oco 
 
 toad 
 
 yere 
 
 frog 
 
 hizo 
 
 eel 
 
 naz 
 
 snake 
 
 nabat 
 
 viper 
 
 ocici, ogcici (A.) 
 
 worm 
 
 tambenge 
 
 fish 
 
 musumu 
 
 shad 
 
 coroma ze (honey-mother 1 ) 
 
 bee 
 
 coroma; coromas fino (!) Armentia 
 
 honey 
 
 mezejen, enojno 
 
 fly 
 
 me 
 
 horse-fly 
 
 cojco, mancici 
 
 tick 
 
 zio 
 
 louse 
 
 mil 
 
 flea 
 
 zizitui, zizitin (A.) 
 
 moth 
 
 1 Armentia, "Anales," t. LII, p. 300 gives quenefimo (mother juice) ; cf. Aruac.
 
 lii 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 V1OCOCO 
 
 querezeze 
 tic-clc 
 batata (?) 
 
 COLORS 
 
 abai 
 
 defies 
 
 ftrnac 
 
 mezes 
 
 za; cf. za-icin "those alive," "the 
 
 living men"; cf. zasi "the soul," 
 
 sasi "brains" 
 
 spider 
 
 cicada, diurnal 
 cicada, nocturn 
 butterfly 
 
 white 
 
 red 
 
 black 
 
 blue 
 
 green 
 
 GRAMMATICAL PROCESSES 
 
 NOUNS 
 
 Number 
 
 The plural of any noun is formed by adding the suffix in. 
 
 mumu 
 
 father 
 
 mumu-in 
 
 fathers 
 
 hen 
 
 father 
 
 heft-in 
 
 fathers 
 
 nono 
 
 mother 
 
 nono-in 
 
 mothers 
 
 ze 
 
 mother 
 
 ze-in 
 
 mothers 
 
 aua 
 
 child 
 
 aua-in 
 
 children 
 
 nanat 
 nanas 
 vojit 
 
 boy 
 girl 
 brother 
 
 nanat-in 
 nanas-in 
 vojit-in 
 
 boys 
 girls 
 brothers 
 
 vojis 
 phen 
 
 sister 
 woman 
 
 vojis-in 
 phen-in 
 
 sisters 
 women 
 
 soni 
 
 man 
 
 soni-in 
 
 men 
 
 moinc 
 mestiyet 
 royaquit 
 imaqui 
 
 man 
 male servant 
 dancer 
 singer 
 
 moinc-in 
 mestiyet-in 
 royaquit-in 
 imaquic-in 
 
 people 
 male servants 
 dancers 
 singers 
 
 ve 
 
 vein 
 
 ve-in 
 
 veins 
 
 soyo 
 cristiano 
 
 evil spirit 
 convert 
 
 soyo-in 
 cristiano-tn. 
 
 devils 
 converts 
 
 sacerdote 
 juca 
 
 priest 
 sin 
 
 sacerdote-in 
 juca-in 
 
 priests 
 sins
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 liii 
 
 Gender 
 
 The designation of the feminine gender, in nouns as well as 
 in adjectives, is expressed by changing final t to s. 1 
 
 nana-t 
 
 boy 
 
 nana-s 
 
 girl 
 
 pire-t 
 
 old man 
 
 pire-s 
 
 old woman 
 
 rite-t 
 
 old man 
 
 rite-s 
 
 old woman 
 
 pane-t 
 
 adult man 
 
 pafte-s 
 
 adult woman 
 
 phenia-t 
 
 married man 
 
 uencia-s 
 
 married woman 
 
 vogi-t 
 
 brother 
 
 vogi-s 
 
 sister 
 
 mestiye-t 
 
 male servant 
 
 mestiye-s 
 
 female servant 
 
 izanqui-t 
 
 baby (boy) 
 
 izanqui-s 
 
 baby (girl) 
 
 muya-t 
 
 first 
 
 muya-s 
 
 first 
 
 coifo-t 
 
 nice 
 
 coifo-s 
 
 nice 
 
 coibo-t 
 
 nice 
 
 coibo-s 
 
 pretty 
 
 uenene-t 
 
 hypocrite 
 
 uenene-s 
 
 hypocrite 
 
 moci-t 
 
 new 
 
 moci-s 
 
 new 
 
 mabe-t 
 
 fat 
 
 mabe-s 
 
 fat 
 
 equi-t 
 
 minor of age 
 
 equi-s 
 
 minor 
 
 eque-t soni 
 
 young boar 
 
 eque-s phen 
 
 young sow 2 
 
 tasce-t 
 
 primogenitive 
 
 tasce-s 
 
 primogenitive 
 
 iri-t 
 
 one (man) 
 
 iri-s 
 
 one (woman) 
 
 Formation of Nouns 
 
 Nouns may be formed from verbs by suffixing ge. This 
 suffix seems to be related to ege or eve, "thing." 
 
 majo 
 
 hemtuc 
 
 secse 
 
 bei 
 
 sibac 
 
 tupu 
 
 vemi 
 
 pactac 
 
 uefiei 
 
 iapui 
 
 cienac 
 
 1 A. similar proceeding occurs in Aruak. For instance, basabanti "boy," 
 basabantu " girl." 
 
 a Quibur in Atacameno denotes the feminine: kuhri quibur "tigress." 
 
 to love 
 
 majo-ge (ye) 
 
 joy 
 
 to adorn 
 
 hemtuc-ge 
 
 ornament 
 
 to eat 
 
 secse-ge 
 
 food 
 
 to be 
 
 bei-ge 
 
 residence 
 
 to whip 
 
 sibac-ge 
 
 whip 
 
 to mark 
 
 tupu-ge 
 
 scale 
 
 to marry 
 
 vemi-ge 
 
 marriage 
 
 to nail 
 
 pactac-ge 
 
 nail 
 
 to he 
 
 uefie(i)-ge 
 
 He, gossip 
 
 to enrage 
 
 ciapui-gge 
 
 madness 
 
 to sink down 
 
 cienac-ge 
 
 landslide
 
 liv 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 faqui 
 
 to delirate 
 
 faqui-ge 
 
 delirium 
 
 famini 
 
 to delirate 
 
 famifii-ge 
 
 delirium 
 
 metaqui 
 
 to make 
 
 metaqui-ge 
 
 custom 
 
 nobi 
 
 to tire 
 
 nobe-ge 
 
 fatigue 
 
 clcacsi 
 
 to believe 
 
 cicacse-ge 
 
 faith 
 
 guati 
 
 to lament 
 
 guate-ge 
 
 tear 
 
 
 
 (uatege) 
 
 
 caritac 
 
 to work 
 
 caritac-ge 
 
 labor, task 
 
 fer 
 
 to run 
 
 fer-ge 
 
 force 
 
 vori 
 
 to cry 
 
 vore-ge 
 
 cry 
 
 coc", cose, cos 
 
 to sleep 
 
 coc-ge 
 
 dwelling 
 
 daqui 
 
 to suffer from 
 
 daqui-ge 
 
 hunger 
 
 
 hunger 
 
 
 
 tomi 
 
 to shipwreck 
 
 tomi-ge 
 
 shipwreck 
 
 inini 
 
 to cause nausea 
 
 inini-ge 
 
 nauseousness 
 
 Cicacsi 
 
 to obey 
 
 cicacse-ge 
 
 obedience 
 
 iCeiti 
 
 to pray 
 
 iceiti-ge 
 
 prayer 
 
 cipan 
 
 to sprout 
 
 cipan-ge 
 
 sprout 
 
 gisi 
 
 to laugh 
 
 gisi-ge 
 
 laughter 
 
 efati 
 
 to irritate 
 
 efati-^e 
 
 anger, fury 
 
 saqui 
 
 to depart 
 
 saqui-ge 
 
 departure 
 
 pisnac 
 
 to smoke 
 
 pisnac-ge 
 
 cigarette 
 
 nimbeisi 
 
 to absolve 
 
 nimbeisi-^e 
 
 absolution 
 
 tifati 
 
 to protect 
 
 tifati-ge 
 
 patron 
 
 eyaqui 
 
 to yawn 
 
 eyaqui-ge 
 
 yawning 
 
 fandac 
 
 to dig 
 
 fandac-ge 
 
 ditch 
 
 peivacacsi 
 
 to jest badly 
 
 peivacacsi-^e 
 
 bad jest 
 
 raise 
 
 to wish 
 
 raisa-ge 
 
 wish 
 
 
 
 izi raisage 
 
 disaffection 
 
 The following are likewise derived from verbal forms: 
 pazac-ge rubbish 
 
 moco-ge 
 
 gini-ge 
 
 beaqui-ge 
 
 mizaqui-ge 
 
 panc-ge 
 
 yupu-ge 
 
 c"octi-ge 
 
 diri-ge 
 
 dere-ge 
 
 maye-|e 
 
 stick; cf. cocc"oc "to split wood" 
 
 bath 
 
 chair 
 
 blast-hole 
 
 sieve 
 
 shape, form 
 
 baptism; cf. ojtac "to christen" 
 
 bulk 
 
 forest; cf. derei "to hunt" 
 
 day, heavens
 
 INTRODUCTION ly 
 
 beye-ge village 
 
 ono-ge pus 
 
 bone-ge flute 
 
 quinaqui-ge fright, fear 
 
 sequinaqui-ge violinist 
 
 coraqui-ge shovel 
 
 ciqui-ge urine 
 
 seii-ge death 
 
 The final vowel of the infinitive is often dropped, probably 
 because of the following -g -y, as in 
 
 facoi 
 
 to feel angry 
 
 faco-ge 
 
 anger 
 
 majoi 
 
 to enjoy 
 
 majo-ge 
 
 joy 
 
 ritai 
 
 to kick 
 
 rita-ge 
 
 kick 
 
 zincai 
 
 to feel ashamed 
 
 zinca-ge 
 
 shame 
 
 mamai 
 
 to play 
 
 mama-ge 
 
 diversion 
 
 cocoi 
 
 to embrace 
 
 oco-ge 
 
 the movement of lift- 
 
 
 
 
 ing up the arms 
 
 esii 
 
 to light 
 
 esi-ge 
 
 fire 
 
 apacoi 
 
 to heat 
 
 apaco-ge 
 
 fever, heat 
 
 imaqui 
 
 to sing 
 
 imac-ge 
 
 song 
 
 peyaqui 
 
 to speak 
 
 peyac-ge 
 
 talk 
 
 Doze-ge "pinching," however, is formed from dozeac "to 
 pinch." This is surely a compound verb, and may express 
 literally "to do pinching." 
 
 Bibolotti gives pami-ge and pamin-ge "dawn," indiscrim- 
 inately. 
 
 From stioai "to rob" is derived scioange "robbery." 
 
 Nouns are formed from adjectives in the same manner. 
 
 ipenti audacious ipenti-ge boldness 
 
 yetis cold jeti-ge snow, hail 
 
 nimbe poor nimbe-ge poverty 
 
 mara weak mara-ge fever, consumption 
 
 tari sad tari-ge sorrow 
 
 tomai dark tomaj-ge darkness 
 
 It seems that any noun can be transformed into a verb by 
 adding the verbal suffix, as for example rai. 
 
 The expression nono-rai, "to-morrow" also is surely a verbal 
 form.
 
 Ivi 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 Grammatical Cases 
 In Moseteno the genitive is indicated by adding -s or -si. 
 
 dojit-si veya 
 
 God-of face 
 dojit-si nimbeisige 1 
 
 God-of clemency 
 hem-si peyacge 
 
 good-of speech 
 nono-si 
 Erode-si 
 
 Espiritu Santo-si 
 Jesuscristo-si 
 moingin-si ciuc 
 
 teeth of flesh 
 Iglesia-can-si 
 
 church in of 
 cui-si juca 
 
 his himself of sin 
 (chi) moincin-si 
 
 men of 
 juca-in-si 
 
 sins of 
 mi-in-si mic 
 
 your of idiom 
 nucsi-s phen 
 
 other-of wife 
 aha-si 
 
 body-of 
 cui-si coci 
 
 his himself of heart 
 mi-si Santa Iglesia 
 
 Thine of Holy Church 
 misi- benedicion 
 
 Thine-of Benediction 
 
 God's face 
 Providence 
 
 praise, or speaking in high terms 
 
 of a person, or of a matter 
 of the mother 
 of Herod 
 
 of the Holy Spirit 
 of Jesus Christ 
 gum of the mouth 
 
 of the church 
 
 his own sin 
 
 of the men 
 
 of the sins 
 
 your idiom 
 
 the wife of the other 
 
 of the body 
 
 his own heart 
 
 Thy Holy Church 
 
 Thy benediction 
 
 Thus, the modifying element generally precedes the govern- 
 ing word. 
 
 Nominative and accusative are easily to be recognized by 
 
 1 Nimbei-si-g6 contains evidently another genitive, namely, nimbei-si, which is 
 a noun derived from the adjective nim-be "poor." The latter seems to be formed 
 from n-im and bei "to be."
 
 INTRODUCTION Ivii 
 
 their respective position in the sentence. The latter seems often 
 to precede the verb, as in: 
 
 tara quetirai ye I am going to sow corn 
 
 enyera mi arroz queti? When shallst thou sow corn? 
 
 cafe tuirai mi Thou shallst bring coffee 
 
 All other case-relations are expressed by means of suffixes. 
 These are, as in most American Indian languages, also super- 
 abundant in Moseteno. 
 
 The suffix -e contains the idea of "on" or "above." 
 
 meyege-e in heaven 
 
 meque-ce on the top of the hill 
 
 bebe-ce in the chapapa 
 
 pene-ce on the raft 
 
 ac-ce on earth 
 
 The suffix -ve means "towards," "in the direction of," 
 "against," as well as "separation," "coming from a certain 
 place," and so forth. Examples are: 
 
 engera coijonye-ve mii zun? when shall we walk about the 
 
 plantations? 
 
 Guaci-ve to Guaci 
 
 dere-ve to the mountain 
 
 ce-ve towards above 
 
 mo-ve there (that-towards) 
 
 Beni-ve towards the Beni river 
 
 sine-ve towards the bank, or edge 
 
 o-ve towards one side 
 
 nope-ve on the edge 
 
 me-ve for that 
 
 Adam-ve of, from Adam 
 
 Egipto-ve from Egypt 
 
 ege-ve because (thing-to) 
 
 juca-ve from the sins 
 
 tifatige-ve from the patron 
 
 aca-ve azi ye I come from home 
 home from come I 
 
 The suffix -can means "the place where," "time when;" thus: 
 dere-can in the forest cod-can in the heart 
 
 oiii-can in the water Iglesia-can in the church
 
 Iviii 
 
 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 infierno-can 
 mo-can 
 
 in the hell 
 within 
 
 Irupana-can 
 
 in Irupana 
 
 that-in 
 
 dere-can-cl, literally "in the forest living," the savage, the Indian 
 oni-can-i, literally "in water living," aquatic 
 Irupana-can bei he is in Irupana vojco-can in the belly 
 
 cofi-can anic from all my uci-can in the head 
 
 heart 
 ere-can mageye every day 
 
 all-in-day 
 
 Associative and instrumental 
 suffixes -turn and -ya respectively 
 nouns and adjectives in English 
 amples are: 
 
 zun-i ayo Jesucristo-tum 
 
 our Lord Jesus Christ with 
 auain-tum 
 moinin-tum 
 zim-tum ciuc'-can 
 
 poison-with-flesh-in 
 juca-tum 
 at ame-tum 
 oiii-ac-tum 
 
 water-earth-with 
 ambi sasi-tum 
 mij-tum 
 
 stone-with 
 giege-tum 
 dac-tum-di 
 mani-tum 
 zincl-turn 
 yin-tum-ci 
 juca-tum-cl 
 &nge-tum-c'i 
 fetige-tum-juca 
 nucsi-tum phen bei 
 juca-tum-i moincin 
 
 men with sins 
 un-ya 
 moni-ya 
 
 fear with 
 
 relations are expressed by the 
 
 Even those words classed as 
 
 are formed in this way. Ex- 
 
 with our Lord Jesus Christ 
 
 with the babies 
 with the neighbors 
 poisoned 
 
 with sins 
 
 being with flowers 
 
 mud, clay 
 
 inanimate 
 stony 
 
 talented 
 
 horned 
 
 smelling 
 
 bilious 
 
 bony (yin = bone) 
 
 sinner 
 
 capability 
 
 adultery 
 
 living in concubinage 
 
 sinners 
 
 with the hand 
 midnight
 
 INTRODUCTION lix 
 
 yu-ya with the foot 
 
 yeci juca-ya with my sin 
 
 seni-ya zun with our death (after our death) 
 
 ADJECTIVES 
 
 The attributive adjective precedes the substantive, while it 
 follows when used as predicate: 
 
 anic hemci veya very nice face aci veya sick face 
 
 der juci 
 
 great heat 
 
 pei ofii 
 
 muddy water 
 
 hem mayege 
 
 fine day 
 
 yagu oni 
 
 clear water 
 
 oiii anic yetis 
 
 the water is 
 
 oni zivnaquis 
 
 the water is 
 
 
 very cold 
 
 
 fresh , : 
 
 boni derci 
 
 the eagle is 
 
 mij derci 
 
 the stone, rock 
 
 
 great 
 
 
 is great 
 
 Gender is indicated by changing the initial of the suffix; 
 compare a similar change in nouns: 
 
 der-Ci great, masc. der-si great, femin. 
 
 nuc-ci other " nuc-si other " 
 
 cinca at seni der-si-tum juca he who died great with sin 
 
 The relation of the case is here indicated by adding the 
 suffix -turn to the adjective. Yet the instrumental-suffix may be 
 added to the noun, thus: 
 
 juca-tum der-si "with great sin," "with mortal sin." 
 
 Adjectives are derived from verbs by affixing -/, -s 1 to the 
 infinitive : 
 
 fiobi to tire nobe-t tired, masc. fiobe-s tired, femin. 
 
 mabe to fatten mabe-t fat " mabe-s fat " 
 
 noyi to noyi-t frightened noyi-s frightened 
 
 frighten masc. femin. 
 
 muya to have muya-t first " muya-s first " 
 
 Muya-s ves "the first fruit," "the first ripe ear of the corn," 
 "primicias." 
 
 1 Some nouns (vide supra) must hence be adjectives in origin.
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 PRONOUNS 
 Personal Pronouns 
 
 ye I 
 
 mi thou 
 
 mo he, that, she 
 
 zun we 
 
 mi-in you . 
 
 mo-in they, those 
 
 Possessive Pronouns 
 
 The possessive pronouns are formed by suffixing the element 
 -ft, -si to the personal pronouns: 
 
 FEMININE 
 
 ye-si 
 
 mi-si 
 
 mo-si her, of her 
 
 zun-si 
 
 mi-in-si 
 
 mo-in-si 
 
 Examples of possessive pronouns with nouns are: 
 
 mi-si Santa Iglesia Thy Holy Church 
 
 thine-of Holy Church 
 
 mi-si benedicion Thy benediction 
 
 thine-of benediction 
 
 ye-si veya-ce in my face 
 
 mine-of face-in 
 
 ye-si phen my wife (said by the man) 
 
 mi-ci uenci-ges 1 as thy husband (said by the 
 
 thine-of husband-for priest to the Indian woman) 
 
 Most of the case-relations are expressed by elements identical 
 with those suffixed to the nouns. 
 
 1 The designation of the gender in the possessive pronouns does not at all 
 indicate "traces" of a special language peculiar to the Moseteno women, as errone- 
 ously supposed by Lafone Quevedo, " Anales," LII, p. 298. Such, however, is the 
 case, e. g. in Tupi-guaranf, as ce memby "my son" (said by the father) and le ray 
 "my son" (said by the mother). 
 
 MASCULINE 
 
 ye-ci 
 
 my, of mine 
 
 mi-i 
 
 thy, of thine 
 
 mo-ci 
 
 his, of that man 
 
 zun-ci 
 
 our, of ours 
 
 mi-in-ci 
 
 your, of yours 
 
 mo-in-ci 
 
 their, of theirs
 
 INTRODUCTION Ixi 
 
 ye-ve to me, towards me zun-ve to us, towards us 
 
 mi-ve to thee, towards thee miin-ve to you 
 
 mo-ve to him, towards him 1 moin-ve to them 
 
 mi-ci juca-ve from thy sin 
 
 thine-of sin-from 
 
 ye-ges for me zun-ges for us 
 
 mi-ges for thee miin-ges for you 
 
 mo-ges for him, for that moin-ges for those 
 
 zun-ges Dojit congeeme P ra y to God for us 
 
 we-for God pray 
 
 ye-tum with me zun-tum with us 
 
 mi-tum with thee miin-tum with you 
 
 mo-tum with him, with that moin-tum with them, those 
 
 Relative and Demonstrative Pronouns 
 
 Bibolotti asserts that "el que," "he who" is not translated 
 in Moseteno. Nevertheless, cinca seems to exercise the function 
 of the demonstrative as well as that of the relative pronoun. 
 
 cinca at ninete whom he depreciated 
 
 cinca maje who wishes 
 
 cinca peyaqui acis peacge, he who speaks bad words, calls 
 
 vori soyo the devil 
 
 Other demonstratives are: 
 
 masculine: uz this feminine: oi this 
 
 uz-i of this oi-si of this 
 
 (ci-uz "near") (ci-oi "near") 
 
 maje mi uz zofii lovest thou this man? 
 
 ye-si phen uz sortija quereca somei efie tupuge vuemi ye-si 
 mine-of wife this ring silver I give as sign marriage thine-of 
 
 Coi "that," seems to signify also "himself." The determi- 
 native pronouns are formed from coi by adding the suffix of the 
 possessive pronouns: 
 
 coi-ci I ,,. 1r coi-si 1 ,, ., 
 
 cui-ci ) ofhimself cui-si} fherself 
 
 cui-ci auamu the son of that man (himself) 
 
 cui-si auamu the son of that woman (herself) 
 
 cui-si jucave from thy own sin 
 
 1 Mo-ve "towards that thing" is of course identical with the adverb move "alii," 
 "alia," "there," "in that place," "thither."
 
 Irii SCHULLER 
 
 cui-si coii thy very heart 
 
 cui bei thy very life 
 
 mo-cui he himself; that (himself) 
 
 coi-mi them (thyself) 
 
 cui-miin yourself 
 
 mi-cui at yii thou (thyself) saidst 
 
 coi-mi caju&ti thou repentest thyself (reflexive) 
 
 Indefinite Pronouns 
 
 The indefinite fiuc-ci "the other," nuc-si "other" (fern.) is 
 formed from nu, or fiuc (fius), and the suffix of the possessive 
 pronoun. Herrero gives nu, nus " I " instead of ye. The former 
 might be related with possessive nu of the Nu-Aruak, which 
 likely occurs in the Pano languages of the Ucayali, and in Paca- 
 guara of Bolivia. 
 
 The negative indefinite pronoun is izi "nobody." 
 
 Interrogative Pronouns 
 The interrogative pronouns are: 
 
 ege? what? 
 Cinca? | 
 
 els? \ who? 
 is dac? J 
 
 engenca? what thing is it? 
 
 ege maje mi? what dost thou wish? 
 
 ege hemtaquirai? what shall they do? 
 
 ege irai mi? what thou are doing? 
 
 ege cuk mo? what is called that? 
 
 ege Cuk miinsi mic? | what do you say in your 
 
 ege yi miinsi mic? j language? 
 
 egenca ti mo uz juca what is called this sin? 
 
 ege cik? what is it? 
 
 ege hecetei cristianoin? what do receive the Christians? 
 
 egerai 1 hemtaqui mi? what shalt thou do? 
 
 inca mo? who is it? 
 
 eflzi? how many? 
 
 eftzi cik mayege? how many days? 
 
 enzi tupu quin? what is the time? 
 
 Ciste Cik? of whom is it? 
 1 Transformed into a verb by adding the suffix rai.
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Ixiii 
 
 NUMERALS 
 
 The numerals are based on the quinary system. All numerals 
 over five are compound nouns, and are more or less conventional. 
 Thus ebe-un "six" is evidently related with "hand," and may 
 signify "one hand and one finger." For quen-caii "eight" 
 compare quencafi "half;" araj-tac "nine" means "almost ten." 
 
 Two ordinals only are given in Bibolotti's glossary: 
 
 muya-t the first (masc.) 
 
 muya-s the first (fern.) 
 
 They seem to be derived from the verb muya "to have." 
 Aye-quic" "the last" signifies also "the end." 
 
 Some miscellaneous matters may be properly given here : 
 
 iri-t; iri-s (fern.) single, sole 
 
 ere all 
 
 eguaj-ere all together 
 
 pana-pana both 
 
 et; quincaii half 1 
 
 mequi so many, so much 
 
 mequias a little 
 
 ADVERBS 
 
 oya, moge here 
 
 move, moce; cf. ove "to one side" there 
 
 oce, moce, ceve, tacce above 
 
 peccaii under 
 
 ofiam where 
 
 cavin fast 
 
 mocan below 
 
 equive, equi behind 
 
 moc far 
 
 qui direct 
 
 quinves left 
 
 cl uz, i oi, am moc (not far) near 
 
 oi-cafi herein 
 
 tacange always 
 
 efiaca, endac sometimes 
 
 !Cf. &t-cet" to divide."
 
 Ixiv 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 PREPOSITIONS 
 
 yno, jinoge 
 
 abia 
 
 can 
 
 mocan (very far In) 
 
 ocan 
 
 vaucafi 
 
 guaj, uaj 
 
 hemya 
 
 faue 
 
 turn 
 
 ges, yes 
 
 ce 
 
 dene 
 
 before 
 
 after 
 
 in 
 
 within 
 
 under 
 
 between 
 
 between 
 
 before (?) 
 
 above, on 
 
 with 
 
 for 
 
 towards, against 
 
 without (empty) 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS 
 
 eeve because 
 
 cacai, meinas, dac", nam, nac then 
 
 pat, cacai that, in order to 
 
 paj-za-me notwithstanding 
 
 ambi yet 
 
 za, ujama but 
 
 The negative is expressed by am "not." This may be com- 
 bined with other elements. We find thus : 
 
 d-am little, moment 
 
 d-am-ge more; cf. damge ai "worse" 
 
 am ege nothing 
 
 cume am neither, not either (the same not) 
 
 am d-am never 
 
 am-bi still 
 
 am-hem bad (not good) 
 
 am-cari easy (not difficult) 
 
 amara I do not want 
 
 at-nam already it is 
 
 VERBS 
 Verbal Stems 
 
 The following are some simple verbal stems: 
 poc to pinch 
 
 foe 
 
 to break
 
 INTRODUCTION Ixv 
 
 toe to fracture; to break 
 
 top to burst 
 
 fez to wear 
 
 tez to cut 
 
 puer to lock up 
 
 bus to cover 
 
 yi, gi to say 
 
 zik to count 
 
 sip to castigate 
 
 sap to fasten 
 
 cup to compress; to squeeze 
 
 zup to cover 
 
 tap to take 
 
 caz to double 
 
 daj to untie; to loose 
 
 rap to join (with cement, etc.) 
 
 tec to stretch out 
 
 naz to stretch out; cf. "snake" 
 
 nee to recline 
 
 cet to divide 
 
 coj to empty 
 
 quic to level 
 
 quen to stir the fire with a poker 
 
 sac to stay 
 
 puj to kiss 
 
 ben to fill 
 
 quiv to quench 
 
 ep (?) to capsize the raft 
 
 za to watch 
 
 We find other elements combined with these stems. The 
 compounds thus formed have meanings quite different from the 
 simple stems. Examples are: 
 
 ci-casci to believe, to understand (with gi, yi "to say") 
 
 i-ce-cacsi to teach, to edify ( " " " " ) 
 
 gl-ez to kneel (for praying) ( " " " " ) 
 
 i-zi-ti to meditate ( " " " " ) 
 
 i-ce-iti to pray ( " ) 
 
 fe-i to elevate (prayer) ( " " " * ) 
 
 i-ci-e to know ( " " " " ) 
 
 he-ji to cry () 
 
 Coj-tac to christen (with coj, "to empty")
 
 Ixvi 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 sac-ti to depart, to leave 
 
 sa-qui to get up 
 
 sac- i to depart 
 
 Cu-befi to embrace; cf. "arm" 
 
 mi-ben to lengthen 
 
 sap-tac to knot 
 
 quec"-tac to dovetail, to scarf 
 
 que-tac to add 
 
 tez-aqui to hew 
 
 fe-querac to saw 
 
 foc-oi to become putrid 
 
 quen-efr to burn in hell 
 
 quer-eft to crackle hi hell 
 
 quev-eci to lead out of the way 
 
 cub-ac to press 
 
 za-i to live 
 
 (with sac, "to stay") 
 
 ( 
 
 \ 
 
 The following are compound 
 
 moc-tac to whet 
 
 pu-tac to wash cloth 
 
 cu-tac to tinge 
 
 au-tac to roast 
 
 pac-tac to nail 
 
 cari-tac to work 
 
 hem-tuc to bring in order 
 
 abai-tuc to whiten 
 
 cuge-tuc to domesticate 
 
 fibi-tui to make gifts 
 
 napu-tui to make friendship 
 
 tupu-tui to measure 
 
 onam i-tui to emanate 
 
 aci-tui to dirty 
 
 u-pi to spit 
 
 yisi to laugh 
 
 ju-c'e to tread 
 
 c"o-coi to embrace 
 
 (with ben, "to fill") 
 
 / u u u u \ 
 
 (with sap, "to fasten") 
 (with quic", "to level") 
 
 ( <i U U \ 
 
 (with tez, "to cut") 
 (with fez, "to wear") 
 (with foe, "to break") 
 (with quen, "to stir") 
 (with quer, "to lock up") 
 (with quiv, "to quench") 
 (with cup, "to squeeze") 
 (with za, "to watch") 
 
 verbs : 
 
 (with tac, "to push, to blow," etc.) 
 
 ( u u a a " ^ 
 
 ( u u u u u a it \ 
 
 ( u a u u u u " ") 
 
 / "\ 
 
 f u it u u u u " *) 
 
 (with the stem tuc) 
 
 ( " " " " ) 
 (<t \ 
 
 (with the stem tui) 
 
 ( u a a a \ 
 
 f u u u u \ 
 
 (u a a a \ 
 
 ) 
 ( a u a u \ 
 
 (with cun, "mouth") 
 (with yi, "to speak") 
 (with yu, "foot") 
 (with con, "arm") 
 
 Classification of Verbs 
 
 Verbs may be divided into the following classes, according 
 to their suffixes : 
 
 ending in -ac: apac to heat 
 
 royac to dance
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Ixvii 
 
 
 sibac 
 
 to whip 
 
 
 vayac 
 
 to efface 
 
 
 cocac 
 
 to slice 
 
 
 giebac 
 
 to sew 
 
 
 vanac 
 
 to open 
 
 ending in -bi: 
 
 ci-bi 
 
 to germinate 
 
 
 no-bi 
 
 to tire 
 
 
 scioj-bi 
 
 to swell (ciuc-bi) 
 
 
 bo-vi 
 
 to ascend, to mount 
 
 ending in -iti: 
 
 rib-iti 
 
 to overtake 
 
 
 ricbiti (A.) 
 
 
 
 rijbiti (B.) 
 
 
 
 nuc-iti 
 
 to help 
 
 
 noc-iti 
 
 to despise 
 
 
 em-iti 
 
 to cook 
 
 
 soqu-iti 
 
 to put into a harbor 
 
 
 can-iti 
 
 to return, to be converted 
 
 
 yacc-iti 
 
 to start, to begin 
 
 
 ecc-ete 
 
 to receive 
 
 
 tac-ette 
 
 to slay one's face 
 
 
 ice-iti 
 
 to pray 
 
 
 iz-iti 
 
 to meditate 
 
 
 faqu-iti 
 
 to quarrel 
 
 
 ezen-iti 
 
 to scratch 
 
 
 pinet-ete 
 
 to cure 
 
 
 niii-ete 
 
 to mock, to ridicule 
 
 
 ii-ete 
 
 to put in 
 
 
 yucn-iti 
 
 to move, to waddle 
 
 
 ecb-iti 
 
 to disembowel 
 
 
 qu-eti 
 
 to feel pain 
 
 ending in -qui: 
 
 cl-qui 
 
 to urinate 
 
 
 pi-qui 
 
 to walk 
 
 
 yi-qui 
 
 to acclimatize 
 
 
 eu-qui 
 
 to eructate 
 
 
 af-qui 
 
 to be sorry for 
 
 
 ya-qui 
 
 to forget 
 
 
 fa-qui 
 
 to rave (when dying) 
 
 
 e-qui 
 
 to reap, to gather 
 
 
 osa-qui 
 
 to leave 
 
 
 eya-qui 
 
 to yawn, to gape 
 
 
 uej-qui 
 
 to howl 
 
 
 pana-qui 
 
 to spin 
 
 
 peya-qui 
 
 to speak
 
 Ixviii 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 bisa-qui 
 seva-qui 
 neya-qui 
 quin-qui 
 ima-qui 
 naba-qui 
 chacan-qui 
 queba-qui 
 sina-qui 
 hem-ta-qui 
 aci-ta-qui 
 
 ending in - (c) oi, f oc-oi 
 -oi: fac-oi 
 apac-oi 
 acij-oi 
 cond-oi 
 
 pay-oi 
 cav-oi 
 moroj-oi 
 coror-oi 
 
 ending in -i: fer-i 
 dere-i 
 vor-i 
 vuem-i 
 mon-i 
 noy-i 
 fen-i 
 sen-i 
 tom-i 
 some-i 
 uene-i 
 ezeze-i 
 tace-i 
 i-coe-i; cf. 
 
 "coci" 
 ane-i 
 
 ending in -ini: scev-ini;cf. 
 "ragged" 
 fam-ini (?) 
 tam-ini 
 va-ini; cf. 
 "whirlpool" 
 
 to wait for, to expect 
 
 to listen 
 
 to thicken 
 
 to frighten 
 
 to sing 
 
 to brood 
 
 to fry 
 
 to search 
 
 to sweep 
 
 to make (good-make) 
 
 to fornicate (bad-make) 
 
 to become putrid 
 
 to become angry 
 
 to become sick with fever 
 
 to become bad (rough) 
 
 to lay down; to stretch one's 
 
 self at full length 
 to jump 
 to escape 
 
 flux (to evacuate-evacuation) 
 to outpour; to drip; to gush 
 to hurry, to run 
 to hunt 
 to cry, to call 
 to marry 
 
 to perish; to lose; to mistake 
 to be astonished; to be frightened 
 to lay eggs 
 to die 
 
 to be shipwrecked 
 to give 
 
 to lie; to cheat 
 to cause a sharp pain 
 to push somebody 
 to like; to try; cf. "heart" 
 
 to rain 
 
 to jest with luck 
 
 to rave (when sleeping) 
 to dream 
 to boil
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Ixix 
 
 can-ini (boil- to cause sharp itching 
 
 ing inside) 
 
 con-ini to swallow; to devour 
 
 ifi-ini to nauseate 
 
 ending in -ce: 1 fus-ce (?) to touch with the hand 
 
 (continually) 
 
 cus-ce to touch; to feel, cf. "hand" 
 
 fas-ce to swallow (remedy) 
 
 yu-ce to tread; cf. "foot" 
 
 me-ye (ce?) to take away 
 
 que-ce to pursue 
 
 ending in -si: e-si to light 
 
 yi-si (gisi) to laugh 
 
 ve-si to soil 
 
 sec-si to eat 
 
 rai-se to love; to like 
 
 eac-si to command; to order 
 
 izac-si to bite 
 
 imu-se to hide 
 
 ectac-si to condemn 
 
 yicac-si to ape; to imitate 
 
 cicac-si to obey; to believe 
 
 nim-bei-si to console; to cheer 
 
 vorvac-si; cf. to invite 
 "vori" 
 
 ending in -zi: ni-zi to become fat (?) 
 
 i-zi to be wanting 
 
 quez-i to equalize 
 
 mi-i to go; to walk 
 
 ci-i to speak 
 
 yi-i (gii) to know 
 
 zi-i to suck 
 
 ending hi -ai: n-ai to be born; to fly 
 
 y-ai to buy 
 
 c-ai to vomit 
 
 oc-ai to submerge; to slip; to slide 
 
 poz-ai to dissolve; to liquefy 
 
 aj-ai to be excited 
 
 hij-ai to finish; to conclude 
 
 mar-ai to become lean 
 
 1 The suffix le seems to be identical with e "above," "on," as e. g., in: meque- 
 ce "on the top of the hill." On the other hand, ge(e) in the verb congee "to ask" 
 
 is surely related to Zii "to speak" and to lei "to elevate," "to pray."
 
 Ixx 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 hoj-ai 
 rit-ai 
 mam-ai 
 siy-ai 
 
 ending in -gi (-yi) : 
 
 ending in -ci: 
 
 ending in -ati: 
 
 ending in -ui: 
 
 ending in -ban: 
 
 zinc-a 
 cosc-ai 
 
 (cosciai) 
 conc-ai 
 
 ri-gi 
 
 vii-gi 
 
 oi-gi 
 
 basi-gi 
 
 mici-gi 
 
 cioin-gi 
 
 cias-gi 
 
 nai-ci 
 
 sact-ci 
 
 cus-cl 
 
 ef-ati 
 
 ij-ati 
 
 gu-ati 
 
 foneb-ate; cf. 
 
 "cafon" 
 isciuv-ati 
 tup-ui 
 ay-ui 
 cuc-ui 
 cam-ban 
 urn-ban 
 ci-ban 
 
 to kill 
 
 to kick 
 
 to play 
 
 to root 
 
 to rob 
 
 to become ashamed 
 
 to burn 
 
 to conserve; to maintain; to 
 
 care 
 
 to relevel; to bury 
 to swim 
 to row 
 to give birth 
 to fast; to abstain 
 to molest 
 
 to fructify; to propagate 
 to see: cf. "to be born" 
 to depart; to come out 
 to sleep 
 
 to vex; to trouble 
 to behead 
 to lament 
 to disinter; to exhume 
 
 to comb; to dress the hair 
 
 to sign, to mark 
 
 to wet 
 
 to be silent 
 
 to carry (participle : "carrying"?) 
 
 to take leave 
 
 to fall off (water) 
 
 Ci-pan "to sprout again " is of course related to pan "feather " 
 and tian "leaf of a tree" (both related to phan "wool"). The 
 underlying idea is, unquestionably, that of "ornament," "cover,' 
 "cloth," and so forth. 
 
 Tenses 
 
 According to Bibolotti, only the following tenses, namely, 
 present, perfect, past perfect and future, exist in Moseteno. 
 The present is formed by prefixing the personal pronouns :
 
 INTRODUCTION Ixxi 
 
 ye queti I plant 
 
 mi queti thou plantest 
 
 mo queti he plants 
 
 zun queti we plant 
 
 miin queti you plant 
 
 moin queti they plant 
 
 However, the personal pronouns may also be suffixed, as 
 in maje-ye "I wish;" or oco maje-ye "I wish a cloth." 
 
 It is a rather questionable matter to speak of "lenguas 
 prefijadoras" and "lenguas sufijadoras," as the Argentine savant, 
 Lafone Quevedo, does repeatedly. 
 
 The future tense is formed by adding the suffix -rai. The 
 pronouns precede the verbal stem. An example is: moin 
 peyaqui-rai "they will say." 
 
 However, the personal pronouns may likewise follow, thus: 
 
 ci-rai zun we shall say 
 
 raise-rai mi thou wilt love 
 
 zage-ye cafe tui-rai mi when I awake thou wilt 
 
 bring coffee 
 saqui-rai zun we shall get up 
 
 The first person plural may have an hortative sense, as: 
 
 mii-rai zun let us have a walk 
 
 yacciti-rai zun let us rest 
 
 The perfect is formed by suffixing the element -te. The verbal 
 expression is preceded by at, which seems to signify "it is," "it 
 is already accomplished"; compare at-nam "as yet it is." It 
 is, therefore, probably identical with our "to be" and "to 
 have." 
 
 ye at izaye-te I awaked 
 
 mi at izaye-te thou awakest 
 
 mo at izaye-te he awaked 
 
 zun at izaye-te we awaked 
 
 miin at izaye-te you awaked 
 
 moin at izaye-te they awaked
 
 Ixxii 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 By adding the suffix -ique, a tense more or less similar in its 
 meaning to our past perfect indicative may be formed, thus : 
 
 I had sung 
 thou hadst sung 
 he had sung 
 we had sung 
 you had sung 
 
 ye at imaqui ique 
 mi at imaqui ique 
 mo at imaqui ique 
 zun at imaqui ique 
 miin at imaqui ique 
 moin at imaqui ique 
 
 they had sung 
 
 The Imperative Mood 
 
 The imperative, as given by our author, is unquestionably 
 composed of two different verbs. Notwithstanding the remark 
 about its being used in the second person only, there are possi- 
 bilities of using that mood likewise in the third person, as 
 maji-evac mo ''let him love." 
 
 Bibolotti furnishes the following examples: 
 
 rais-ac mi do love (thou) 
 
 rais-ac miin do love (you) 
 
 rais-ac moin do love (they) 
 
 The element -ac is, at least I believe, identical with -tac or ac, 
 signifying "action," "to do," etc., in the compounded verbs 
 mentioned above, as moc-tac, apac, and so on. The following are 
 illustrations : 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 tui 
 
 to bring 
 
 ucui 
 
 to be silent 
 
 pajanaqui 
 
 despajar 
 
 cusci 
 
 to sleep 
 
 ei 
 
 to elevate 
 
 acitui 
 
 to dirty 
 
 cavoi 
 
 to fly 
 
 facoi 
 
 to be angry 
 
 bey 
 
 to dwell 
 
 iziti 
 
 to meditate 
 
 fibitui 
 
 to present gifts 
 
 ciasgi 
 
 to propagate 
 
 <5et 
 
 to split wood 
 
 tu-ac 
 
 cucu-ac 
 
 pajanac-ac 
 
 cosc-ac 
 
 cey-ac 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 do bring, or bring 
 
 be silent 
 
 do sleep, sleep thou 
 do elevate thou 
 
 aitu-ac 
 
 cavo-ac 
 
 fac-vac; cf. suffix -evac, y-evac 
 
 be- vac 
 
 izit-ac 
 
 fibitu-ac 
 
 cias-gi-ac; cf. gii "to speak," etc. 
 
 cet-ac
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Ixxiii 
 
 ezeniti 
 
 to scratch ezenit-ac 
 
 eccete 
 
 to receive eccete- vac 
 
 iceiti 
 nee 
 
 to recite, to pray iceit-ac 
 to recline nee- vac 
 
 eque 
 gicui 
 caniti 
 
 to collect ec-vac 
 to remember gicu-ac 
 to return canit-ac 
 
 gisi 
 
 to laugh gisac 
 
 tomi 
 majoi 
 fer eque 
 
 to capsize tom-ac 
 to be merry ma jo be- vac 
 to carry off fer eque-vac 
 
 The imperative may be formed also by simply adding -a to 
 the infinitive, as in: 
 
 saptac 
 
 to make fast saptac-a 
 
 coyac 
 
 to pull up coyac-a 
 
 royac 
 
 to dance royac-a 
 
 fequerac 
 
 to saw fequerac-a 
 
 scevamac 
 
 to toast scevanac-a 
 
 tayac 
 
 to daub tayac-a 
 
 caritac 
 
 to work caritac-a 
 
 pactac 
 
 to nail pactac-a 
 
 quectac 
 
 to scarf quectac-a 
 
 pisnac 
 
 to smoke pisnac-a 
 
 cocac 
 
 to chop off cocac-a 
 
 putac 
 
 to wash cloth putac-a 
 
 coyac 
 
 to harvest earth coyac-a 
 
 
 nut 
 
 fandac 
 
 to dig f andac-a 
 
 bijtac 
 
 to put in a bag bijtac-a 
 
 mesac 
 
 to grind mesac-a 
 
 giebac 
 
 to sew giebac-a 
 
 ninac 
 
 to desiccate badly ninac-a 
 
 icanac 
 
 to dry icanac-a 
 
 The ending -i is often dropped in the imperative, probably 
 due to the -a, which follows: 
 
 to sleep 
 to shipwreck 
 to smell 
 to hear 
 
 cusci 
 
 tomi 
 
 osaqui 
 
 sevaqui 
 
 bisaqui 
 
 to wait 
 
 cosc-a 
 
 tom-a 
 
 osac-a 
 
 savac-a 
 
 bisac-a
 
 Ixxiv 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 cacamqui 
 
 to fry 
 
 cacanac-a 
 
 yezaqui 
 
 to hew 
 
 yezac-a 
 
 panaqui 
 
 to spin 
 
 panac-a 
 
 peyaqui 
 
 to speak 
 
 peyac-a 
 
 quevaqui 
 
 to search 
 
 quevac-a 
 
 sinaqui 
 
 to clean 
 
 sinac-a 
 
 imaqui 
 
 to sing 
 
 imac-a 
 
 vonaqui 
 
 to harvest corn 
 
 vonac-a 
 
 ianaqui 
 
 to desiccate well 
 
 icanac-a 
 
 emiti 
 
 to cook 
 
 emit-a 
 
 The imperative of many* verb compounded with -iti is 
 formed by adding the suffix -ca, thus : 
 
 soquiti to embrace; to put a soquiti-ca 
 
 vessel into harbor 
 
 yacciti to start yacciti-ca 
 
 iceiti . to pray iceiti-ca 
 
 imusiti to hide imusiti-ca 
 
 The imperative of the following verbs is formed in the same 
 manner: 
 
 tifati 
 efati 
 feri 
 sacti 
 
 (genitive?) 
 
 to protect 
 to make angry 
 to hurry 
 to go to .... 
 to pardon 
 
 tifati-ca 
 
 efati-ca 
 
 feri-ca 
 
 sacti-ca 
 
 nimbeiti-ca 
 
 Some verbs compounded with -iti, however, seem to change 
 the ending only, as: 
 
 fiociti to despise nocit-a 
 
 jucniti to move jucnit-a 
 
 The imperative may be formed also by suffixing -bada and 
 -da, thus: 
 
 feri 
 
 quiceac 
 
 umban 
 
 camban 
 
 anban 
 
 to hurry 
 to direct 
 to take leave 
 to carry 
 to descend 
 
 fere-bada 
 
 quice-bada 
 
 umba-da 
 
 camban-da 
 
 canban-da
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Ixxv 
 
 Furthermore, the imperative may be formed by suffixing 
 -emac or -mac, as in: 
 
 jeci to rest jeci-emac 
 
 izayeye to awake iza-emac 
 
 quic to make straight quic-emac 
 
 sovsov to file on a string sovsov-emac 
 
 rigi to bury rigi-emac 
 
 oigi to row oigi-emac 
 
 quece to pursue quece-mac 
 
 isca to frighten isca-mac 
 
 iscioingi to molest iscioinge-mac 
 
 quine to respect quine-mac 
 
 c"usc"e to touch cusce-mac 
 
 heci to repose hece-mac 
 
 cave to look, to see cave-mac 
 
 fifi to blow fifi-emac 
 
 congee to beg congee-mac 
 
 toe to break toqu-emac 
 
 tace to pull tace-mac 
 
 raise to love raise-mac 
 
 Final -i is dropped in the following: 
 
 concai to keep 
 
 cavoi to fly 
 
 hojai to kill 
 
 hijai to finish 
 
 cai to vomit 
 
 ocai to slip 
 
 cojbi to swell 
 to rob 
 
 conca-mac 
 
 cavo-mac 
 
 hoja-mac 
 
 hija-mac 
 
 ca-a-mac 
 
 oca-a-mac 
 
 cojb-a-mac 
 
 cio-mac 
 
 From iziti "to reflect," we have izi-emac; from vori "to 
 provoke," vor-v-emac; from cave "to observe," cave-vac; from 
 rigi "to fill again," rigi-emac; iromfonebate "to dissent, " foneba- 
 mac; iromjate "to behead," iya-mac. 
 
 Bibolotti gives maji-eva "wish" as the 2d person singular of 
 the imperative, and maji-evac as the 2d person plural from maje 
 "to wish." Other examples of the 2d person singular of the 
 imperative formed by the suffix -eva are :
 
 Ixxvi 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 apac 
 oj 
 
 to warm; to heat 
 to throw water 
 
 apaqu-eve 
 do j -evac 
 
 teren 
 cup 
 bus 
 
 to carry 
 to compress 
 to cover 
 
 teren-eva 
 cup-eva; cf. "cupe-eme" 
 bus-eva 
 
 etcet 
 panpan 
 biscam 
 
 to split wood 
 to twine 
 to twist 
 
 c"etcet-eva(?) cetce(t)-y-eva 
 panpan-eva (panpan-y-eva) 
 biscam-eva 
 
 comon 
 hemtuc 
 
 to wrap up 
 to burnish 
 
 comon-eva (comon-y-eva) 
 hemqui-eva 
 
 Bibolotti gives somacs-eva as the imperative of somei, "to 
 give." The latter, however, seems to be derived from somacsi. 
 
 The suffix -evac in the plural corresponds to -eva of the 
 singular. Thus: 
 
 tec to extend 
 
 fez to tear of! 
 
 mibefi to stretch out 
 
 tecontecon to move the head 
 giez; cei "to know" to kneel 
 
 quen to stir the fire 
 
 autac to roast 
 
 sip to whip 
 
 tequ-evac 1 
 
 fez-evac 
 
 miben-evac (miben-y-evac?) 
 
 tecontecon-evac 
 
 giez-evac 
 
 quen-evac 
 
 autac-y-eva 
 
 sip-e-evac 
 
 The final -i of the infinitive is often changed into pre-palatal 
 -y, when followed by -eva or evac, as in: 
 
 ocoi 
 
 ftapui 
 
 yai 
 
 yi (gi-cf. "Cei") 
 
 mamai 
 
 Cet 
 
 saqui 
 
 sacci 
 
 sap 
 
 euaqui 
 
 vesi 
 
 dindi 
 
 to embrace 
 
 to become enraved 
 
 to buy 
 
 to say 
 
 to play 
 
 to divide 
 
 to depart 
 
 to depart 
 
 to fasten 
 
 to yawn 
 
 to soil 
 
 to ring the bell 
 
 coco-y-eva 
 
 ciapu-y-eva 
 
 ya-y-eva 
 
 y-eva 
 
 mama-y-eva 
 
 c"eti-eva (ce-y-eva?) 
 
 saqui-eva (sac-y-eva) 
 
 sacc-eva (sac-y-eva) 
 
 sap-i-eva (sap-y-eva) 
 
 eyaqui-yeva (eyac-y-eva) 
 
 vesi-yeva (ves-y-eva) 
 
 dindi-yeva (dind-y-eva) 
 
 1 The form tez-evac from lez "to cut," also occurs, as well as tez-eme.
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Ixxvii 
 
 quereft 
 
 to crackle hi hell 
 
 quereci-yeva 
 
 queneci 
 
 to burn in hell 
 
 queneciyeva (quene-y-eva) 
 
 mii 
 
 to walk 
 
 mii-evac (mi-y-evac) 
 
 ceti 
 
 to fight 
 
 ceti-evac (cet-y-evac) 
 
 queti 
 
 to plant 
 
 queti-yevac (quet-y-evac) 
 
 cororoi 
 
 to outpour 
 
 cororo-y-eva 
 
 condoi 
 
 to lay down 
 
 condo-y-evac 
 
 zincai 
 
 to become ashamed 
 
 zinca-y-eva 
 
 The following 
 
 verbs drop the final 
 
 -i: 
 
 cicacsi 
 
 to believe 
 
 cicacs-eva 
 
 scevifii 
 
 to jest well 
 
 scevin-eva 
 
 peivacacsi 
 
 to jest badly 
 
 peivacacs-eva 
 
 raise 
 
 to love; to desire 
 
 rais-eva; cf. "raise-mac" 
 
 pani 
 
 to grow 
 
 pan-eva 
 
 cei(gi) 
 
 to know 
 
 ci-evac 
 
 sesci 
 
 to eat 
 
 sesc-evac 
 
 esi 
 
 to light 
 
 es-ivac 
 
 veumi 
 
 to marry 
 
 veum-evac 
 
 noyi 
 
 to be frightened 
 
 noy-eva 
 
 iceacsi 
 
 to edify 
 
 iceacs-eva 
 
 hectacsi 
 
 to send 
 
 hectacs-eva 
 
 meye 
 
 to take away 
 
 mey-evac 
 
 quecei 
 
 to lead out of the 
 
 quec-eva 
 
 
 way 
 
 
 jiyacsi 
 
 to ape 
 
 jiyacs-evac 
 
 eacsi 
 
 to command 
 
 eacs-eva 
 
 hiceacsi 
 
 to instruct 
 
 hiceacs-eva 
 
 iceacsi 
 
 to preach 
 
 iceacs-eva 
 
 ectacsi; cf. hectacsi 
 
 to send a remedy 
 
 ectacs-eva 
 
 enacsi 
 
 to mock 
 
 enacs-eva 
 
 icocei 
 
 to test 
 
 icoc-eva 
 
 Furthermore, the imperative may be formed by suffixing 
 
 . i 
 
 -erne, thus: 
 
 fusee 
 
 cokcok 
 
 tizo 
 
 fara 
 
 cet 
 
 esciuk 
 
 daj 
 
 to touch 
 to split wood 
 to suspend 
 to leave 
 to divide 
 to heat 
 to untie 
 
 fusci-eme 
 
 cokcoqu-eme; cokcok-eme 
 
 tizo-eme 
 
 fara-eme 
 
 Set-erne; cf. "cetcet-eva" 
 
 esciuk-eme 
 
 daj-eme
 
 Ixxviii 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 tez 
 bus 
 
 ciakciak 
 
 to divide 
 to hide somebody 
 to rub 
 
 tez-eme; cf. "tez-evac" 
 bus-erne; cf. "bus-evac" 
 ciakciac-eme 
 
 imuse 
 
 to occult 
 
 imus-eme 
 
 isca 
 
 to drive 
 
 isca-eme 
 
 visdac 
 
 to scale 
 
 visdac-eme 
 
 puj 
 queze 
 cafon 
 
 to kiss 
 to equal 
 to mix 
 
 puj-eme 
 queze-eme 
 cafon-eme 
 
 dozeac 
 poc 
 foe 
 
 to pinch 
 to punch 
 to break 
 
 dozeac-eme 
 poc-eme 
 foc-eme 
 
 caz 
 
 to double 
 
 caz-eme 
 
 cugetuc 
 quic 
 sap 
 vayac 
 
 to domesticate 
 to lift up a thing 
 to tie 
 to efface 
 
 cugetuk-eme 
 quic-eme 
 sap-erne; cf. "sapi-eva" 
 vayak-eme 
 
 The following 
 
 drop the final -i: 
 
 
 somei 1 
 pozai 
 
 to give 
 to liquid 
 
 some-me 
 poza-eme 
 
 icie (icii-igii) 
 
 to know 
 
 ici-eme 
 
 tupui 
 jaqui 
 
 to sign 
 to forget 
 
 tupu-eme 
 jac-eme 
 
 nizi 
 esciuqui; cf. "esi" 
 nete (neti) 
 
 to go out 
 to heat water 
 to put in 
 
 niz-eme 
 esciuk-eme 
 net-erne 
 
 These verbs drop the ending -iti: 
 
 ecbiti to disembowel ecb-eme 
 
 pinetete to cure pinet-eme; cf. "pinet-evac" 
 
 ninete to mock nin-eme 
 
 The following differ from the verbs quoted above : 
 
 zik 
 
 cup 
 naz 
 rap 
 sip 
 
 to count 
 to hint 
 to squeeze 
 to stretch out 
 to strain, to join 2 
 to whip 
 
 zi-bi-eme 
 
 quic-e-eme 
 
 cup-e-eme; cf. "cup-eva" 
 
 naz-e-eme 
 
 rap-e-eme 
 
 sip-e-eme; cf. "sip-e-evac" 
 
 1 Nimbei-si "to console" is a genitive. The imperative of "to console" is 
 nimbe-eme, or nimbeitica. 
 
 2 One thing with another with viscous matter.
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Ixxix 
 
 vori 
 iscuvati 
 
 to call 
 to comb 
 
 vor-v-eme 
 isciuva-v-eme 
 
 Examples of the imperative in phrases are : 
 
 someme mo 
 
 tuac mo 
 
 cuve yeva 
 
 ectacsevac move 
 
 concaamac acitin 
 
 giyeva 
 
 meyebada 
 
 sevaca mi sacerdotein 
 
 congemac nimbeisige 
 
 nimbeitica yeci Jesus 
 
 ci nucitica 
 
 giyevac cui miin 
 
 sevacac miin 
 
 nimbeitica nofio 
 
 giezevac miin nono-si yu-ya 
 
 kneel you mother of foot at 
 yucevac miin 1 
 cucada miin nanatin! 
 yeme mo! 
 soquitica sineve 
 izan-yeva miin 
 
 give me that 
 
 bring that 
 
 say it again; repeat it 
 
 send there 
 
 be careful with bad men 
 
 think; see, etc. 
 
 goon! 
 
 listen to the priests 
 
 ask for pardon 
 
 be merciful, my Jesus 
 
 and help (me) 
 
 think you yourselves 
 
 listen (ye) 
 
 be merciful, mother 
 
 prostrate yourselves at the 
 
 feet of the mother 
 rest ye 
 sleep, boys! 2 
 tell it! 3 
 
 go to the river border! 
 go play! 
 
 The Participial Mood 
 
 The present participle is formed with the suffix -ban. 
 
 azi-ban they are coming 
 
 cie-ban he is drinking 
 
 fer u-ban he is getting better 
 
 ici yi-bafi ripening 
 
 ara um-ban is dying 
 
 The perfect participle is formed by the infinitive and the 
 suffixes -ci and fit: 
 
 bei to be; to stay; to dwell bei-cit be seated 
 
 cacanac to fry cacanac-ci a fried thing 
 
 giebac to sew gieba-ci a sewed thing 
 
 1 YuE is a verbal form evidently derived from the noun yu "foot." 
 
 2 Bibolotti gives also a form cosca "sleep." 
 
 3 From gi-yi "to say."
 
 Ixxx SCHULLER 
 
 Substantives and adjectives are formed in the same manner. 
 The following are compounded with verbal forms: 
 
 royaqui-t 
 
 the dancer 
 
 royaquit-in 
 
 the dancers 
 
 imaqui-c" 
 
 the singer 
 
 imaqui-c'-in 
 
 the singers 
 
 ciuqui-t 
 
 the drunkard 
 
 ciuqui-t-in 
 
 the drunkards 
 
 pana-it 
 
 the weaver 
 
 pana-it-in 
 
 the weavers 
 
 iu-c"it 
 
 carnivorous 
 
 clu-cit-in 
 
 the flesh eaters 
 
 ovaqui-t 
 
 the enemy 
 
 ovaqui-t-in 
 
 the enemies 
 
 sinaqui-t 
 
 the broom 
 
 sinaqui-t-in 
 
 the brooms 
 
 The following are used adjectively: 
 
 tezac-ci cut 
 
 bei-ci be seated 
 
 ci- i habil 
 
 sefii-i dead 
 
 nimbei-Ci merciful 
 
 ere hemtaqui-c'i almighty 
 
 The following are used substantively: 
 
 sevaqui-i hearer 
 
 mii-ci passenger 
 
 peyaqui-c"i speaker 
 
 vigi-ci swimmer 
 
 sequinaqui-i violinist 
 
 The same suffix appears in mo-in-li "the man," "the neigh- 
 bor," and in zain-in "living men." 
 
 Other Moods 
 
 The subjunctive, optative, causative, etc., are expressed by 
 special participles, mostly suffixes. Thus: 
 
 maje-ya zun incamban mayege-ce, emone hem-bei efie Dojit 
 
 wish-if we going heaven-into, is necessary good-be as God 
 eacsi; cume eacsi, pat raise-mi ere mointtn efie cui-mi maje 
 commands; also commands, that lovest-thou all neighbors as thy- 
 self-thou lovest. 
 
 The conditional may be expressed likewise by the particle 
 coi, as in coi mi maje "shouldst thou wish."
 
 INTRODUCTION Ixxxi 
 
 Armentia gives at as signifying "to be"; however, it seems 
 to express rather the past condition, thus meaning "as yet it is," 
 thus: 
 
 quin at cristiano mi because already thou art (made) Christian 
 
 nimbe at ye I am poor (probably meaning "I always 
 
 have been poor") 
 
 at caviti mi? hast thou seen? 
 
 at already 
 
 at nam as yet it is 
 
 at men it (is) long ago 
 
 The following combinations with -at are most interesting: 
 
 phen uen-ci-as married woman 
 
 woman husband has 
 sofii phen-y-at married man 
 
 man wife has 
 
 The expression of the gender by changing the final consonant 
 shows clearly that uenci-as and pheny-at both compounds 
 are used adjectively. 
 
 An analogous proceeding may be observed in certain com- 
 binations with muya, which is said to be identical more or less 
 with our auxiliary "to have." 
 
 muya there are (they have) 
 
 dai muya there are much 
 
 muya mi merique? hast thou pineapples? 
 
 ege an aca muya mi? what hast thou at home? 
 
 muy-at the first, masc. 
 
 muy-as the first, fern. 
 
 muy-as vesc the first ear of corn, or "primicia." 
 
 Cey-at "neighbor" (male) is also a compound of -at] per 
 contra note cey-as "neighbor" (female). 
 
 Jen seems to be identical with our modal auxiliary "can," 
 "may:" yenerai', "it may be," but it is surely used in a future 
 sense, signifying "it will be," am ye-jen: I cannot. 
 
 Interrogative pronouns as well as adverbs are often trans- 
 formed into verbs by simply adding to them the affix of the 
 respective tense:
 
 Ixxxii SCHULLER 
 
 ege-rai hemtaqui mi? what art thou going to do? (what thou shalt 
 
 do?) 
 
 mo-ve-rai incai? we shall go there? 
 
 quin-rai hi itui mi now thou shalt tell it me 
 
 Even the particle expressing negation is often combined with 
 the affix of the future, thus assuming a verbal function: 
 
 am concai (not to care) to neglect 
 
 ama-rai concac shall neglect 
 
 am raisete (not loved) to alienate 
 
 ama-rai raise shall alienate 
 
 GENERAL OBSERVATIONS 
 
 Judging from the phonetic system, the Moseteno is a language 
 far from being agreeable to the ear. Clusters of totally heteroge- 
 nous consonants constitute one of the peculiarities of this 
 language. Combinations as cr, jr, tr, and so on, are very fre- 
 quent. This separates the Moseteno from Tacana, Cavineno, 
 and from other Indian languages of the Bolivian "montaiia," 
 and places it closer to the Chaco-Guaycuru linguistic family, 
 although it does not have the slightest affinity with the latter. 
 
 The status of Moseteno is, generally speaking, the same 
 which is typical of all other South American Indian languages. 
 It is in every respect a primitive idiom, wanting proper terms to 
 express abstract ideas. 1 Father Bibolotti thus used paraphrases 
 beyond what was generally possible. For instance: 
 
 peyaqui sacerdote-tum Iglesia-can to confess 
 
 to speak priest with church-in 
 soni am phen-y-at single man 
 
 man not wife have 
 
 nimbeisige the absolution (poor-from-thing) 
 
 nimbeicit miserable, wretched, unhappy 
 
 nimbeifi merciful 
 
 soyoci beyege hell; (the dwelling of the devil) 
 
 1 ["The section dealing with the alleged poverty of the language ... is cer- 
 tainly wrong. Dr. Boas has dealt with some erroneous notions of this order in his 
 "Rasse und Kultur," and I have done the same in the "Journal of the Washington 
 Academy of Sciences," p. 234 of the current volume." TRUMAN MICHELSON.]
 
 INTRODUCTION Ixxxlii 
 
 monici the error (from moni "to loose") 
 
 am cosci awake (not-sleep) 
 
 cinge-tum-ci capacity (sense-with-man) 
 
 anic arerecoci compassion (much-sorrow-heart) 
 
 aci jiceacsici corrupter (bad-teacher, teacher of bad 
 
 things) 
 
 am fer bei unhealthy (not-strong-be) 
 
 caritac-ge labor (heavy-do-thing) 
 
 beyeges lodging (to be-for, or "to stay-for") 
 
 am quinaquic bold (not-fear-having) 
 
 Further, the primitive character of the Moseteno is also 
 revealed by the great display of words used to express most 
 simple ideas, but, above all, by the undeveloped ability of 
 abstraction. They say: 
 
 eque to harvest 
 
 vecdac to harvest rice 
 
 coyac to harvest earth-nuts 
 
 vonaqui to harvest corn 
 
 coj to throw water 
 
 fara mij to throw a stone 
 
 bijtac to throw into a bag 
 
 cufi the hand 
 
 cun the arm 
 
 zofi the trunk (of a tree) 
 
 zofi the tree 
 
 Here we see that "hand" and "tree" are not differentiated 
 from "arm" and "wood" ("trunk"). These examples, which 
 could be multiplied, give evidence of the low stage of develop- 
 ment of the Moseteno. 
 
 "The measure of the excellency of a language," says Wilhelm 
 von Humboldt, "is the clearness, definiteness and energy of the 
 ideas which it awakes in the nation." 
 
 As to the morphological structure of Moseteno, we may say 
 that the skeleton of the language consists of a large number of 
 word-stems Nominalstamme mostly monosyllabic. Their 
 original function and significance can, in most cases at least, be 
 traced back by careful scrutiny. All other forms are compounds. 
 Consequently, an exact knowledge of the morphological and
 
 Ixxxiv 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 phonetic structure of the language can be obtained only by 
 methodically analyzing each word and each form. 1 Some con- 
 crete examples follow: 
 
 menstrua (evidently a compound noun) 
 sap; coromas 3 fimo "honey," or juice of the 
 
 plant called coroma, a kind of graminea 
 the privy parts of woman 
 
 e-fi-t 
 fi-mo 2 
 
 fe-fen 
 
 ve-es 
 
 ve-si 
 
 e-fe 
 
 fe-n 
 
 fe-fii 
 
 phe-n 
 
 ue-n-ci 
 
 ue-mi 
 
 ue-mi-ge 
 
 ci-bi 
 
 ve-sc 
 
 ve-sci 
 
 ve-gemu 
 
 ma-be-s 
 
 ma-be 
 
 ma-be-t 
 
 be-n 
 
 bi-bi 
 
 pi-zo-s (genitive?) 
 
 no-bi 
 
 no-bi-bi 
 
 no-bi-t 
 
 no-bi-ge 
 
 vi 
 
 vi-ya 
 
 pi-re-t 
 
 pi-re-s 
 
 pi-ri-ge 
 
 excrementa 
 
 the soil 
 
 the breast 
 
 the egg 
 
 to lay eggs 
 
 the woman 
 
 the husband 
 
 to marry 
 
 the marriage 
 
 to germinate 
 
 the ear of the corn 
 
 to shoot into ears 
 
 the seed 
 
 pregnant 
 
 to become fat 
 
 fat 
 
 full 
 
 shoulder 
 
 the bone-marrow 
 
 to tire 
 
 tired, debil 
 
 tired man 
 
 the fatigue 
 
 son-in-law 
 
 grandfather 
 
 old, old man 
 
 old, old woman 
 
 old age 
 
 1 See on the same subject Hestermann, "Die Panosprachen und ihre Bezie- 
 hungen," p. 649. 
 
 1 Taslim fi-mo "milk" according to Weddel. Armentia and Bibolotti both 
 give only taslim signifying "milk," yet incorrectly, for it does not mean "adelante," 
 "in front." Taslim "teta," "mammary gland," of course, is another mistake in 
 Armentia. 
 
 1 Genitive: coroma-s, "coroma-of."
 
 INTRODUCTION Ixxxv 
 
 fe-r strong 
 
 fe-r-i to run, hurry 
 
 fe-r-ge the force 
 
 Reverting to the "nominal-stems" mentioned above, it should 
 be pointed out that a similar (or perhaps identical) root is to be 
 found in other words signifying members of the human body. 
 For instance: 
 
 ve the eye 
 
 a-fi the eye-lid 
 
 a-fi the eye-brow 
 
 a-fi the forehead 
 
 fi-n the hair 
 
 ve-ya the face 
 
 At the first moment it is very difficult to say whether this 
 stem is or is not etymologically related to that quoted above. 
 Withal, there is some probability that such may be the case, 
 for both occur again and again solely in words meaning members 
 of the human body. 
 
 Other nominal-stems may be seen in the following: 
 
 ma-na 1 rip 
 
 ma-ra lean 
 
 ma-ra-i to become lean 
 
 ma-ra-ge consumption 
 
 ma-ra-ges consumptive 
 
 ma-be to become fat 
 
 ma-be-t fat, masc. 
 
 ma-be-s fat, femin., pregnant 
 
 ma-jo joy (well-being) 
 
 ma-jo-i to become merry 
 
 ma-jo bei being merry 
 
 ma-je to love; to wish 
 
 ma-jo-ge joy 
 
 ma-ye-ge heavens, paradise, day, date 
 
 ma-ma-i to play 
 
 ma-ma-ges joke 
 
 o the lip 
 
 Co, cu the ear 
 
 co-se the blood 
 
 '! Ma seems here to express physical and moral well-being.
 
 Ixxxvi 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 Co-ge 
 
 the grease, the fat 
 
 c"o-i 
 
 to become fat; fat 
 
 do-i-fos 
 
 beautiful 
 
 u-i 
 
 soul 
 
 Co-vaquit 
 
 enemy 
 
 u-tac 
 
 to tinge 
 
 zin 
 
 the skin 
 
 zin-cai 
 
 to become ashamed 
 
 zin-ca-ge 
 
 the shame 
 
 zin-ca-ic' 
 
 ashamed 
 
 zin-cl 
 
 the gall, bile 
 
 zin-efi 1 
 
 the profile 
 
 za 
 
 green, living, to watch 
 
 za-i 
 
 to live 
 
 za-si 
 
 the soul 
 
 sa-sa 
 
 the brains 
 
 i-za-n-qui-t 
 
 the baby (boy) 
 
 i-za-n-qui-s 
 
 the baby (girl) 
 
 za-bei 
 
 awake 
 
 ambi-sa-si-tum 
 
 inanimate 
 
 ba-sigi 2 
 
 to give birth 
 
 na-ba-qui 
 
 to brood; to hatch 
 
 pa-ni 
 
 to grow 
 
 pa-ne-t 
 
 adult, masc. 
 
 pa-ne-s 
 
 adult, fern. 
 
 pa-ne-ge 
 
 the age 
 
 ba-n-i 
 
 the young man 
 
 ba-n-si 
 
 the young girl 
 
 a-ua 
 
 the son 
 
 a-ua-ne 
 
 the daughter 
 
 na-i 
 
 to be born (child) 
 
 na-na-t 
 
 the boy 
 
 na-na-s 
 
 the girl 
 
 na-na-ti-in 
 
 the boys 
 
 na-iti-^e 
 
 the light 
 
 na-yo-ge 
 
 the dawn 
 
 1 Cf. nezefi "opposite", "facing." 
 * Cf . baque in Sipibo, Cunibo, etc.
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 Ixxxvii 
 
 na-i-ge 
 na-itaqui-ge 
 na-icl 
 
 the air 
 the looking-glass 
 to see 
 
 caz 
 
 to double 
 
 cas-ege 
 i-no-ge 
 
 the knee 
 transpiration 
 
 o-no-ge 
 ji-no-i 
 nos-no-i 
 noy 
 no-yi 
 no-yi-t 
 i-no-i 
 
 pus 
 excited 
 yellow colour (disease) 
 to terrify 
 to become frightened 
 frightened 
 the sweat 
 
 no-bi 
 
 to become tired 
 
 no-be-ge 
 no-be-t 
 
 the fatigue 
 tired man 
 
 no-y no-y 
 vog-i-t; cf. d-ojit "God" 
 vog-i-s 
 voj-co 
 voc-co 
 
 to tremble 
 the brother 
 the sister 
 the intestine 
 the belly 
 
 yin 
 yin-yu-ves (bone-foot-for) 
 
 the bone 
 the shin-bone 
 
 yu 
 yu-ce 
 yu-ce-ge 
 
 the foot 
 to tread 
 the pace, the step 
 
 cu-n 
 
 the mouth 
 
 cu-pi; cf. son "saliva" 
 
 to spit 
 
 tere-bet 
 
 the stomach 
 
 tere-ret 
 
 the throat 
 
 fa-qui 
 fa-qui-ge 
 f a-co bei 
 fa-co-i 
 
 to rave 
 the rage, delirium (dying) 
 being excited 
 to become excited 
 
 fa-co-ge 
 fa-mi-ne-ge 
 e-fa-ti 
 
 the fury, the grudge 
 the rage (when sleeping) 
 to molest
 
 Ixxxviii 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 Co-va-quit 
 
 the enemy 
 
 e-fa-ti-ge 
 
 the anger 
 
 ti-fa-ti 
 
 to protect 
 
 ti-fa-ti-ge 
 
 the patron, protection 
 
 ca-canac 
 
 to fry 
 
 i-a-nac 
 
 to dry 
 
 ca-nes 
 
 dry 
 
 ca-fon 
 
 chaos, to mix 
 
 fon-ebate 
 
 disenter 
 
 m-on-i 
 
 to perish; lost 
 
 com-on 
 
 to wrap up 
 
 com-on 
 
 the cloth 
 
 cav-in 
 
 soon, hurry, quick 
 
 cav-oi 
 
 to escape 
 
 cav-oi-ge 
 
 the flight 
 
 caj-oi 
 
 the want, gripe, anguish 
 
 ima(c)-ge 
 
 the song 
 
 ima-qui 
 
 to sing 
 
 ima-qui-c 
 
 the singer 
 
 v-ima(c)-ge 
 
 the echo 
 
 vor-i 
 
 to call 
 
 vor-e-ge 
 
 the call 
 
 vor-veac \ 
 vor-ve-acsi J 
 
 to invoke 
 
 he-ji 
 
 to cry 
 
 he-^i 
 
 the breath 
 
 fer he-ci-t 
 
 excited 
 
 ci (gi-yi) 
 
 to say 
 
 i-i 
 
 to know 
 
 i-ci-e 
 
 to know 
 
 i-in-ge 
 
 the knowledge 
 
 i-cacsi 
 
 to believe 
 
 di-cacse-ge 
 
 the faith 
 
 gi-e-ge 
 
 the criterion, judgment 
 
 gi-e-ge-tum-ci 
 
 proper, right, fit, ascertained 
 
 gi-si 
 
 to laugh 
 
 gi-si-ge 
 
 the laughter 
 
 gi-Sui 
 
 to remember 
 
 gi-cui-ge 
 
 the remembrance
 
 INTRODUCTION Ixxxix 
 
 dene gi-e-ge foolish (without criterion) 
 
 gi-ez to kneel down (praying) 
 
 ce-i to elevate thoughts 
 
 i-ce-i-ti to pray 
 
 ari to hurt oneself 
 
 are-ge the wound 
 
 anic are-re foci the compassion 
 
 c-ari difficult 
 
 c-ari-tac to work 
 
 c-ari-ta-ge the labor 
 
 am c-ari easy (not difficult) 
 
 t-ari sad 
 
 it-ari-ce moincin (?) to afflict a person 
 
 t-are-^e the melancholy, sadness 
 
 ai-ge the wound on a mule's back 
 
 hoj-ai to kill 
 
 SUFFIXES 
 
 hij-ai to finish; to conclude 
 
 poz-ai to liquid 
 
 oc-ai to fall to the ground 
 
 Another class of suffixes appear in certain words signifying 
 parts of the human body: 
 
 gi-ve 1 podex 
 
 fie-be the liver 
 
 merere ve the back, spinal column (?) 
 
 This suffix does not seem to be related to the stem -ve, so 
 frequently found in words of similar signification. It might be 
 identical with the suffix -ve, which exercises an adverbial 
 function. Further and more detailed investigations will surely 
 solve the questions, which must be left open here. 
 
 1 On the "Klassensuffixe" in Pano, see Pater W. Schmidt's article in "Mitteil. 
 der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien." Band XXXV. (V.) Wien, 1905, 
 pp. 127-130; and v. d. Steinen, "Diccionario Sipibo." Berlin, 1904.
 
 xc 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 REDUPLICATION 
 
 The ideas expressed by reduplication are of different nature. 
 a. Impression of noise, as : 
 
 Cam-cam 
 Ciak-Ciak 
 
 coi-coi 
 
 ttk-Cik 
 
 Cok-Cok 
 
 Cik-Cik 
 
 cet-cet 
 
 caca-caca 
 
 cuk-cuk 
 
 Coy-Coy 
 
 pan-pan 
 
 fi-fi 
 
 oco-oco 
 
 quij-quij 
 
 rica-rica 
 
 quer-quer 
 
 Ciuk bu-bu-ge 
 
 b. Emphatical expression: 
 
 aci-aCi mic 
 
 no-no 
 
 mo-mo, mu-mu 
 
 no-no 
 
 no-no 
 
 va-va 
 
 bi-bi 
 
 ma-ma-i 
 
 to rub 
 
 to rub; to dry off 
 
 to clean 
 
 to file 
 
 to split wood 
 
 cicada nocturna 
 
 to cut into bits 
 
 to chew 
 
 to sharpen on a wheel 
 
 to tear out 
 
 to screw; to twine 
 
 to blow 
 
 toad 
 
 to beat the drum 
 
 drum 
 
 to shave 
 
 foam of the soup 
 
 injury by words 
 
 mother 
 
 father 
 
 namesake 
 
 the morrow, to-morrow 
 
 palate 
 
 shoulder 
 
 to play 
 
 c. The idea of "lasting," "steady": 
 
 caman-camafi uCi swimmimg the head 
 coiti-coiti-ufi can " 
 
 pane-pane separated 
 zak-zak " 
 
 za-za shell (closed?) 
 
 i-ni-ni nausea 
 
 Ci-Ci clever 
 
 noi-noi to tremble 
 
 Cio-Cio mucus
 
 INTRODUCTION xci 
 
 o-ci-cl maggot 
 
 man-ci-i tick 
 
 i-za-za herpes 
 
 coc-coc" molested 
 
 scev-scev ragged 
 
 d. Repetition of a movement: 
 
 camak-camak unction 
 
 tecon-tecofi to shake the head 
 
 sacan-sacan to peel eatables 
 
 sov-sov to thread 
 
 zac-zac to unglue 
 
 AFFILIATED LANGUAGES AND PEOPLES 
 
 The linguistic and ethnological position of the Moseteno is 
 still uncertain. 
 
 Brinton, 1 referring to the Yurucare, Tacana, and Moseteno, 
 simply states that they are "not of one tongue." His "Mose- 
 tena (?) linguistic stock," 2 embrace only the different names 
 under which the Moseteno are known, and to which reference 
 has been made in a previous chapter. 
 
 The Argentine scholar Lafone Quevedo does not state clearly 
 his opinion in regard to this question. Other scholars, less 
 authorative, suggest that there existed a relationship between 
 Tacana, Moseteno, etc., on the one hand, and Puquina of Puca- 
 rani and Lake Titacaca on the other. The language of the latter 
 tribe is said to have been spoken also by the Uros, or Ochozo- 
 mas. 3 If so, then these Indians must have been in many respects 
 different from the Uros brutos, mentioned by Father Barzana 
 and by the chronicler Cieza, as living in the neighborhood of the 
 Desaguadero and on the Pacific coast, in several calatas between 
 Callao and Antofagasta. 
 
 1 "The American Race," p. 297. 
 
 * Loc. cit., p. 298. 
 
 s "Ritvale sev Manvale Pervanvm," by Father Jer6nimo de Orfi. Napoli, 1607. 
 Hervas "Vocabulario Poligloto." "Relaciones Geograficas de Indias," I. 
 Madrid, 1881. Raoul de la Grasserie, "La Langue Puquina." Ballivian, in 
 "Revista," 1. c. Brinton, "Note on the Puquina Language of Peru."
 
 xcii SCHIJLLER 
 
 However that may be, the modern Uro language as described 
 by Toribio Polo 1 bears no relationship either to Puquina of 
 Barzana 2 or to Moseteno. The latter have also been erroneously 
 included in the group of Mobima, and so forth. It was the 
 explorer Heath who first referred to the "great similarity between 
 the Maropa and Tacana idioms." Closely related to these 
 languages are doubtless Araona, Cavineno, and Sapibocona. A 
 short vocabulary of the latter idiom is to be found in Hervas' 
 "Vocabulario Poligloto." It is genuine Tacana. Intervocalic 
 dental -d- of the Tacana seems to become -s- in Sabipocona. As 
 to the alleged linguistic affinity of Mobima with Tacana, no 
 reference could be found. Uhle, the great authority on Peruvian 
 and Bolivian affairs, 3 seems to have verified the relationship 
 between the Mobima and the Puquina of Barzana. 4 This fact 
 would be sufficient to take the Mobima out of the Tacana lin- 
 guistic family. In addition, the careful comparisons made of 
 the Mobima vocabularies as published by Hervas, by Keller, 
 by Heath, and by Father Cardus, with the known Tacana 
 materials, make it clear that aside from several loan words 
 the two are widely apart. 
 
 All those Indian idioms of central, eastern and northern 
 Bolivia have not yet been studied methodically and systemati- 
 cally. No corner of South America is less known than the 
 habitat of the Moseteno and adjoining parts, especially as far as 
 the native Indian languages are concerned. 
 
 Of all these Indian languages, we possess vocabularies, 
 accompanied by short grammatical sketches, of Tacana, Cavi- 
 neno and Leco only. The works of Hervas, D'Orbigny, Keller, 
 
 1 Indies Uros del Peru y Bolivia," 1901. 
 
 2 The source of Or6's information appears to be Barzana's work, "Lexica et 
 Praecepta," 1590, of which not a single copy is known as extant. This work is said 
 to have been printed (?) at Lima in 1590. 
 
 8 But not Maropa, as is said in "Discovery of New Materials on the Moseteno 
 Idiom"; See the American Anthropologist, N. S., vol. 18, No. 4, October-December, 
 1916, p. 603. 
 
 4 Unfortunately, it proved impossible to obtain Uhle's article on this interesting 
 and important matter.
 
 INTRODUCTION xciii 
 
 Heath and Cardus contain merely brief glossaries of the Sapicona, 
 Maropa, and Itonama 1 idioms. 
 
 Heath states: "The Cavinas Indians use the Tacana lan- 
 guage." Cardus, however, asserts that they speak a different 
 idiom from Tacana, even though using some words of the latter. 
 Modern linguistic researches prove Heath to be right. Araona 
 and Toromona also belong to the Tacana family, as well as 
 Maropa and Sapibocona. The differences between these idioms 
 are but dialectic. 
 
 As to the linguistic position of Moseteno among the Indian 
 tribes of northern Bolivia, the main conclusions reached by this 
 preliminary study can, subject to modifications resulting from 
 further investigation, be summarized as follows: 
 
 The Moseteno language is characterized by a special phonetic 
 system. The accumulation of consonants is completely at variance 
 with what is found among the Tacana, the Cavinena and other 
 neighboring idioms. On the other hand, the morphological and 
 syntactical structure convey the impression that the Moseteno 
 is related to the Tacana group, and particularly to the 
 Cavineno. 
 
 The following comparisons are given as illustrations: 
 
 CAVINEN'O MOSETENO 
 
 capein-imeti to abandon at hime 
 
 ena agua inac rio 
 
 ney heavy rain anei 
 
 puji ward vogit son 
 
 pacaca to open vanac open 
 
 equiniju within, inside equi after 
 
 equive behind 
 
 etiqui fire esi to light 
 
 iyuca head juci 
 
 mimi to speak mic word 
 
 ena river jinac 
 
 etupuqui scale tupuge 
 
 1 The Oluke published by Cre"qui-Montf ort and Dr. Paul Rivet belongs to a 
 linguistic family very different from the Tacana; cf. "Linguistique Bolivienne," 
 in "Journal de la Societe des Americanistes de Paris," tome IX, Paris, 1912, 
 PP- 317-337.
 
 xciv SCHULLEK 
 
 tupu 
 
 sufficient 
 
 at tupu 
 
 igi 
 
 to drink 
 
 ei 
 
 eigiqui 
 
 drink 
 
 
 gietana 
 
 to cavil 
 
 giege criterian, sense, 
 
 ayqui 
 
 to harvest 
 
 equi judgment 
 
 cuaba 
 
 canoe 
 
 cuaba canoe 
 
 quirica 
 
 paper, letter 
 
 quirica 
 
 juca 
 
 sin 
 
 juca 
 
 egeque 
 
 which, he who 
 
 ege 
 
 apupaisa 
 
 to cover 
 
 bus 
 
 capuqui 
 
 cover 
 
 
 edana 
 
 horn 
 
 das, dac 
 
 educl 
 
 God 
 
 dogit 
 
 equiti 
 
 face to face 
 
 equive behind 
 
 esa 
 
 ear of maize 
 
 vec, ves 
 
 ecuisa 
 
 to frighten 
 
 icia 
 
 cazi cati 
 
 to dirty 
 
 aci-tui 
 
 taca 
 
 to skin 
 
 zacan 
 
 ja (suffix) 
 
 of, from 
 
 ya (suffix) 
 
 nanada 
 
 young man 
 
 nanat 
 
 neiju 
 
 to rain 
 
 anei rain 
 
 susu 
 
 to suck 
 
 zii 
 
 iye 
 
 to kiU 
 
 ayge; hojai wound; to kill 
 
 tupu 
 
 measure 
 
 tupuge 
 
 ebana 
 
 cheek 
 
 an 
 
 diaque 
 
 very 
 
 dai much 
 
 ayjama 
 
 nothing 
 
 am ege 
 
 vesa 
 
 to swim 
 
 viigi 
 
 vesaaqui 
 
 swimmer 
 
 viigici 
 
 cipi-roduni 
 
 urine 
 
 ciquige 
 
 ebi 
 
 nose 
 
 hei 
 
 tapi 
 
 to wink 
 
 an eye-lid 
 
 mijiji 
 
 beach 
 
 mij stone 
 
 zereji 
 
 hurry 
 
 feri 
 
 mepe 
 
 to gather 
 
 eque 
 
 yete 
 
 mouse 
 
 mece 
 
 cace 
 
 net 
 
 saji 
 
 atta 
 
 relation by 
 
 atta nephew 
 
 
 blood (?) 
 
 
 sanada 
 
 green 
 
 za 
 
 miquia 
 
 thou 
 
 mi 
 
 cuejiji 
 
 wind 
 
 pititi (onomatopoetic?) 
 
 mi-cuanaja 
 
 yours 
 
 miin
 
 INTRODUCTION xcv 
 
 dane 
 
 to grow up 
 
 pane; pani 
 
 grown; adult; to 
 
 
 
 
 raise; to grow 
 
 
 
 
 up 
 
 epere 
 
 lateral part of 
 
 merere 
 
 back part of the 
 
 
 the body 
 
 
 body 
 
 suqui 
 
 tickling 
 
 ciquinege 
 
 
 The Itonama language is somewhat removed from the 
 Tacana family, although it contains two important words, which, 
 etymologically, may be related to the respective Moseteno terms. 
 These words are: 
 
 ITONAMA MOSETENO 
 
 icu head juci 
 
 papapana 1 cheek an 
 
 1 Carib pana "ear."
 
 APPENDIX A 
 BRESSON'S PLAGIARISM OF WEDDEL 
 
 From the comparisons below, which certainly show the 
 most audacious intellectual "filibustering," it can easily be 
 inferred what value ought to be attributed to the assertions 
 advanced by the most unscrupulous of all modern South Ameri- 
 can travelers about the countries he claims to have crossed, and 
 about the aboriginal inhabitants he alleges to have visited. 
 
 The following quotations placed side by side show the 
 source of Bresson's "learning:" 
 
 WEDDEL, 1853 
 
 p. 410-411. "... la decou- 
 verte par les Espagnols des 
 richesses de la quebrada de Tipu- 
 ani remonterait au commence- 
 ment du XVIF siecle. Un cor- 
 regidor de la ville de Sorata 
 aurait penetre dans cette vallee, 
 vers 1'annee 1635, et y aurait vu 
 plusieurs milliers d'Indiens oc- 
 cupes aux lavages. . . . ' 
 
 pp. 416-417. "Parmi di- 
 verses grandes entreprises etab- 
 lies dans le district de Tipuani, 
 vers cette epoque, on cite en par- 
 ticulier celle que dirigeait un 
 mineur du nom d'Andres Coll. 
 II exploita les veneros du ravin 
 pendant environ trente-quatre 
 ans, et paya pendant ce laps de 
 temps, en droits (3 %) au 
 gouvernement espagnol, la som- 
 me de 236,000 piastres, ce qui 
 
 BRESSON, 1886 
 
 p. 481. "La decouverte, par 
 les Espagnols, des richesses de 
 la vallee de Tipuani remonte au 
 commencement du dix-septieme 
 siecle. Un corregidor de Sorata 
 ayant penetre dans cette que- 
 brada, vers 1635, y vit plusieurs 
 milliers d'Indiens occupes au 
 lavage du sable aurifere." 
 
 p. 481. "Parmi les diverses 
 entreprises qui s'etablirent depuis 
 dans le district de Tipuani . . . 
 d'aucuns ecrivent Tipoani (sic.) 
 ... on cite celle que dirigeait 
 un mineur du nom d'Andres Coll, 
 qui exploita des lavaderos pen- 
 dant trente-quatre ans et paya 
 pendant ce temps, en droits, au 
 gouvernement espagnol, la som- 
 me de 236,000 piastres fortes; 
 ce qui suppose un benefice 
 
 xcvi
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 xcvn 
 
 supposerait un benefice d'environ 
 40 millions de francs ..." 
 
 p. 41 7. " Une autre compagnie, 
 a la tete de laquelle se trouvait 
 un chanoine appele Gutierres 
 Segurola, retira de la plage de 
 San Agustin del Recodo, voisine 
 du village, un benefice net de 
 plus de 2 millions de piastres." 
 
 p. 417. "En 1761, il se forma 
 une association composee de 
 douze habitants de La Paz, 
 d'Arequipa et de Lima sous la 
 denomination de "El Aposto- 
 lado." Son but etait de de- 
 tourner la riviere de Tipuani du 
 cours qu'elle suivait alors, entre 
 la gorge de la Cueva et celle de 
 Chacapunco, dans une etendue 
 d'environ: 1,200 metres, et d'en 
 exploiter le lit mis a sec. ..." 
 
 p. 418. "Les resultats bruts 
 de 1'operation furent assez beaux; 
 mais les frais en engloutirent une 
 si grande partie, que le benenet 
 n'est represente que par une 
 somme minime." 
 
 ibid. " C'est ce que 1'on pourra 
 voir par la lecture des trois 
 chiffres suivarits que j'extrais 
 d'un resume succinct des livres 
 de compte de M. Villamil, don- 
 nant le resultat de toutes les 
 operations de mines entreprises 
 par lui a Tipuani Valeur de Tor 
 retire de la quebrada de Tipuani, 
 depuis 1'annee 1823, jusqu'a 
 1'annee 1842, par don Idelfonso 
 
 Villamil 8,046,920 fr. 
 
 Frais 6,234,965 " 
 
 Profit net 1,811,955 fr- 
 
 1 If the items were correct, his personal profit would have amounted to i,8ii>9 
 francs. 
 
 d'environ 40 millions de 
 francs ..." 
 
 p. 481 . "Une autre compagnie, 
 fondee par un chanoine du nom 
 de Gutierrez Segurala (!) retira 
 des sables d'une plage voisine du 
 village, un benefice net depassant 
 12 (sic/) millions de francs." 
 
 p. 481. "En 1761 douze habi- 
 tants de la ( !) Paz f ormerent un 
 syndicat, sous la singuliere de- 
 nomination de El Apostolado, 
 dont 1'objet etait de detourner 
 le rio Tipuani, sur une longueur 
 d'un kilometre et demi, et de 
 laver les sables auriferes de son 
 lit. 
 
 ibid. "Les resultats bruts de 
 cette entreprise furent des plus 
 brillants, mais il parait que les 
 frais furent tels qu'ils en englou- 
 tirent la plus grande partie." 
 
 ibid. "Qu'on en juge: un 
 sieur Villamil, dans une periode 
 de vingt ans, a retire des sables 
 de Tipuani, 8,046,900 francs 
 d'or; et, bien que la main- 
 d'oeuvre soit extraordinairement 
 bon marche, les frais ont monte 
 a la somme de 6,235,000 (sic!) 
 francs, d'ou ses benefices per- 
 sonnels se sont reduits a environ 
 1,800,000 (sic!) 1 francs."
 
 xcvni 
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 INDIANS 
 
 WEDDEL, 1853 
 
 p. 445. "Le costume des In- 
 diens Lecos consiste, chez les 
 deux sexes, en une grand chemise 
 sans manches, appelee talle, qui 
 leur tombe jusqu'a mi-jambe. Ce 
 vehement ne differe en rien du 
 tipoi 1 des Indiens Chiquitos." 
 
 p. 445. "II est souvent blanc 
 
 et quelquefois bleu ou violet 
 
 
 ibid. " Les femmes se mettent 
 souvent plusieurs talles 1'un sur 
 1'autre, et les hommes ajoutent 
 frequemment a ce vetement un 
 pan talon. ..." 
 
 pp. 445-446. "Quelques unes 
 de celles-ci se tressent lachevelure 
 en deux nattes qu'elles laissent 
 pendre sur leur dos. ..." 
 
 p. 446. "Les armes dont ces 
 Indiens se servent, aujourd'hui, 
 sont le fusil et Fare." 
 
 p. 447. "II est fait avec le 
 bois du palmier Chonta. . . . Les 
 fleches, dont les dimensions en 
 longueur sont a peu pres les 
 me'mes, sont formees du pedon- 
 cule, ou de la partie superieure de 
 la tige, d'une graminee geante, 
 appelee, par suite de son usage, 
 Gynerium saggitale, elles sont 
 armees de pointes de bambou ou 
 de bois de palmier . . . Quel- 
 ques unes sont enjolivees de 
 plumes brillantes." 
 
 1 Doubtless borrowed from Chiriguano tipoy "shirt." 
 
 BRESSON, 1886 
 
 p. 468. "Le costume des In- 
 diens Mosetenos consiste en une 
 grande chemise, sans manches, 
 qui tombe jusqu'a mi-jambes. 
 Ce vetement, impose par les mis- 
 sionaries; ne differe en rien de 
 celui des Indiens Lecos, Chiqui- 
 tos, Mojos et Muras que j'aurai 
 bientot 1'occasion de decrire." 
 
 p. 468. Le talle ... est ordi- 
 nairement blanc et quelquefois 
 bleu ou violet." 
 
 ibid. "... Les femmes se 
 mettent souvent plusieurs talles 
 1'un sur 1'autre, . . . et les hom- 
 mes ajoutent quelquefois un 
 pantalon a ce vehement un peu 
 primitif. ..." 
 
 p. 469. "Les femmes portent 
 les cheveux longs, separes en 
 deux tresses rudes et brillantes 
 qu'elles laissent pendre sur le 
 dos." 
 
 ibid. "Les armes dont ces 
 Indiens se servent aujourd'hui 
 sont le fusil et 1'arc." 
 
 p. 469. "L'arc, en bois du 
 palmier chouta (sic!) . . . Les 
 fleches, armees de pointes de 
 bambous ou de bois de palmier, 
 sont formees du pedoncule d'une 
 graminee gigantesque, Gyner- 
 ium saggitale Quelques-unes 
 de ces fleches sont enjolivees de 
 plumes brillantes. ..."
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 XC1X 
 
 ibid. "La nourriture des habi- 
 tants de Guanay est essentielle- 
 ment vegetale. Le ma'is et la 
 banane en font la base." 
 
 pp. 447-448. "(When they 
 are fishing), car ils ont soin de 
 saler et de fumer ou de secher au 
 soleil tout ce qui ne sert pas a la 
 consommation immediate." 
 
 p. 447. "... Les Lecos sont 
 trop paresseux pour chasser et 
 pecher avec beaucoup d'ardeur; 
 cependant, quand ils s'en occu- 
 pent, ils sont ordinairement 
 heureux, et les provisions qu'ils 
 font dans ces occasions leur 
 durent longtemps. . ." 
 
 p. 448. "La fleche et 1'hame- 
 fon ne sont pas les seuls moyens 
 usites par les Lecos pour capturer 
 les habitants de leurs eaux; ils 
 se servent aussi quelquef ois dans 
 ce but de poison dont ils infectent 
 les rivieres, ainsi que cela se 
 pratique chez un certain nombre 
 d'autres tribus de 1'Amerique du 
 Sud." 
 
 p. 449. " Dans d'autres parties 
 de la Bolivie, et notamment dans 
 les Yungas, on se sert, pour em- 
 poisonner les rivieres, 1 de la tige 
 fraiche d'une petite liane appelee 
 Pekho ou Sacha dont on broie 
 une ou deux brasses, sur une 
 pierre, dans le point de la riviere 
 que Ton veut infecter." 
 
 ibid. ". . . et des que 1'eau 
 s'en trouve chargee, les poissons 
 
 ibid. "La nourriture de ces 
 Indiens est presque exclusive- 
 ment vegetale. Le mais et 
 surtout les bananes sont les 
 mets favoris des Mozetenos." 
 
 ibid. "Quand ils pchent, ils 
 ont soin de saler et de fumer tout 
 le poisson qui ne doit pas servir 
 a leur consommation immediate, 
 et comme ils sont tres sobres les 
 provisions qu'ils font dans ces 
 occasions, aussi bien qu'a la 
 chasse, durent tres longtemps." 
 
 ibid. "Outre la fleche et 1'ha- 
 mecon, les Indiens des Yungas 
 ont encore un autre moyen pour 
 capturer les poissons. Ils se 
 servent, dans ce but, d'un poison 
 dont ils infectent la riviere, 
 ainsi que cela se pratique chez 
 toutes les tribus abori genes que 
 j'ai visitees dans ce voyage 
 d'exploration " (sic/) 
 
 ibid. "Les Mozetenos se ser- 
 vent de la tige fraiche d'une 
 liane qu'ils nomment pekho, 
 dont ils broient 3 ou 4 metres sur 
 une pierre dans la partie de la 
 riviere qu'ils veulent empoi- 
 sonner. . ." 
 
 ibid. "Des que 1'eau s'en 
 trouve chargee, les poissons 
 
 1 Not the rivers the current of these rivers annuls the effect of the barbasco 
 (menispermum cocculus) but the creeks and bays, or remansos, where the current 
 is almost imperceptible. Cf. Marcoy, op. cit., p. 545.
 
 SCHULLER 
 
 qui s'y rencontrent viennent 
 flotter inanimes a la surface, ou 
 on les recueille sans peine." 
 
 ibid. "La substance employee 
 a cet effet par les Indiens de 
 Guanay (the Leco) est le sue 
 laiteux d'un des plus grands 
 arbres de leurs forts, connu par 
 eux sous le nom de Soliman, et 
 qui n'est autre que 1'Ajuapar des 
 habitants de la Nouvelle- 
 Grenade, ou le Sablier des An- 
 tilles francaises, et enfin 1'Hura- 
 crepitans des botanistes. Pour se 
 procurer ce lait veneneux, ils 
 font de nombreuses entailles a 
 1'ecorce de 1'arbre, et le sue qui en 
 exsude va aussitdt imbiber la 
 terre qui entoure le pied du 
 tronc. Cette terre, recueillie 
 dans un grand sac, est jetee dans 
 la partie de la riviere oft doit 
 avoir lieu la peche." 
 
 p. 457. "(Leco Indians) leur 
 physionomie moins ouverte . . . 
 Leurs yeux sont presque hori- 
 zon taux." 
 
 viennent flotter inanimes a la 
 surface, ou on les recueille sans 
 peine." 
 
 p. 480. "Les Lecos empoison- 
 nent aussi les eaux des rivieres. 
 La substance qu'ils emploient a 
 cet usage est le sue laiteux du 
 Soliman, grand arbre des forets, 
 qui n'est autre que le sablier des 
 Antilles. 
 
 Pour se procurer ce lait vene"- 
 neux, les Indiens font de nom- 
 breuses entailles a 1'ecorce, et le 
 sue qui en exsude va aussitot 
 imbiber la terre qui entoure le 
 pied de 1'arbre. Cette terre qui, 
 recueillie avec soin, est jetee 
 dans la partie de la riviere ou 
 doit avoir lieu la pe"che. " 
 
 ibid. "La physionomie des 
 Lecos est ouverte . . . leur 
 yeux sont presque hori- 
 zontaux. , ." 
 
 Furthermore, Dr. Weddel's references to the interesting 
 tribe of the Callahuaya Indians have been copied almost word 
 for word by Bresson without citing his source of information. 
 
 WEDDEL, 1853 
 
 pp. 177-178. "Ces Indiens 
 Callahuayas, dont 1'histoire est a 
 peine connue, constituent une 
 nation particuliere enclavee au 
 milieu de celles des Quichuas et 
 des Aymaras, et dont les membres 
 se sont acquis une espece de 
 celebrite comme medecins et 
 comme sorciers. . . Les Calla- 
 huayas sont essentiellement 
 
 BRESSON, 1886 
 
 p. 467-468. "Les Indiens 
 Callahuayas constituent une 
 tribu a part, enclavee au milieu 
 de celles des Aymaras et des 
 Quichuas. Les individus de cette 
 tribu ont une celebrite de gueris- 
 seurs qui les fait tout particu- 
 lierement respecter. Ils sont 
 essentiellement voyageurs et pas- 
 sent pour Stre quelque peu
 
 INTRODUCTION 
 
 ci 
 
 voyageurs, et a tel point que 1'on 
 en voit, chose rare pour des 
 Indians, quitter leurs pays et 
 atteindre, avec leur fortune sur 
 le dos, aux extremes limites de 
 la republique Argentine. Leur 
 costume, que revStent souvent, 
 pour se distraire, les cholos de 
 La Paz, consiste en une culotte 
 noire sur laquelle retombe un 
 poncho rouge, en une grande 
 cravate de laine de vigogne et un 
 bonnet auricule surmonte d'un 
 chapeau a grands bords. Enfin 
 une besace ornee d'anciennes 
 monnaies d'argent contient leur 
 petite pharmacie, et ils portent 
 invariablement au cou, comme 
 marque distinctive, un crucifix 
 d'argent massif." 1 
 
 The chapter entitled: " L' Agriculture de Bolivia," etc., 2 
 pp. 619 passim, is also copied almost entirely: 
 
 sorciers. J'en ai recontre un peu 
 partout, en Bolivie, ou je les 
 reconnaissais facilement a leurs 
 costume bizarre: une culotte 
 noire, un poncho rouge et un bon- 
 net auricule que surmonte un 
 vaste sombrero en poil de vigogne. 
 Sur la poitrine ils ont toujours 
 une enorme croix, en argent 
 vierge, qui est pour ainsi dire la 
 marque distinctive de leur 
 specialite." 
 
 WEDDEL, 1853 
 
 p. 134. " Sous un point de vue, 
 le marche peut en effet etre re- 
 garde comme le miroir d'une des 
 parties les plus importantes des 
 habitations, je veux dire de leur 
 partie culinaire." 
 
 p. 136. "Une autre considera- 
 tion qui peut donner quelque 
 interet a 1'etude d'un marche, 
 c'est que cette etude permet sou- 
 vent de determiner, au premier 
 coup d'oeil, la nature du climat 
 de 1'endroit ou Ton se trouve." 
 
 1 These ambulant Indian druggists the " Wurzelsepp" of the southern hemi- 
 sphere are called cuico(s) . The same designation is applied by the Chileans to 
 all Bolivians indiscriminately. 
 
 2 Published also in the "Revue des Industries et des Sciences Chemiques et 
 Agricoles," Paris. 
 
 BRESSON, 1886 
 
 p. 621. "Le marche d'une 
 grande ville comme la Paz doit 
 etre regarde comme le miroir 
 d'une des parties les plus im- 
 portantes des habitations, je 
 veux dire de leur alimentation." 
 
 ibid. "L'etude des produc- 
 tions vegetales d'un pays permet 
 souvent de determiner au pre- 
 mier coup d'oeil la nature du 
 climat de 1'endroit ou 1'on se 
 trouve. .
 
 cii SCHULLER 
 
 p. 151. "Les senoritas de La ibid. " Les senoritas bolivianas 
 
 Paz en sont toutes extre"mement sont extre'mement friandes de ce 
 
 friandes, et elles ont 1'habitude, mets, que 1'on designe sous le 
 
 lorsque les taiachas sont de sai- nom de taiacha, et qu'elles 
 
 son, d'en prendre comme rafrai- prennent, comme rafraichisse- 
 
 chissement, pendant la chaleur ment, en le trempant dans du 
 
 du jour, en les trempant dans de sirop de canne a sucre." 
 la melasse." 
 
 Furthermore, the description of some of the national meals 
 of the Bolivians, as for instance, "chupe de leche," "aji de 
 disparates," and so forth, were taken from Weddel (pp. 162-163) 
 without the slightest reference to the latter's work. 
 
 In regard to the illustrations inserted as "originals" in 
 Bresson's book, it ought to be stated here that several of these 
 pictures have been copied with only slight changes from the 
 work entitled "The Amazon and Madeira Rivers," according 
 to the sketch- and note-book of the German explorer Franz 
 Keller, published in New York (the German edition in Stuttgart) 
 in 1874 by Keller-Leuzinger.
 
 APPENDIX B 
 
 ESTADO ECLESlASTICO DEL ARZOBISPADO DE LA PLATA 1 
 
 Sucre, Diciembre 16 de 1875 
 Colegio de Propaganda Fide de esta capital: 
 
 Sacerdotes: 
 
 Comisario General Guardian Fray Bartolome Casasnovas 
 
 Fray Vicente Belenguer 
 Fray Antonio Vinent 
 Fray Gregorio Cintora 
 Fray Salvio Costa 
 Fray Francisco Saenz 
 Fray Melchor Azcunaga 
 Fray Mariano Chavarria 
 Fray Jose Font 
 Fray Pacifico Salsamendi 
 Fray Agustin Muniusguren 
 Fray Julian Vergara 
 Fray Ignacio Villagra 
 Fray Manuel Bajo 
 Fray Antonio Suarez 
 Fray Ignacio Eguia 
 Fray Jose Uriburo 
 Fray Francisco Torrentegui 
 
 Hermanos : 
 Fray Salvador Cedo 
 Fray Martin Barrena 
 Fray Ignacio Lizaralde 
 Fray Pedro Rivera 
 
 1 Extract from an unpublished manuscript in Northwestern University Library. 
 
 ciii
 
 civ SCHULLER 
 
 Colegio de Propaganda Fide de Potosi: 
 
 Sacerdotes: 
 Guardian Fray Teodoro Massa 
 
 Fray Estanislao Simonetti 1 
 
 Fray Juan Carvini 
 
 Fray Felix Sanges 
 
 Fray Angelico Martarelli 
 
 Fray Buenaventura Capomagi 
 
 Fray Francisco S. Melchor 2 
 
 Fray Vicente Piccinini 
 
 Fray Tomas Turchetti 
 
 Fray Jaime Ricciotti 
 
 Fray Casimiro Mancini 3 
 
 Fray Andres Basili 4 
 
 Fray Romualdo D'Ambrosi 5 
 
 Fray Domingo Piccinci 
 
 Coristas: 
 
 Fray Antonio Campero 
 Fray Leonardo Federici 
 
 Legos : 
 
 Fray Antonio Giantomaso 
 Fray Luis M. de Paulis 
 Fray Pacifico Caero 
 Fray Luis Maurizio 
 Fray Jose Bocabella 
 Fray Alejandro Nicolini 
 Fray Anastasio Peruzzi 
 Fray Cayetano Chileno 
 Fray Angel Santos 
 Fray Cecidio Cipola 
 
 Missionary among the Indians of Parapiti; cf. Cardus, op. cit., p. 53. 
 Founder of the missions of San Francisco and San Antonio, 1871 and 1872 
 respectively, among the Indians of Parapiti; 1. c. p. 53. 
 
 8 On the journeys made by Father Mancini in North Bolivia, see Armentia, 
 "Navegaci6n," p. 28; he calls Mancini "Samuel." 
 4 Cardus, p. 53. 
 6 Missionary at San Pascual de Boicobo, a Chiriguano village; cf. Cardus, p. 57.
 
 INTRODUCTION cv 
 
 Fray Pascual Rosato 
 Donados : 
 
 Hermano Mateo Barriga 
 Hermano Aurelio Moral 
 
 Colegio de Propaganda Fide de Tarija: 
 
 Sacerdotes: 
 
 Guardian Comisario Fray Alejandro Maria Corrado 1 
 
 de Misiones Fray Alejandro Ercole 
 
 Fray Zeferino Muzzani 2 
 Fray Jose Gianeli 
 Fray Antonio Araoz 
 Fray Dominico Guerrini 
 Fray Jose Marinangeli 
 Fray Nazareno Dimeco 3 
 Fray Maximo Pierrazoli 
 Fray Rafael Giradengo 
 Fray Santiago Mequi 
 Fray Marino Mariani 
 Fray Angel Riquieri (Ricchieri) 
 Fray Eliseo Molina 
 Fray Doroteo Gianequini 
 
 (Gianecchini) 4 
 
 Fray Geronimo Bacili (Basili) 5 
 Fray Vicente Marceleti 6 
 Fray Jose Ferri 
 
 1 Erroneously called Coronado in "La Lengua Leca" by Lafone Quevedo, p. 5, 
 note (2). Father Corrado is the author of the " Catecismo de la Doctrina cristiana, 
 con varias oraciones y practicas devotas en lengua Chiriguana con su traduccion 
 literal al Castellano, para el uso de las Misiones del Colegio de Propaganda Fide de 
 Tarija en la Republica de Bolivia," Sucre, 1871. 
 
 2 Author of the "Noticias Historicas sobre las misiones en la Republica de 
 Bolivia," appended to Amich's "Compendio Historico," etc., Paris, 1854. 
 
 3 Missionary at the Chiriguano settlement of Tarayri; cf . Cardus, p. 30. 
 
 4 "Diario de la Expedicion exploradora Boliviana al Alto Paraguay de 1886-87." 
 Asis, Tip. de la Porciuncola, 1896. Giannecchini's Mataco vocabulary has been 
 published by Lafone Quevedo. 
 
 6 Missionary at San Jose de Tigiiipa; cf. Cardus, p. 31. 
 6 Missionary at San Miguel de Itau; 1. c., p. 25.
 
 cvi SCHULLER 
 
 Fray Nicolas Maria Sesti 
 Fray Julio Maria Bregoli 
 Fray Buenaventura Masini 
 
 (Massimi) 
 
 Fray Vicente Manuali 1 
 Fray Bernardino Turbesi 2 
 Fray Luis Vannuchi 
 Fray Antonio Gatti 
 Fray Gervasio Costa 
 Fray Leon Orseti (Orsetti) 3 
 Fray Mauricio Monacelli 4 
 Fray Berardo Chisco 
 Fray Sebastian Pifferi 5 
 Fray Guido Cremona 6 
 Fray Bernardino Lombardi 
 Fray Santiago Romano 7 
 Fray Pedro Angelisanti 
 
 Coristas: 
 
 Fray Leonardo Stasi 8 
 Fray Silvestre Lardani 
 Fray Francisco Cuyola 9 
 Fray Jose Rossini 
 
 Legos: 
 
 Hermano Santos Alonso 
 Hermano Jose Velasquez 
 
 1 Companion of the former at San Miguel de Itau; cf. 1. c. p. 25. 
 
 * Missionary at Nuestra Senora de las Misericordias de Machereti; 1. c., p. 32. 
 
 * Companion of Father Sebastian Pifferi at the mission of San Roque de Aguai- 
 renda; cf. 1. c., p. 26. 
 
 4 Missionary at San Francisco on the Upper Pilcomayo; cf. 1. c., p. 29. 
 8 Missionary at San Roque de Aguairenda; cf. 1. c., p. 26. 
 
 6 Companion of Father Turbessi; cf. 1. c., p. 34. 
 
 7 Cardus, p. 33, writes "Romero." The latter was a companion of F. Turbessi 
 at Machereti, a Chiriguano mission. 
 
 8 Afterwards companion of Father Dimeco at the mission of La Purfsima de 
 Tarayri; cf. 1. c., p. 31. 
 
 9 Cardus, p. 29, gives " Cayola." The latter was a companion of Father 
 Monacelli at San Francisco, a Chiriguano mission not far from Aguairenda.
 
 INTRODUCTION cvii 
 
 Hermano Francisco Mains 
 Hermano Querubin Pucchetti 
 Hermano Eugenio Marconi 
 Hermano Manuel Medrano
 
 APPENDIX C 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 
 MANUSCRIPT SOURCES 
 
 ANONYMOUS. Estado Eclesiastico del Arzobispado de La Plata, 
 Sucre, Diciembre 16 de 1875. In Lanza collection of mss. now 
 owned by Northwestern University Library, Evans ton, Illinois. 
 
 ANONYMOUS (Samuel Fritz). Vocabulario en la Lengua Castellana, 
 la del Ynga, y Xebera. Ms. original, autograph of Father Fritz, 
 of the 1 8th century; preserved in the Library of the British 
 Museum, Cod. Add. 25,323. (The copies of the vocabulary made 
 by the editor, as well as of the grammar of the same idiom, also 
 composed by the noted German Jesuit, exist at the National 
 Library, in Rio de Janeiro, and at the Library of Congress, Wash- 
 ington, D. C.) 
 
 MATA, PEDRO DE LA. Arte de La Lengua Cholona. Ms. pre- 
 served in the Library of the British Museum, Cod. Add. 25,322. 
 Composed at Truxillo, Peru, 1748. (One of the copies made by 
 the editor in 1912, is now in the Library of Congress, Washington, 
 B.C.) 
 
 PRINTED SOURCES 
 
 ANONYMOUS. Relation verdadera del discurso y subceso de la Jornada 
 y descubrimiento que hize desdel ano de 1567 hasta el de 69. In 
 Maurtua, Juicio de Limites entre el Peru y Bolivia, v. 6, pp. 
 17-68. 
 
 ADAM, LUCIEN. Notice Grammaticale sur la langue Mosetena. 
 Revue de Linguistique, v. 22, pp. 237-246. Paris, 1889. 
 
 AMICH, JOSE. Compendio Historico de los trabajos, fatigas, sudores 
 y muertos que los ministros evangelicos de la Serafica Religion 
 han padecido por la conversion de las almas de los Gentiles en las 
 montanas de los Andes. Paris, 1854. 
 
 ARAMBURU, E. Carta del Padre Fray Esteban de Aramburu, 
 Ministro Provincial de la provincia del Cuzco, sobre todo lo 
 ocurrido en las conversiones de San Antonio de los Charcas. In 
 Maurtua, Juicio de Limites entre el Peru y Bolivia, v. 12, pp. 
 
 I3I-I37- 
 
 cviii
 
 INTRODUCTION cix 
 
 ARMENTIA, NICOLAS. Navegacion del Madre de Dios. Biblioteca 
 Boliviano, de Geografia e Historia, I. La Paz, 1887. 
 
 ARMENTIA, NICOLAS. Los Indies Mosetenes y su lengua. Intro- 
 duction por Samuel A. (lejandro) Lafone Quevedo. Anales de la 
 Sociedad Cientifica Argentina, vols. 52-63, Buenos Aires, 1901-1902. 
 
 ARMENTIA, NICOLAS. Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Cavinena 
 . . . con notas por Samuel A. (lejandro) Lafone Quevedo. Re- 
 vista del Museo de La Plata, vol. 13, La Plata, 1906. 
 
 BALLIVIAN, ADOLFO. El Laudo Argentine inaceptable para Bolivia 
 inconveniente para el Peru. La Paz, n. d. 
 
 BALLIVIAN, MANUEL VICENTE. Observaciones sobre la Lengua Pu- 
 quina del Peru por Daniel G. Brinton. Revista del Ministerio de 
 Colonizacidn y Agricultura, vol. 2, La Paz, 1906. 
 
 BARZANA, ALONSO DE. Carta del Padre Alonso de Barzana escrita 
 desde la Asuncion del Paraguay. Setiembre 8 de 1594. Rela- 
 ciones Geogrdficas, vol. 2 (Peru) Apendice, pp. LII-LXV, Madrid, 
 1885. 
 
 BOAS, FRANZ. Kultur und Rasse. Leipzig, 1914. 
 
 BOLIVAR, GREGORIO DE. Relation de la entrada del Padre Fray 
 Gregorio de Bolivar, en compania de Diego Bamirez de Carlos, 
 a las provincias de indios Chunchos, en 1621. In Maurtua, 
 Juicio de Limites entre el Peru y Bolivia, vol. 8, pp. 205-235. 
 
 BRESSON, ANDRE. Bolivie. Sept annees d'explorations, de voyages 
 et de sejours dans 1'Amerique Australe. Paris, 1886. 
 
 BRINTON, DANIEL G. Note on the Puquina Language of Peru. 
 Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, vol. 28, no. 134, 
 pp. 242-248. Philadelphia, Pa., 1890. 
 
 BRINTON, DANIEL G. The American Race. New York, 1891. 
 
 BRINTON, DANIEL G. Studies in South American Native Languages. 
 Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, vol. 30, no. 137, 
 pp. 45-105. Philadelphia, Pa., 1892. 
 
 CARBAJAL, CASPAR DE. Relation que escribio Fr. Caspar de Carbajal, 
 fraile de la Orden de Santo Domingo de Gusman, del nuevo 
 descubrimiento del famoso rio grande que descubrio por muy gran 
 ventura el Capitan Francisco de Orellana desde su nacimiento 
 hasta salir a la mar, con cincuenta y siete hombres que trajo 
 consigo y se echo a su aventura por el dicho rio, y por el nombre 
 del capitan que le descubrio se llamo el Rio de Orellana. Seville, 
 1894. 
 
 CARDUS, JOSE. Lengua Mosetena. Las Misiones Franciscanas entre 
 los infieles de Bolivia. Barcelona, 1886. Reprinted by Lafone 
 Quevedo in Anales de la Sociedad Cientifica Argentina, vol. 54, pp. 
 281, 282. Buenos Aires, 1902.
 
 ex SCHULLER 
 
 CARDUS-HERRERO. La Lengua Leca de los rios Mapiri y Beni segun 
 los mss. de los PP (Fray Jose) Cardus y (Andres) Herrero. Arre- 
 glados y anotados por S. A. Lafone Quevedo. Buenos Aires, 
 1905. 
 
 COBO, BERNABE. Historia del Nuevo Mundo . . . Publicada por 
 primera vez con y otras ilustraciones de D. Marcos Jimenez 
 de la Espada. Vol. 2. Seville, 1891. (Sociedad de Bibliofilos 
 Andaluces.) 
 
 CORRADO, ALEJANDRO MARfA. Catecismo de la doctrina cristiana, 
 con varias oraciones y practicas devotas en lengua Chiriguana 
 con su traduccion literal al Castellano. Para el uso de las Misiones 
 del Colegio de Propaganda Fide de Tarija en la Repiiblica de Bo- 
 livia. Sucre, 1871. 
 
 CORRADO, ALEJANDRO MARLA. El Colegio Franciscano de Tarija. 
 Quaracchi, 1896. (Italian translation, Quaracchi, 1897.) 
 
 CREQUi-MoNTFORT-RiVET. Linguistique Bolivienne. Le groupe 
 Otuke. Extrait du Journal de la Societe des Americanistes de 
 Paris, vol. 9, 1912. 
 
 CUEVA, FRANCISCO. Principes et Dictionnaire de la Langue Yurucare 
 ou Yurujure composes par le R. P. La Cueva et publics conforme- 
 ment (?) au Manuscrit de A. D'Orbigny, ^\r Lucien Adam. Paris, 
 1893. (Vol. 1 6 of Bibliotheque Linguistique Americaine.) 
 
 EHRENREICH, PAUL. Die Ethnographic Siidamerikas im Beginn des 
 XX. Jahrhunderts unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Natur- 
 volker. Archiv fur Anthropologie, N. F. Band 3, Heft i, Braun- 
 schweig, 1904. 
 
 FALB, RUDOLF. Das Land der Incas in seiner Bedeutung fur die 
 Urgeschichte der Sprache. Leipzig, 1883. 
 
 FIGUEROA, FRANCISCO DE. Relation de la Misiones de la Compania 
 de Jesus en el pais de los Maynas. Coleccion de los libros y docu- 
 mentos references a la Historia de America, vol. i, Madrid, 1904. 
 
 GIANNECCHINI, DoROTEO. Diario de la Expedition exploradora 
 Boh'viana al Alto Paraguay de 1886-87. S. M. de los Angelos 
 (Asis) [Santa Madonna degli Angeli] 1896. 
 
 GUMILLA, JOSE. El Orinoco ilustrado y defendido, historia 
 natural, civil y geografica de este gran no. (Edited by Father 
 Obregon, Barcelona, 1791.) 
 
 HARDENBURG, W. E. The Putumayo, the Devil's Paradise. Edited 
 by C. Reginald Enock. London, 1912. 
 
 HEATH, EDWIN R. Dialects of Bolivian Indians. A philological 
 contribution from material gathered during three years residence 
 in the Department of Beni, in Bolivia. Kansas City Review of 
 Science and Industry, vol. 6, no. 12, April, 1883.
 
 INTRODUCTION cxi 
 
 HERRERO, ANDRES. Doctrina y Oraciones Cristianas en Lengua 
 
 Mosetena traducidas en espanol, palabra por palabra. Rome, 
 
 1834. 
 HERRERO, ANDRES. Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Leca del Guanai. 
 
 Published by Lafone Quevedo in La Lengua Leca, Buenos Aires, 
 
 1905, pp. 50 (2o)-64(34); pp. <%fo$hV>3M. 
 HERVAS, LORENZO. Vocabulario Poligloto. Idea dell' Universe, vol. 
 
 20. Cesena, 1787. 
 HERVAS, LORENZO. Saggio Pratico delle Lingue. Idea dell' Universe, 
 
 vol. 21. Cesena, 1787. 
 HESTERMANN, FERDINAND. Die Pano-Sprachen und ihre Beziehun- 
 
 gen. V ' erhandlungen des XVI. Internationalen Amerikanisten- 
 
 Kongress, pp. 645-650. Wien, 1908. 
 KELLER, FRANZ. The Amazon and Madeira Rivers. New York, 
 
 1874. 
 LENZ, RODOLFO. Diccionario Etimolojico de las voces chilenas deri- 
 
 vadas de lenguas indijenas americanas. (Publicado como anexo 
 
 a los Anales de la Universidad de Chile.) Santiago de Chile, 
 
 1904-1910. 
 LICHTENSTEIN, WALTER. Report to the President of Northwestern 
 
 University on the Results of a Trip to South America. Evanston 
 
 and Chicago, 1915. 
 LOZANO, PEDRO. Historia de la Compafiia de Jesus de la Provincia 
 
 del Paraguay. Madrid, 1754-1755. 
 MARCOY, PAUL. A Journey across South America from the Pacific 
 
 Ocean to the Atlantic Ocean. London, 1873. 
 MARTIUS, CARL FRIEDRICH PHIL. v. Wortersammlung Brasiliani- 
 
 scher Sprachen Glossaria Linguarum Brasiliensium. Leipzig, 
 
 1867. 
 MAURTUA, VICTOR M. Juicio de Limites entre el Peru y Bolivia. 
 
 Prueba Peruana. Madrid and Barcelona, 1906. 
 MICHELSON, TRUMAN. Remarks on American Indian Languages. 
 
 Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 7. Baltimore, 
 
 1917. 
 MOLLINEDO, A. DE. Informacion ... en virtud de la comision del 
 
 Hlmo. Sr. Obispo del Cuzco sobre el estado que tiene la mision de 
 
 los indios infieles contiguos a la provincia de Carabaya. In 
 
 Maurtua, Juicio de Limites entre el Peru y Bolivia, vol. 12, pp. 
 
 68-94. 
 MuNoz-OjEDA. Carta de los misioneros Fray Juan Mufioz, Fray 
 
 Juan de Ojeda, etc., al Obispo de Cuzco, fecha en Apolibamba a 
 
 6 de Mayo de 1681. In Maurtua, Juicio de Limites entre el Peru 
 
 y Bolivia, vol. 12, pp. 96-103.
 
 cxii SCHULLER 
 
 NORDENSKIOLD, ERLAND. Beitrage zur Kenntnis einiger Indianer- 
 stamme des Madre de Dios-Gebietes. Ymer, 1905, pt. 3, pp. 
 265-312, Stockholm, 1906. 
 
 NUNES, DIOGO. Carta escripta a D. Joao III acerca do descobri- 
 mento de sertoes aonde podia chegar atravessando a terra de S. 
 Vicente (Provincia de S. Paulo). Copiada do Real Archive em 
 Lisboa (corpo Chron. Parte 3*., Maco 14, Doc. i.), e offerecida 
 ao Institute pelo seu socio correspondente Francisco Adolfo de 
 Varnhagen. Revista Trimensal de Historia e Geographia ou Jornal 
 do Institute Historico e Geographico Brazileiro, vol. 2, pp. 365-369. 
 Rio de Janeiro, 1858. 
 
 ORiCAfN, PABLO JOSE. Compendio breve de discursos varies sobre 
 diferentes materias y noticias geograficas comprehensivas a este 
 Obispado del Cuzco que claman remedies espirituales. (1790.) 
 In Maurtua, Juicio de Limites entre el Peru y Bolivia, vol. n, pp. 
 319-377. Barcelona, 1906. 
 
 PAYNE, EDWARD JOHN. History of the New World called America, 
 vol. 2. Oxford, 1899. 
 
 PIERINI, FRANCESCO. Los Guarayos de Bolivia. Anthropos, vol. 3, 
 pp. 875-880. Wien-Modling, 1908. 
 
 POLO, JOSE TORIBIO. Indios Uros del Peru y Bolivia. Boletin de 
 Socied ad Geogrdfica de Lima, vol. io,pt. 4, pp. 445-482. Lima, 1901. 
 
 ROMAGUERA, CORREA, J. Vocabulario Sul-Rio Grandense. Porto 
 Alegre, 1898. 
 
 SCHMIDT, W. Diccionario Sipibo. Mittettungen der Anthropologi- 
 schen Gesellschaft in Wien, vol. 35, pp. 127-130. Wien, 1905. 
 
 SCHULLER, RUDOLPH. Vocabularios y Nuevos Materiales para el 
 estudio de la Lengua de los Indios Lican-Antai (Atacamenos- 
 Calchaqui). Santiago de Chile, 1908. (Vol. 2, Bibliotheca de 
 Lingiiistica Americana.) 
 
 SCHULLER, RUDOLPH. El Arbitraje Peruano-Boliviano. Une cuestion 
 filologica. Interesante Interview al Dr. Rodolfo R. Schuller in El 
 Oriente. Iquitos, No. 584, December, 1909, reproduced by Dr. 
 Adolfo Ballivian in El Laudo Argentina, La Paz, 1909. 
 
 SCHULLER, RUDOLPH. La Provincia de Chunchos. (El pleito de 
 Limites entre Bolivia y el Peru.) El Diario, Buenos Aires, June 
 17, 1909. 
 
 SCHULLER, RUDOLPH. Weitere Erganzungen zur Bibliographic der 
 Nusprachen (Pano-Gruppe). Anthropos, vol. 6, p. 640. Wien- 
 Modling, 1911. 
 
 SCHULLER, RUDOLPH. Yfierre o "Stammvater" dos indios Maynas. 
 Esboco ethnologico-linguistico. Para, Brazil. Annaes da 
 Bibliotheca National, vol. 30. Rio de Janeiro, 1912.
 
 INTRODUCTION cxiii 
 
 STEINEN, KARL VON DEN. Unter den Naturvolkern Zentral-Bra- 
 siliens. Berlin, 1894. 
 
 STEINEN, KARL VON DEN. Diccionario Sipibo. Castellano- 
 Deutsch-Sipibo. Abdruck der Handschrift eines Franziskaners 
 mit Beitragen zur Kenntnis der Pano-Stamme am Ucayali. Ber- 
 lin, 1904. 
 
 TEZA, EMILIO. Saggi inediti di lingue americana, appunti biblio- 
 grafiche. Annali della Universitd Toscana. X., Pt. I, Scienze 
 Nool., pp. 117-143. Pisa, 1868. 
 
 VEIGL, FRANZ XAVIER. Griindliche Nachrichten iiber die Verfassung 
 der Landschaft von Maynas in Siid-Amerika bis zum Jahre 1768 
 nebst des Herrn P. Anselm Eckharts Zusatze zu Pedro Cudenas 
 Beschreibung der Lander von Brasilien. Niirnberg, 1798. 
 
 WEDDEL, H. A. Voyage dans le Nord de la Bolivia et dans les parties 
 voisines du Perou ou visite au district aurifere de Tipuani. Paris 
 and London, 1853. 
 
 WIENER, LEO. Pseudo-Karibisches. Zeitschrift fur Romanische Phi- 
 lologie, vol. 33, pp. 513-535. Halle, 1909.
 
 Moseteno Vocabulary 
 and Treatises 
 
 BY 
 
 BENIGNO BIBOLOTTI
 
 Vocabolario Esponol-Musateno etc... etc... 
 
 abajo 
 abajo arriba 
 
 abalorio 
 abandonado 
 
 abandonar 
 
 abastecer 
 abatido 
 
 abatir 
 
 abeja 
 
 abierto 
 
 abobado 
 
 abochornar 
 
 abofetear 
 
 pechcan; ocan 
 
 chindac; pechcan 
 fanche ittui 
 
 varca; chicacge 
 
 at hime; at mesi; 
 at fara; at yaqui; am 
 gi chui 
 
 at mesi 
 
 mesirai 
 
 at mesi ique 
 
 paj resi; paj qui tupu 
 
 at qui anic nimbe; 
 chittai nimbe 
 
 doiroi mumu 
 
 coroma ze 
 
 vanac 
 
 tojt; dene gijege 
 
 aj zincai 
 zincairai 
 zincayeva 
 at zincai ique 
 
 tachette 
 tachetterai 
 tacheme 
 at tachette ique
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 abogada 
 abordar 
 
 aborecer 
 aborto 
 
 abotagado 
 abrasar 
 
 abrazar 
 abrir 
 
 abrojo 
 
 absolution 
 
 absolver 
 
 abstinencia 
 
 absurdo 
 
 abuela 
 
 abuelo 
 
 abultado 
 
 abundancia 
 
 tifatige; nuchitige 
 soquiti 
 soquitirai 
 at soquiti ique 
 
 Imperat: soquitica 
 
 am dam raise 
 am dam raiseterai 
 am dam raisete ique 
 
 at ojei basigi; ambi tupu- 
 basigi; chose nige 
 sciupqui 
 
 sciocbet 
 
 jen bei; eneni; anic 
 mocsi sciusc 
 
 chuben 
 chubenerai 
 chubeneva 
 at chubenete ique 
 
 vanac 
 vanaquerai 
 vanaquieva 
 at vanac ique 
 
 jeti 
 nimbeisige 
 
 nimbeisi 
 nimbeisirai 
 nimbeitica 
 at nimbeisi ique 
 
 michigi 
 michigirai 
 at michigi ique 
 
 uenege 
 eye 
 viya 
 derige 
 anic dai ege
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 aburido 
 acabar 
 
 acalorado 
 
 acatarado 
 accidental 
 aceite 
 
 (fol. 5 left) 
 acelerar 
 
 aceptar 
 aboca con. . 
 acerar 
 
 acertado 
 
 acidez; acido 
 aclimatar 
 
 acobardar 
 
 at efati meve at nobi 
 
 at mesi 
 atrai mesi 
 at mesi ique 
 
 anic jinoi; anic fer tsuni; 
 anic queti tsun; apac 
 scusc 
 
 ajai; anic fer ajai 
 uattique 
 
 choge; manais; dabasi; 
 aarusi; chocolates! 
 
 feri 
 fererai 
 ferebada 
 at fer ique 
 
 ectchete 
 ectcheterai 
 ecvac 
 at ectchete ique 
 
 chanchete 
 chancheterai 
 chancheeme 
 at chanchete ique 
 
 fequerac 
 fequeracrai 
 fequeraca 
 at fequerac ique 
 
 gijegetumtchi ; anic 
 quich; anic mei; menas 
 
 pasc 
 
 yiqui 
 yiquirai 
 at yiqui 
 
 quinaquege siti 
 at quinaqui 
 
 paj qui quinaqui
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 acomodar 
 
 aconsejar bien 
 
 acoralar 
 
 acostar a otro 
 
 acostarse 
 
 acostumbrado 
 
 acre; indole 
 
 acreditado 
 
 acribillado 
 
 active; homb. 
 
 actual 
 
 acuatico 
 
 achacoso 
 
 adelante, ir 
 
 adentro 
 adinerado 
 
 adivino falso 
 
 hemtuc 
 hemtuquirai 
 at hemtuc ique 
 
 hem icheacsi 
 hem icheacsirai 
 hem icheacsi ique 
 Imperat: hem icheacseva 
 
 sope can fara 
 at sopecan fara ique; 
 at sopecan nette 
 
 icusci 
 
 icuscirai 
 at icusci 
 at icusci ique 
 
 cusci 
 cuscirai 
 cosca 
 at cusci ique 
 
 tacame 
 taca metaqui 
 at yiqui metaqui 
 
 fer bei 
 
 am uenenet 
 
 cose cose 
 
 am scoscointchit 
 
 quin anic 
 
 onicantchi 
 
 am fer beitchit; am resc 
 beitchit 
 
 tascac 
 
 tascirai 
 
 at tasci ique 
 
 mocan 
 
 querecha tumtchi; anic 
 bijogetumtchi 
 
 cucucsi
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 adonde 
 
 adorno 
 adornar 
 
 adulterio 
 
 adulto 
 
 afable 
 
 afeminado 
 
 aferrado 
 
 afilar 
 
 afligir a otro 
 afligido 
 (fol. 5 right) 
 agachase 
 
 agarar 
 
 agil 
 
 agitacion 
 
 agolparse 
 
 agrandado 
 
 onam; onarai mcam- 
 basca; onam at incaque 
 ique 
 
 hemtucge 
 
 hemtuc 
 hemtuquirai 
 at hemtuc ique 
 
 chetigetum jucha 
 panet 
 
 anini peyaqui; 
 hem mointchin 
 
 phentuitch 
 yeque 
 
 moctac 
 moctacarai 
 moctaquieva 
 at moctac ique 
 
 itaritche mointchin 
 taari 
 
 chonden acya 
 chondeneva 
 at chonden ique acya 
 
 tap 
 
 taperai 
 tapieva 
 at tapeni ique 
 
 feri; 
 am afqui 
 
 fer hetchi; 
 cari hetchi 
 
 guamuya incai; 
 ezezbei ; 
 guamuchebei 
 
 at deii az; 
 atchi dai az
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 agua 
 aguazero 
 
 aguardar 
 
 aguila real 
 
 aguja 
 
 agujerear 
 
 agujero 
 agusanarse 
 
 ahogar agua 
 
 ahogar sofoca 
 
 ahora 
 
 ahorcar 
 
 ahuyentar 
 
 ai . . . . noros 
 airarse 
 
 airado 
 aire 
 aislado 
 ajustado 
 
 oni 
 
 fer anei; 
 anic ze zoi 
 
 bisaqui 
 bisaquirai 
 bisaca 
 at bisac ique 
 
 boiii dertchi 
 joque 
 
 fandac 
 fandaquirai 
 fandaquieva 
 at fandac ique 
 
 fandacge; to 
 
 at focoi; 
 at manitum 
 
 tomi 
 tomirai 
 at tomi ique 
 
 at quer hetchi 
 quin 
 
 at tizo tujya; 
 at seni tizo 
 
 isca 
 iscaerai 
 iscamac 
 at hisca ique 
 
 aiya 
 
 facoi 
 facoirai 
 at faquiti ique 
 
 faco bei 
 naige 
 iritbei 
 set
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 ala de pajaro 
 
 alabanza 
 
 alba 
 
 alborotado 
 alcanzar 
 
 alegre 
 alegrarse 
 
 alegria 
 alejar 
 
 alerta vivir 
 
 aliento 
 
 alimento 
 
 (fol. 6 left) 
 
 alma 
 
 almendra 
 
 almscle 
 
 alojamiento 
 
 algodbn 
 
 altivo 
 
 alto 
 
 alzar 
 
 alia, alii 
 
 pava 
 
 hemsi peyacge 
 
 nayoge; 
 paminge 
 
 facobei 
 
 ribiti 
 ribitirai 
 at ribiti ique 
 
 majo bei 
 
 majoi 
 majoirai 
 majobevac 
 at majo ique 
 
 majoge 
 
 moch ectacsi 
 moch ectacsirai 
 at moch ectacsi ique 
 
 zabei 
 jetchi 
 secsege 
 
 tchutchi, zasi 
 
 mujie 
 
 poquege 
 
 beiges; cosciges 
 
 bajna 
 
 jipenti 
 
 moche 
 
 chei 
 cheirai 
 at chei ique 
 
 move
 
 IO 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 allanar 
 
 amancebado 
 
 amanecer 
 
 amar 
 
 amargo 
 
 amarillez 
 
 amarrar 
 
 amedrentar 
 
 amigo 
 amigarse 
 
 amor 
 
 amoroso 
 
 amparar 
 
 anciano, -a 
 
 ancho 
 andar 
 
 qich 
 
 quicherai 
 quichyeva 
 at quichebite ique 
 
 nucsi turn phen bei 
 nayoge 
 
 raise 
 raiserai 
 majieva 
 at raisete ique 
 
 bicca 
 
 nosnoi; achi veya 
 
 sap 
 
 saperai 
 sapieva 
 at saptac ique 
 
 quinaqui 
 quinaqurai 
 quinacquiva 
 at quinaqui ique 
 
 napu 
 
 naputui 
 naputuirai 
 at naputui ique 
 
 raisacge 
 
 am tijai; hem mointchin 
 
 tifati 
 tifatirai 
 tifatica 
 at tifati ique 
 
 piret; pires; ritet; 
 
 rites 
 dereve; sofoi 
 
 mii 
 miirai 
 miiyeva 
 at mii ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 ii 
 
 andariego 
 
 andrajoso 
 
 angel 
 
 angina 
 
 angosto 
 
 angila peje 
 
 anillo 
 
 animal, dom 
 
 animal demon. 
 
 aiio 
 
 anochecer 
 
 anteaye 
 antiguamente 
 
 (fol. 6 right) 
 an'adir 
 
 anudar 
 
 apagar 
 
 apropiado 
 apuntar anna 
 
 apuro 
 
 aquello, -Ua 
 aqui 
 arana 
 
 natevajoi 
 
 achi; scev scev 
 
 idem, angel 
 
 quiscintujya 
 
 set 
 
 hizo 
 
 chijiririges; sortija 
 
 cuge 
 
 ebacge 
 
 yomuge 
 
 at yomoi 
 at yomoirai 
 
 munaya 
 porema 
 
 quechtac 
 quechtacarai 
 at quechtac ique 
 
 saptac 
 saperai 
 saptacca 
 at sap ique 
 
 quiv 
 quivierai 
 quivyevac 
 at quiv ique 
 
 at cui eque 
 
 quich 
 quicheeme 
 at quich 
 
 at cajoi 
 mo 
 oya 
 viococo
 
 12 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 arbol 
 
 arco de flecha 
 
 arco iris 
 
 arder 
 
 ardilla 
 arido 
 araigado 
 arrancar 
 
 arrear 
 
 arrebatar 
 
 arepentirse 
 
 arimar 
 
 arrinconado 
 arrodillarse 
 
 arrogante 
 arrojado 
 
 son 
 
 coinge 
 
 opito 
 
 coscai 
 
 coscairai avacca 
 at coscai ique 
 
 beque 
 chanes 
 at siyai az 
 
 choyac 
 choyacrai 
 choyaca 
 at choyac ique 
 
 isca 
 iscaerai 
 iscaeme 
 at isca ique 
 
 fer eque 
 fer equerai 
 fer equevac 
 at fer eque ique 
 
 tari uban 
 tarirai 
 at tari ique 
 
 nee 
 necrai 
 necva 
 at nee icfue 
 
 at hime az 
 
 giets 
 gietserai 
 gietzevac 
 at gietz ique 
 
 anic hipenti 
 am quinaqui
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 arropar 
 
 arroyo 
 
 arruga 
 
 articulation 
 
 asado 
 
 asar 
 
 asco 
 aseo 
 
 aserrar 
 
 asi es 
 asiento 
 atado 
 atar 
 
 (fol. 7 left) 
 
 atigrado 
 
 atizar 
 
 atonito 
 
 comon 
 comonerai 
 comofieva 
 at comon ique 
 
 jinac 
 quizba 
 toquegecan 
 autacsi 
 
 autac 
 autacrai 
 autacyeva 
 at autac ique 
 
 equei 
 
 hembei; 
 hemtuc osco; 
 hem cofe osco; 
 hemtuc guajegege 
 
 fequerac 
 fequeraquirai 
 fequeraca 
 at fequerac ique 
 
 meinas hem 
 beaquige 
 sap bei 
 
 sap 
 
 saperai 
 sapievac 
 at saptac ique 
 
 cuscuruit 
 
 quen 
 quenerai 
 quenevac 
 at quen ique 
 
 fer doiroi
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 atras 
 
 atravesar 
 
 atricion 
 aunque 
 auxiliar 
 
 auxilio 
 avarizia 
 ave pajaro 
 avergonzado 
 avergonzar 
 
 averiguazion 
 
 avestruz 
 avinagrado 
 
 avio 
 avisar 
 
 ayer 
 ayudar 
 
 equi 
 equve 
 equiverai 
 at equi ique 
 
 roc bei; 
 roc enegeva pat roc bei 
 
 tarege 
 pat ra me 
 
 nuchiti 
 nuchiticarai 
 nuchitica 
 at nuchiti ique 
 
 nuchitige 
 tijatetege 
 aijtchi 
 at zincai 
 
 zincai 
 zincairai 
 zincayeva 
 at zincai ique 
 
 quevacge mic; 
 congetacsi mic 
 
 ipare 
 
 pasc bei; 
 pasc anic; 
 at pasc az 
 
 vite 
 
 mic somei 
 mic someme 
 mic someterai 
 at mic somacsi ique 
 
 muna 
 
 nuchiti 
 nuchiticarai 
 nuchitica 
 at nuchiti ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 ayunar 
 
 azotar 
 
 azote 
 
 azucar 
 
 azul 
 
 (fol. 7 right) 
 
 baba 
 baboso 
 basineta 
 bailar 
 
 bailarin 
 bajar 
 
 balanza 
 
 balza 
 
 banca, -o 
 
 bano 
 
 barba 
 
 barco, -a 
 
 bareno 
 
 barriga 
 
 barro 
 
 bastante 
 
 B 
 
 michgi 
 michgirai 
 at michgi ique 
 
 sibac 
 sipierai 
 sipeeme 
 at sipette ique 
 
 sibacge 
 
 azoca 
 
 mezes 
 
 sono 
 
 sonotumtchi 
 
 chicges 
 
 royac 
 royacrai 
 royaca 
 at royac ique 
 
 royaquit 
 
 chanban 
 chanbanda 
 at chanband 
 
 tupuge; tuputuiges 
 
 perie 
 
 beaquige 
 
 ginige 
 
 yeti 
 
 cuaba 
 
 mizaquige 
 
 vocco 
 
 ac ofiitum 
 
 mesi; at rejia; 
 at tupu
 
 i6 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 bastidor 
 
 baston 
 
 basura 
 
 bautismo 
 
 bautizar 
 
 beber 
 
 bello 
 besar 
 
 bien 
 
 bienestar 
 
 bilioso 
 
 bills 
 
 bianco, -a 
 blando 
 blanquear 
 
 boca 
 boda 
 borracho 
 borrar 
 
 panacge 
 mochoge 
 patzacge 
 choctige 
 
 chojtac 
 chojtacrai 
 chojtaca 
 at chojtac ique 
 
 tchei 
 tcheirai 
 tchievac 
 at tchei ique 
 
 choifoi; anic hemtchi 
 veya 
 
 puj 
 
 pujerai 
 pujeme 
 at puette ique 
 
 hem 
 
 hem bei; resc bei; fer bei 
 
 zintchitum; nosnoi; 
 achi veya 
 
 zintchi 
 aibai 
 am yeque 
 
 aibastuc 
 aibaituquirai 
 at aibai 
 
 chun 
 
 vemige 
 
 sciuquit 
 
 vayac 
 vayaquirai 
 vayaqueme 
 at vayac ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 borrasca 
 
 (fol. 8 left) 
 bosque 
 bostezo 
 bostezar 
 
 botar 
 
 brazada 
 brazear nada. 
 
 brazear algun. 
 
 brevemente 
 bribon 
 
 brillo 
 
 broma 
 
 brotar 
 
 brujo 
 brunir 
 
 buen dia 
 
 anetorai; fererai 
 pititti 
 
 derege, dere 
 eyaquege 
 
 eyaqui 
 eyaqurai 
 eyaquiyeva 
 at eyaqui ique 
 
 fara 
 farairai 
 faraeme 
 at fara ique 
 
 chocoge 
 
 chapqui 
 chapquirai 
 chapquiyeva 
 at chapqui ique 
 
 chocoi 
 chocoirai 
 chocoyeva 
 at choco ique 
 
 cavin; am men 
 
 achi mointchin; 
 soyotchi mointchin 
 
 anic soquem 
 mamages; itzangeges 
 
 chibi 
 chibirai 
 at chibi ique 
 
 cucucsi 
 
 hemtuc 
 hemtuquirai 
 hemtuquieva 
 at hemtuc ique 
 
 hem mayege
 
 i8 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 buendia saludo 
 
 bulto 
 buscar 
 
 (fol. 8 right) 
 
 hem nayoque; 
 hem nayoique 
 
 dirige 
 
 quevaqui 
 quevaquirai 
 quevaca 
 at quevaqui ique 
 
 cabal 
 cabana 
 cabello 
 caber 
 
 cabeza 
 
 cabezon 
 
 cabisbajo 
 
 caca 
 
 cadaver 
 
 caer 
 
 cagar 
 
 cal piedra 
 calambre 
 calavera 
 caldear 
 
 quetz 
 
 acca 
 
 fin 
 
 reya siti 
 reyia sith-ai 
 at reya siti ique 
 
 jutchi; ono 
 der jutchi 
 aeya doiroi 
 vees 
 senet 
 
 ouchai 
 ochairai 
 at ochai ique 
 
 vesi 
 vesirai 
 vesiyeva 
 at vesi ique 
 
 dondo 
 tec nectchi 
 iutchi senitchin 
 
 apac 
 
 apaquierai 
 apaqueva 
 at apac ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 calentar 
 
 calentura 
 
 calenturilla 
 calmar id 
 calmar tempes. 
 
 calofrio 
 
 calor 
 
 callar 
 
 calle 
 cama 
 
 caminar 
 
 carrnno 
 
 camisa 
 campanear 
 
 can perro 
 canasta palma 
 canzer 
 canelon 
 cangrena 
 
 esciuc 
 esciuquerai 
 esciuqueeme 
 at esciuc ique 
 
 apacoge 
 apacoi 
 apacoirai 
 at apacoi ique 
 
 dam apacoi 
 tchupu apacoi 
 
 ato tchupu afiei; 
 tchupu pititi 
 
 jetis 
 
 anic fer queti tsuii 
 
 chuchui 
 chuchuirai 
 chuchuac 
 at chuchui ique 
 
 mami beyegecantchi 
 scium 
 
 piqui 
 piquirai 
 piqulyeva 
 at piqui ique 
 
 mami 
 oscio 
 
 dindi 
 dindirai 
 dindiyevac 
 at dindi ique 
 
 acho 
 ebbe 
 ayge 
 chorecho 
 at ayi sciusc
 
 20 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 canilla 
 
 yin yuves 
 
 cano 
 
 aibai fin 
 
 (fol. 9 left) 
 
 
 cansado 
 
 nobet 
 
 cansar 
 
 nobi 
 
 
 nobirai 
 
 
 at nobi ique 
 
 cantar 
 
 imaqui 
 
 
 imaqurai 
 
 
 imaca 
 
 
 at imaqui ique 
 
 cantores 
 
 imaquitchin 
 
 cantaro 
 
 punu 
 
 canto 
 
 imacge 
 
 cana charo 
 
 sciuru 
 
 cafia ueca 
 
 bane; giuni; guopina 
 
 caos 
 
 cafon 
 
 capacidad 
 
 chingetumtchi 
 
 cara 
 
 veya 
 
 carbon 
 
 qii . . . 
 
 carestia 
 
 nimbege 
 
 cargar 
 
 teren 
 
 
 terenerai 
 
 
 tereneva 
 
 
 at teren ique 
 
 caridad 
 
 m'mbeege 
 
 carnaval 
 
 anata 
 
 cane 
 
 sciusc 
 
 carnivore 
 
 sciusctchit 
 
 carpa 
 
 acca 
 
 carta 
 
 quirica 
 
 casa 
 
 acca 
 
 casado 
 
 phenyat
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 casada 
 
 casamiento 
 
 casar 
 
 casi 
 castigar 
 
 cavar 
 
 cazar 
 
 cedazo 
 
 cedro 
 
 cena 
 
 ceniza 
 
 cenidor 
 
 cerca 
 
 cernido, -a 
 (fol. 9 right) 
 cerrado 
 cerro 
 cesar 
 
 ciego 
 cielo 
 ciento 
 
 uenchias 
 vuemige 
 
 vuemi 
 vuemirai 
 at vuemi ique 
 
 arajge 
 
 sip 
 
 sipirai 
 sipeevac 
 at sipette ique 
 
 fandac 
 fandaquirai 
 fandaca 
 at fandac ique 
 
 derei 
 dereirai 
 at derey ique 
 
 pasi, scarac 
 itama, chonna 
 yomove secsege 
 chim 
 saptage 
 
 am moch; chi oi; chi 
 utz 
 
 scarac 
 
 at quer 
 meque 
 
 pat mesi 
 mesirai 
 at mesi ique 
 
 tofet 
 mayege 
 tac qui tac
 
 22 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 cigaro 
 cilia 
 cinco 
 claro ablar 
 
 clavo 
 clavar 
 
 clueca 
 
 cochina 
 
 cochino 
 
 codizia 
 
 cojo 
 
 cola 
 
 colera 
 
 colgado, -a 
 
 colgar 
 
 colocar bien 
 
 Colorado 
 comer 
 
 comezon 
 comida 
 
 pisnage 
 
 beaquige 
 
 canam 
 
 qich peaca 
 quich peyacarai 
 at quich peyaqui ique 
 
 pactage 
 
 pactac 
 pactacarai 
 pacyeva 
 at pactac ique 
 
 arajge fefii tchosci 
 eques phen 
 equet soni 
 tijatetege 
 etchem; etchiem 
 condi 
 efatige 
 tizo bei 
 
 tizo 
 tizoirai 
 tizoeme 
 at tizo ique 
 
 efiege 
 enegerai 
 enegevac 
 at efiege ique 
 
 tchenes 
 
 secsi 
 secsirai 
 secsevac 
 at secsi ique 
 
 ezezei; cafiini 
 secsege
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 cocmar 
 
 como pues? 
 
 companero 
 
 comparecer 
 
 compasion causa 
 
 complete 
 
 comprar 
 
 comprender 
 
 comprimir 
 
 con 
 
 codo 
 
 (fol. 10 left) 
 
 concluso 
 
 concluir 
 
 concunado 
 
 concha 
 
 condenar al infierno 
 
 conejo de casa 
 
 emiti 
 emitirai 
 emita 
 at emiti ique 
 
 hemgena? 
 
 penge 
 
 pat atsi 
 
 anic arere cotchi 
 
 at guajere az 
 
 yai 
 yairai 
 yayeva 
 at yai ique 
 
 chicacsi 
 chicacsirai 
 chicacseva 
 at chicacsi ique 
 
 cup 
 cupirai 
 cupeva 
 at cup ique 
 
 turn 
 zootchi 
 
 at hijai; atchi; 
 atnam 
 
 hijai 
 hijarai 
 hijamac 
 at hijai ique 
 
 guajvi 
 zaza 
 
 ectacsi infierno can 
 ectacsirai id. 
 at ectacsi ique id. 
 
 moyoco
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 conejo de aqua 
 confesar 
 
 confirmacion 
 
 confundido 
 con migo 
 conocer 
 
 consanguineo 
 conservar 
 
 consolar 
 
 consorte 
 costernar 
 
 consuncion -tisis 
 contagiar 
 
 contar 
 
 contento 
 
 otto 
 
 peyaqui sacerdotetum 
 
 Iglesia can 
 peyerai id. 
 peyaca id. 
 at peyaqui ique id. 
 
 sciamacsciamacge Santos 
 oleostum 
 
 cafon 
 yetum 
 
 ichie 
 ichierai 
 ichieme 
 at ichie ique 
 
 chetige 
 
 concai 
 concairai 
 concaamac 
 at concai ique 
 
 nimbeisi 
 nimbeisirai 
 nimbeeme 
 at nimbeisi ique 
 
 penge 
 
 noy 
 noyirai 
 at noyi ique 
 
 marage 
 
 siti peste 
 sitiriai 
 
 at siti ique peste 
 o-quetinge 
 
 zic 
 
 zicerai 
 zibieme 
 at zicbitte ique 
 
 majoi bei
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 contrite 
 contumaz 
 convencido 
 conversar 
 
 convertido d. m. e. 1. 
 convertirse 
 
 convidar 
 
 convulse 
 corazon 
 corcovado 
 cordel 
 corear chacra 
 
 cornudo 
 
 corona 
 
 coronar 
 
 correr 
 
 (fol. ii right) 
 corrumpido 
 
 anic tari cuisi juchave 
 anic am dam chicacsitchi 
 at peni 
 
 peyaqui 
 peyacarai 
 peyaca 
 at peyaqui ique 
 
 at anic cafiiti 
 
 caniti cuisive jucha 
 caiiitirai id. 
 at caniti ique 
 canitac 
 
 vorvacsi acave 
 vorvirai id. 
 vorveme 
 at vori ique 
 
 neitch 
 cotchi 
 bonoscit 
 tinge 
 
 indaqui 
 indaquirai 
 indaca 
 at indaqui ique 
 
 dasctumtchi 
 secves 
 
 fara utchi che secves 
 fraeme id. 
 at fraete igue id. 
 
 feri 
 ferirai 
 ferebada 
 at feri ique 
 
 at focoi az
 
 26 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 corromperse 
 
 corrom -en 
 malo 
 
 corrompedor 
 
 corrupcion 
 
 cortar 
 
 cortado 
 
 corte 
 
 cortedad 
 
 corteza 
 
 corto 
 
 cosa 
 
 cosechar 
 
 cosechar, aros 
 
 cosechar mani 
 
 cosechar mais 
 
 focoi 
 focoirai 
 at focoi ique 
 
 achijoi 
 achijoirai 
 at achijoi ique 
 
 atchi yicheacsitch 
 achi phoquege 
 
 tez 
 
 tezerai 
 tezevac 
 at tez ique 
 
 tezactchi 
 
 tez 
 
 zincage 
 
 tzin 
 
 ayei, aye 
 
 ege 
 
 eque quetige 
 equerai id 
 ecvac id 
 at eque ique id 
 
 vecdac 
 vecdacrai 
 vegieva 
 at vecdac ique 
 
 choyac 
 choyacarai 
 choyaca 
 at choyac ique 
 
 vonaqui 
 vonaquirai 
 vonaca 
 at vonac ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 27 
 
 coser 
 
 cosido 
 
 cosquilla 
 
 costado -mal 
 
 costilla 
 
 costumbre 
 
 cotidianamente 
 
 coto 
 
 coyuntura 
 
 crecer 
 
 crecida 
 crecido 
 creer 
 
 cresta 
 
 criada 
 
 criado 
 
 criatura 
 
 criterio 
 
 crude 
 
 crujir infier. 
 
 giebac 
 giebaquirai 
 giebaca 
 at giebac ique 
 
 gebactchi 
 
 chiquinege 
 
 sapenege 
 
 mana 
 
 metaquige 
 
 erecanmayege 
 
 doqui 
 
 toquitcan 
 
 pani 
 panirai 
 paneva 
 at pani ique 
 
 panes 
 paiiet 
 
 chicacsi 
 chicacsirai 
 chicacseva 
 at chicacsi ique 
 
 zapinge 
 
 mestiges 
 
 mestiget 
 
 izanquis auamu 
 
 giege 
 
 za 
 
 quenechi 
 quenechirai 
 quenecheva 
 at quenech ique
 
 28 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 crujir infier. 
 
 (fol. 12 left) 
 cuadrado 
 
 cual 
 
 cuando 
 
 cuanto 
 
 cuarerita 
 
 cuasi 
 
 cuatro 
 
 cuatrociento 
 
 cubrir 
 
 cuello 
 cuerda 
 cuerno 
 cueva pena 
 cuidar 
 
 culebra 
 
 culo 
 
 cumbre monte 
 
 curar 
 
 cutis 
 
 querechi 
 querechirai 
 querechieva 
 at querechi ique 
 
 namchajo; namchachai; 
 zeimejo 
 
 chinea 
 
 engechuc 
 
 enzichic 
 
 zistac 
 
 arajge 
 
 zis-guapenge 
 
 zis qui tac qui 
 
 bus 
 busrai 
 buseva 
 at bus ique 
 
 tez 
 tinge 
 dasc 
 odoctit 
 
 concai 
 concarai 
 concamac 
 at concai ique 
 
 nas 
 give 
 
 ayequiche meque; 
 chonche 
 
 pinetete 
 pineterai 
 pineteme 
 at pinetete ique 
 
 ziri
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 29 
 
 cuyo es 
 chansear bien 
 
 chansear mal 
 
 chanza buena 
 
 chanza mala 
 
 charla 
 
 chico 
 
 chica 
 
 chicharra noturna 
 
 chicharra de dia 
 
 chicha, de mais 
 
 chisme 
 
 choclo mais 
 
 chocho 
 
 chocha 
 
 chorrear 
 
 (fol. 12 right) 
 
 dar 
 
 dardo 
 
 debajo 
 
 debil 
 
 D 
 
 chistchic 
 
 scevini 
 scevinerai 
 scevineva 
 at scevini ique 
 
 peivacacsi 
 peivacacsirai 
 peivacacseva 
 at peivate ique 
 
 scevinge 
 
 peivacacsege 
 
 fibisis peyacge 
 
 izanquit 
 
 izanquis 
 
 chichic 
 
 querezeze 
 
 scocge 
 
 uenege 
 
 bajqui 
 
 piret anic 
 
 pires anic 
 
 chororoi 
 chororoirai 
 chororoyeva 
 at chororoi ique 
 
 somei 
 someterai 
 somacseva 
 at somete ique 
 
 ijme 
 
 pechcan 
 
 nobibi
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 decir 
 
 dedo 
 defensor 
 degollar matar 
 
 divinidad 
 dejar 
 
 delgado 
 delijado 
 
 delirio, en sueno 
 delirar id 
 
 delirio de muerte 
 delirar id 
 
 delito 
 demas 
 demasiado 
 
 demenzia 
 demente 
 demonio 
 demora 
 denso umo 
 
 yj 
 
 yirai 
 
 yeme 
 
 yeva 
 
 at yi ique 
 
 chijiriri 
 tifatige 
 
 ijate 
 ijaterai 
 ijamac 
 at ijatte ique 
 
 dojit 
 
 fara 
 farairai 
 faraeme 
 at fara ique 
 
 cum 
 ojoi 
 faminege 
 
 famini 
 faminirai 
 faminevac 
 at famini ique 
 
 faquige 
 faqui 
 faquirai 
 at faqui ique 
 jucha 
 damge 
 
 anic dai; eimini; 
 jijan 
 
 sciapuige 
 sciapuitch 
 soyo 
 men atsi 
 anic ches isa
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 dentadura 
 
 derecho 
 
 deretir 
 
 derumbe 
 derumbar 
 
 desabrido, -a 
 desaire 
 desamor 
 desamparar 
 
 desapegado 
 desapegar 
 
 desatar 
 
 desatinado 
 (fol. 13 left) 
 descanzar 
 
 descarado 
 descargado 
 descascarado 
 desconfiar 
 
 moingin 
 quich 
 
 pozai 
 pozairai 
 pozaeme 
 at pozai ique 
 
 tchenacge 
 
 tchienac 
 tchenaquirai 
 at tchenac ique 
 
 am icsotum 
 doiroi mumu 
 itsi raisage 
 
 at fara 
 at f arairai 
 at fara ique 
 
 am raisette 
 
 amarai raise; 
 amarai raisette 
 daj 
 
 dajerai 
 dajeme 
 at daj ique 
 
 am quich incai 
 
 jetchi 
 jetchirai 
 jetchiemac 
 at jetchi ique 
 
 am zincai 
 at meyeac ege 
 quede zifi 
 
 am chicacsi 
 am chicacsirai 
 am chicacsim 
 am chicacsi ique
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 desconsolado 
 descoser 
 
 descubierto 
 descuidar 
 
 desde empieza 
 
 desdentado 
 desear 
 
 desecar mal 
 
 desecar-bien 
 
 desechar 
 
 desenganado 
 desenojar 
 
 desentendido 
 
 tari 
 
 daj 
 
 dajeacrai 
 dajeac 
 at dajeac ique 
 
 ofreyabei 
 
 amconcai 
 amconcairai 
 amarai concac 
 am concac ique 
 
 move yacchiti; moche 
 yacchite; oya yacchiti 
 
 itsi moingin 
 
 raise 
 raiserai 
 raiseva 
 at raisette ique 
 
 ninac 
 ninacrai 
 ninaca 
 at ninac ique 
 
 ichanaqui 
 ichanaquirai 
 ichanaca 
 at ichanac ique 
 
 guaquinque 
 guaquinquerai 
 guaquicvac 
 at guaquinque ique 
 
 atchi cave mi? 
 
 mesi facoi 
 mesirai facoi 
 mesi facova 
 at mesi facoi ique 
 
 ene am chicacsitchi; ene 
 am sevaquitchi
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 33 
 
 desenterar 
 
 deseo 
 desesperar 
 
 desgana 
 
 desgracia 
 
 desonzar 
 
 desonesto 
 desigual 
 deslomado 
 desmayar 
 
 desmolado 
 
 desnudo 
 
 desnudar 
 
 desobedecido 
 desobedecer 
 
 desocupado 
 desollar 
 
 fonebate 
 fonebatrai 
 foiiebamac 
 at foneac ique 
 
 raysage 
 
 am nimbeisi 
 am nimbeiserai 
 am nimbeisi ique 
 scoi 
 ege zequi 
 
 peivacacsi 
 peivacacsirai 
 peivacacsevac 
 at peivacacsi ique 
 
 achitaquit 
 am quez 
 toe merere 
 
 nei 
 neirai 
 at nei ique 
 
 itsi cacco 
 quede 
 
 quede 
 quederai 
 quedevac 
 at quede ique 
 
 am chicacsi; at 
 jipenti 
 
 am chicacsi 
 am chicacsirai 
 am chicacsevac 
 am chicacsi ique 
 
 at am ege caritac 
 
 zacaii 
 zacanerai 
 zacanevac 
 at zacan ique
 
 34 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 desorejado 
 
 desorejado, no 
 enter 
 
 desollar animal 
 
 (fol. 13 right) 
 
 despacio 
 
 despajar 
 
 despeado 
 despedazar 
 
 despedaz carne 
 
 despedida 
 despedirse 
 
 despegado 
 desperdiciar 
 
 despertar 
 despierto 
 
 itsi chon 
 am chicacsi 
 
 ninaqui 
 ninaquirai 
 ninacva 
 at ninac ique 
 
 ejem; aniniji 
 
 pajanaqui 
 pajanaquirai 
 pajanacac 
 at pajanaqui ique 
 
 aretchit yuve 
 
 chechet 
 chetcheterai 
 chetcheteva 
 at chetchet ique 
 
 ejaye 
 ejayacrai 
 ejayaca 
 at ejayac ique 
 
 umbangege 
 
 umban 
 umbasciarai 
 unbada 
 at ban ique 
 
 zaczac 
 
 ymonte 
 yimonterai 
 at yimonte ique 
 
 itzayeye 
 
 izayerai 
 
 izaemac 
 
 at izayette 
 
 za; am cosci
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 35 
 
 desposar 
 
 despreciar 
 
 despues 
 destechar 
 
 destripar 
 
 destrozar lena 
 
 desvelado 
 detestar pecados 
 
 detras 
 devorar tragar 
 
 dia 
 
 diablo 
 
 diariamente 
 
 dientes 
 
 dientes molares 
 
 difamado 
 
 vuemi 
 vuemirai 
 vuemevac 
 at vuemi ique 
 
 nochiti 
 nochitirai 
 nochita 
 at notchiti ique 
 
 abia; abia chum 
 
 meyac sciami 
 meyeacrai id 
 meyeac id 
 at meyeac ique id 
 
 ecbiti 
 ecbitirai 
 ecbeme 
 at ecbitte ique voco 
 
 chochoc 
 chocchoquerai 
 chocchoqueme 
 at choccho ique -son 
 
 am cusci; am hen cusci 
 
 amarai gichui juchave 
 at am gichui 
 at am gi az juchave 
 
 equi 
 
 conini 
 conifiirai 
 coninevac 
 at coiimi ique 
 
 mayege 
 
 soyo 
 
 erecan mayeges 
 
 moingin 
 
 cacco 
 
 at mofii zincage
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 dificil 
 diluvio 
 dios 
 diez 
 dirigir, que 
 
 discolo 
 disenteria 
 distinto 
 dividir 
 
 dividir partir 
 
 (fol. 14 left) 
 
 doblado 
 
 doblar 
 
 doce 
 doler 
 
 dolor 
 
 can; amc can 
 zanuvaqui; chuc eban 
 dojit 
 tac 
 
 qicheac 
 quicheacrai 
 qiuchebada 
 at qich ique 
 
 achit mointchi 
 morojoi; morojoige 
 pane, panege 
 
 tez 
 
 tezerai 
 tezeme 
 at tez 
 
 chet 
 
 cheterai 
 
 cheteme 
 at chetac 
 at chetac ique 
 
 cazbei 
 
 caz 
 
 cazerai 
 
 cazeme 
 at caz 
 at caz ique 
 
 tac pana jijan 
 
 queti 
 
 quetirai 
 at queti 
 at queti ique 
 
 queti
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 37 
 
 domesticar 
 
 domingo dies 
 donde 
 dormida 
 dormir 
 
 dorso 
 dos 
 
 docientos 
 dulce 
 
 durar mucho t. 
 
 duro 
 
 (fol. 14 right) 
 
 ebrio 
 
 eco 
 
 echado 
 
 echarse a dorm. 
 
 echar aua 
 
 
 
 cugetuc 
 
 cugetucrai 
 
 cugetuqueme 
 at cugetuc 
 at cugetuc ique 
 
 domingos mayege 
 
 ofiarn 
 
 coscge 
 
 cusci 
 
 cuscirai 
 
 coscac 
 at cusci 
 at cusci ique 
 
 merere 
 
 pana 
 
 pana qui tac tac qui 
 
 cavaquis; qui vie; 
 caungis 
 
 mengerai 
 yeque 
 
 sciuquit 
 
 vimage 
 
 chondoit 
 
 chondoi 
 
 chondoirai 
 
 chondoyevac 
 
 at chondoi 
 
 at chondoi ique 
 
 choj 
 
 chojerai 
 
 chojevac 
 at choj 
 at choj ique
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 echar piedras 
 
 edad 
 
 edification 
 
 edificar 
 
 echar en el saco 
 
 efigie 
 elevar 
 
 emanar 
 
 embarazada 
 
 embarrar 
 
 embriagado 
 
 embudo 
 
 empalmar 
 
 fara mij 
 
 f arairai id. 
 
 faraevac id. 
 at fara id. 
 at fara ique mij 
 
 panege 
 
 hem icheacsege 
 
 hem icheacsi 
 hem icheacsirai 
 hem icheacseva 
 at hem icheacsi ique 
 
 bitac 
 
 bijtacarai 
 
 bijtaca 
 at bijtac 
 at bijtac ique 
 
 imunage 
 
 chei 
 
 cheyacrai 
 
 cheyac 
 at cheyac 
 at cheyac ique 
 
 onam itui 
 auatum vococan 
 
 tayac 
 
 tayaquira 
 
 tayaca 
 at tayac 
 at tayac ique 
 
 scuquit 
 chojyaquige 
 
 quechtac 
 quechtaquirai 
 quechtaca 
 at quechtac 
 at quechtac ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 39 
 
 empantanar 
 
 empellon 
 empezar 
 
 emplumado 
 
 empollar 
 
 emponzonado 
 
 empujon 
 encanada 
 encender vela- 
 
 encendido 
 
 encerrado incluso 
 encerrar 
 
 enaa 
 encima 
 
 enclavar 
 
 queti 
 
 quetirai 
 at queti 
 at queti ique 
 
 tac 
 
 jacchiti 
 
 jacchitirai 
 
 jacchitica 
 at jacchiti 
 at jacchiti ique 
 
 pantunsi 
 nabaqui 
 
 zim turn sciusc can; 
 nasi zim siti 
 
 jai; jac 
 quercan 
 
 esi 
 
 esirai 
 
 esivac 
 at esi 
 at esi ique 
 
 at esi 
 quer bei 
 
 quer 
 
 querierai 
 
 querievac 
 at quer 
 at quer ique 
 
 monginsi sciusc; beya 
 
 fanche; ayequische; 
 damche 
 
 pactac 
 
 pactaquirai 
 
 pactaca 
 at pactac 
 at pactac ique
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 encojido 
 encontrar 
 
 encubrir a uno 
 
 (fol. 15 left) 
 enderezar 
 
 enemigo 
 enfadar 
 
 enfermar fiebre 
 
 enfermos 
 enflaquecer 
 
 enfrente 
 enganar 
 
 at tec fiectchi 
 
 rijbiti 
 
 rijbitirai 
 
 rijbitica 
 at rijbiti 
 at rijbiti ique 
 
 bus 
 
 buserai 
 
 buseme 
 at bus 
 at bus ique 
 
 quich 
 
 quicheacrai 
 
 quichemac 
 
 at quich 
 
 at quich ique 
 
 chovaquit 
 
 efati 
 
 efatirai 
 
 efactica 
 at efati 
 at efati ique 
 
 apacoi 
 
 apacoirai 
 at apacoi 
 at apacoi ique 
 
 apacoitchin 
 
 marai 
 
 marairai 
 at marai 
 at marai ique 
 
 netzeii 
 
 uenei 
 
 uenerai 
 at uenei 
 at uenei ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 engordar 
 
 engrandesido 
 engullir tragar 
 
 engullir remedio 
 
 en hora buena 
 en hora mala vete 
 enjugar 
 
 enlanado 
 enloquecer 
 
 emendado 
 
 enojado 
 
 enojarse 
 
 enorme 
 
 mabe 
 
 maberai 
 
 mabac 
 at mabe 
 at mabe ique 
 
 at dersi hemtac 
 
 conini 
 
 coninirai 
 
 coninevac 
 at conini 
 at conini ique 
 
 facse 
 
 facserai 
 
 facsevac 
 at facse 
 at facse ique 
 
 pajme 
 meyebadami! 
 
 sciacsciac 
 
 sciacsciaquerai 
 
 sciacsciaceme 
 
 at sciacsciac 
 
 at sciacsciac ique 
 
 phantum 
 
 sciapui 
 
 sciapuirai 
 
 sciapuyeva 
 at sciapui 
 at sciapui ique 
 
 at mesi metaqui 
 faco bei 
 
 facoi 
 
 facoirai 
 
 facvac 
 at facoi 
 at facoi ique 
 
 anic dertchi
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 enredo, chisme 
 
 enronquecido 
 
 enroscar 
 
 enroscar 
 
 ensanchar 
 
 ensartar 
 
 ensenar 
 
 ensuciar 
 
 entender 
 
 entero 
 
 uefiege 
 
 at itsi imacge 
 
 panpan 
 
 panpanerai 
 
 panpaneva 
 at panpan 
 at panpan ique 
 
 biscam 
 
 biscamerai 
 
 biscammeva 
 at biscam 
 at biscam ique 
 
 dereve hemtac 
 dereve hemtaquirai 
 dereve hemtaca 
 at dereve hemtac 
 at dereve id ique 
 
 sovsov 
 
 sovsoverai 
 
 sovsovemac 
 at sovsov 
 at sovsov ique 
 
 ichiacsi 
 
 ichiacsirai 
 
 ichiacseva 
 at hichiacsi 
 at hichiacsi ique 
 
 achitui 
 
 achituirai 
 
 achituac 
 at achitui 
 at achitui ique 
 
 chicacsi 
 
 chicacsirai 
 
 chicacsevac 
 at chicacsi 
 at chicacsi ique 
 
 munmen
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 43 
 
 enterrar 
 
 entonces 
 
 entrana 
 
 entrar 
 
 entre dos cosas 
 entre dos indio. 
 (fol. 15 right) 
 entregar 
 
 envejecido 
 envenenar 
 
 enviar 
 
 envolver 
 
 epidemia 
 
 rigi 
 
 rigirai 
 
 rigiemac 
 at rigi 
 at rigi ique 
 
 ogea 
 vojco 
 
 siti 
 
 sitirai 
 
 sisuac 
 at siti 
 at siti ique 
 
 vau can 
 guajpana moinchin 
 
 somei 
 
 someterai 
 
 someme 
 at somette 
 at somete ique 
 
 at pijri; pijiri; 
 at pijiri az 
 
 zim somei 
 zim someterai 
 zim someme 
 
 at zim somete 
 
 at zim somete ique 
 
 hectacsi 
 
 hectacsirai 
 
 hectacseva 
 at hfictacsi 
 at hectacsi ique 
 
 comon 
 
 comonerai 
 
 comoneva 
 at comon 
 at comon ique 
 
 quetinge
 
 44 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 equivocar, errar 
 
 erisipela 
 eructar 
 
 erupcion 
 escala 
 escaldar aua 
 
 escamar peje 
 
 escama de id 
 escampar el cielo 
 
 escandalo 
 escapar, fugar 
 
 escaso 
 escoba 
 
 moni 
 
 monirai 
 at moni 
 at moni ique 
 
 puforoge 
 
 euqui 
 
 euquirai 
 
 euquevac 
 at euqui 
 at euqui ique 
 
 sciupqui 
 bovaquige 
 
 esciuqui 
 
 esciuquirai 
 
 esciuqueme 
 
 at esciuc 
 
 at esciuc ique 
 
 visdac 
 
 visdaquerai 
 
 visdaceme 
 at visdac 
 at visdac ique 
 
 papafi 
 
 tasciei 
 
 tascierai 
 at tasciei 
 at tasciei ique 
 
 achi ichiacsege 
 
 cavoi 
 
 cavoirai 
 
 cavoac 
 at cavoi 
 at cavoi ique 
 
 am chi dai 
 sinaquit
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 45 
 
 escocer 
 
 escocer 
 
 esconder 
 
 escopeta 
 escuchar 
 
 escupir 
 
 ese, esa,-cosa 
 
 eslabon 
 
 espaldas 
 
 espantado 
 
 espantarse 
 
 espantar 
 
 ezezei 
 
 ezezeirai 
 at ezezei 
 at ezezei ique 
 
 canini 
 
 cafiinirai 
 at canini 
 at canini ique 
 
 imusiti 
 
 imusiticarai 
 
 imusitica 
 
 at imusiti 
 
 at imusiti ique 
 
 perere 
 
 sevaqui 
 
 sevaquirai 
 
 sevaca 
 
 at sevaqui 
 
 at sevaqui ique 
 
 chupi 
 
 chupirai 
 
 chupievac 
 
 at chupi 
 
 at chupi ique 
 
 mo 
 mize 
 merereve 
 noyit 
 
 noyi 
 
 noyirai 
 
 noyeva 
 at noyi 
 at noyi ique 
 
 iscia 
 
 isciaerai 
 
 isciamac 
 at iscia 
 at iscia ique
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 espejo 
 esperar 
 
 espeso, duro 
 espesar 
 
 (fol. 16 left) 
 
 espiga 
 
 espigar 
 
 espina 
 
 espinazo 
 
 espiritu 
 
 esposos 
 
 espuma 
 
 espuma de comida 
 
 esputo 
 
 este 
 
 estera 
 
 estera 
 
 estirar 
 
 naitaquige 
 
 bisaqui 
 
 bisaquirai 
 
 bisaca 
 at bisaqui 
 at bisaqui ique 
 
 neyejo; hemsejo 
 
 neyaqui 
 
 neyaquirai 
 
 neyacvac 
 at neyaqui 
 at neyaqui ique 
 
 vesc 
 
 vesci 
 
 vescirai 
 at vesci 
 at vesci ique 
 
 jeti 
 
 merere 
 
 zasi; tchutchi 
 
 vuemitchin 
 
 escocbo 
 
 sciucbubuge 
 
 sono 
 
 hoi 
 
 juvo 
 
 scipna 
 
 tec 
 
 tequirai 
 
 tequevac 
 at tec 
 at tec ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 47 
 
 estirar 
 
 estomago 
 estornudar 
 
 estrecho angosto 
 
 estrella 
 
 estuco 
 
 estupido 
 
 etico 
 
 evacuacion 
 
 evangelic 
 
 exato 
 
 expresar bien la pa. 
 
 exprimir 
 
 extender 
 
 mibeii 
 
 mibenerai 
 
 mibenevac 
 at mibeii 
 at mibeii ique 
 
 terebet 
 
 achic 
 
 achiquirai 
 
 achicvac 
 at achic 
 at achic ique 
 
 set; senet; sototchi 
 
 onita; onota 
 
 nana 
 
 tojot 
 
 marage 
 
 morojoi 
 
 morojoirai 
 at morojoi 
 at morojoi ique 
 
 dojitsi mic; 
 dojitsi ichiacsege 
 
 quets 
 
 hem isciupquieva mic; at 
 hem isciupqui mic 
 
 cup 
 
 cuperai 
 
 cupeeme 
 at cup 
 at cup ique 
 
 naz 
 
 nazerai 
 
 nazeem 
 at naz 
 at naz ique
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 extranar 
 
 extraviarse 
 
 extreme 
 (fol. 1 6 right) 
 
 emonte 
 
 emonterai 
 
 emontema 
 at emonte 
 at emonte ique 
 
 quevetchei 
 
 quevetcheirai 
 
 quevetcheva 
 
 at quevetchei 
 
 at quevetchei ique 
 
 ayequis 
 
 fabula 
 
 facil 
 
 facha 
 
 fachada 
 
 faja 
 
 faja de mari 
 
 faja para trepar 
 
 fallar 
 
 fango 
 fardo 
 fastidiar 
 
 fatiga 
 fatigar 
 
 uenege 
 
 am cari 
 
 veya 
 
 tacbeacve 
 
 nititaquis; saptage 
 
 sarais ti mo 
 
 bovaquit; vecget 
 
 itsi 
 
 itsirai 
 at itsi 
 at itsi ique 
 
 oiiituin ac 
 chupu 
 
 iscioingi 
 
 iscoingirai 
 
 iscioingemac 
 at iscioingi 
 at iscioingi ique 
 
 nobege 
 
 nobi 
 
 nobirai 
 at nobi 
 at nobi ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 49 
 
 fe 
 
 chicacsege 
 
 fecha 
 
 mayege 
 
 feliz 
 
 anic majoi 
 
 feo 
 
 achi sciusc 
 
 fetidez 
 
 focoi 
 
 fiebre 
 
 apacoge; hen 
 
 figura 
 
 imunacge 
 
 filtrar 
 
 nizi 
 
 
 iiizirai 
 
 
 at iiizi 
 
 
 at fiizi ique 
 
 fin 
 
 ayequis 
 
 finado 
 
 at seni 
 
 fingido 
 
 uenenet 
 
 firme 
 
 taccan; yeque 
 
 flaco 
 
 mara 
 
 flauta 
 
 bonege 
 
 flecha 
 
 yisme 
 
 flecha lanza 
 
 ton 
 
 flecha bola 
 
 comora 
 
 flojo 
 
 scioi 
 
 florecido 
 
 at ame turn 
 
 florecido no 
 
 ambi ame turn 
 
 flor 
 
 ame 
 
 flujo 
 
 morojoi 
 
 follaje 
 
 dai sciari 
 
 forma, orma 
 
 yupuge 
 
 (fol. 17 left) 
 
 
 fornicar 
 
 achi taqui 
 
 achitiquirai 
 
 achitac 
 at achitaqui 
 at acitaqui ique
 
 50 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 forzudo 
 
 fer ge tumtchi 
 
 foso 
 
 fandacge 
 
 fragancia 
 
 anini pojqui 
 
 fraternalmente 
 
 efie guaj vojitin 
 
 frazada 
 
 musumu purtchit 
 
 frecuente 
 
 me,nsi cuvi 
 
 freir 
 
 chacanqui 
 chacanaquirai 
 chacanaca 
 
 
 at chacanac 
 
 
 at - id - ique 
 
 frente 
 
 afi 
 
 frente afrente 
 
 nezen 
 
 fresco frio 
 
 zivavai 
 
 fresco de ahora 
 
 quintchit 
 
 frio 
 
 jetisge; jetis 
 
 friolera 
 
 amege 
 
 frito 
 
 chacanactchi 
 
 frotar 
 
 sciacsciac 
 
 
 sciacsciaquirai 
 
 
 sciacsciaceme 
 
 
 at sciacsciac 
 
 
 at -id ique 
 
 frutificar 
 
 sciasgi 
 
 
 sciasgirai 
 
 
 at sciasgi 
 
 
 at sciasgi ique 
 
 fruta 
 
 sacacge 
 
 fuego 
 
 tsi; tsienes 
 
 fuerte 
 
 fer 
 
 fuerza 
 
 ferge 
 
 fuga 
 
 cavoige
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 fugarse 
 
 fulano 
 fumo, umo 
 fumar 
 
 furioso, altanero 
 (fol. 17 right) 
 
 cavoi 
 
 cavoirai 
 
 cavoac 
 at cavoi 
 at cavoi ique 
 
 mo 
 isa 
 
 pisnac 
 
 pisnaquirai 
 
 pisnaca 
 at pisnaqui 
 at pisnaqui ique 
 
 ipentchit 
 
 gallina 
 
 gallo 
 
 gana 
 
 gancho 
 
 gangrena 
 
 garganta 
 
 garras de animal 
 
 garrapata 
 
 garrote 
 
 garza 
 
 gavilan 
 
 generoso 
 
 gente 
 
 gola 
 
 gordo 
 
 gordura 
 
 tchocsi; ataua 
 
 otere 
 
 raisacge 
 
 vecsis 
 
 aige 
 
 juj 
 
 patchi 
 
 cojco; mantchichi 
 
 sibacge; son 
 
 vapio; aba; piyuyu; 
 yorisci 
 
 oj; jo 
 
 amtijait 
 
 moinchin 
 
 jujyas 
 
 mabet; choi 
 
 choge
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 gotear 
 
 grada 
 
 grande 
 
 granizo 
 
 grasa 
 
 grave 
 
 greda 
 
 grito 
 
 gritar 
 
 grueso, -a 
 grupo nudo 
 guapo 
 guardar 
 
 guirnalda 
 gusano, lombrices 
 gustar 
 
 (fol. 18 left) 
 
 nitsi 
 
 nitsirai 
 at nitsi 
 at nitsi ique 
 
 bovaquige 
 
 dersi; dertchi 
 
 jetisge 
 
 choge 
 
 afqui 
 
 pozo 
 
 hei; vorege 
 
 heji 
 
 hejirai 
 
 hejiyeva 
 at heji 
 at heji ique 
 
 dertchi; dersi 
 
 saptage 
 
 am quinaquitch 
 
 concai 
 
 concairai 
 
 concamac 
 at concai 
 at concai ique 
 
 secves 
 ochichi 
 
 hicotchei 
 
 hicotcheirai 
 
 hicotchevac 
 
 at hicotchei 
 
 at hicotchei ique 
 
 habil 
 habitacion 
 
 chitchi 
 coscge
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 S3 
 
 habitar 
 
 habla 
 hablar 
 
 hacer 
 
 hacha 
 hachear 
 
 hallar 
 
 hamaca 
 hambre 
 hambrear 
 
 harina 
 harinoso, -a 
 hasta cuand 
 hechizero 
 
 bey 
 
 beyrai 
 
 bevac 
 at bey 
 at bey ique 
 
 mic 
 
 peaqui 
 
 peaquirai 
 
 peaca 
 at peaqui 
 at peaqui ique 
 
 hemtaqui 
 
 hemtaquirai 
 
 hemtieva 
 
 at hemtaqui 
 
 at hemtaqui ique 
 
 siriaua; paquige 
 
 yezaqui 
 
 yezaquirai 
 
 yezaca 
 at yezac 
 at yezac ique 
 
 daque 
 
 daquerai 
 
 daqueja 
 at daque 
 at daque ique 
 
 uina 
 daquige 
 
 daqui 
 
 daquirai 
 at daqui 
 at daqui ique 
 
 ascia 
 
 asciasciai; nazoi 
 enge; engera 
 cucucsi
 
 54 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 hecho, factum 
 heder 
 
 hediondo 
 
 hembra 
 
 herida 
 
 hermano 
 
 hermana 
 
 hermoso, a 
 
 herpes 
 hervir 
 
 hetiquez 
 
 hiel 
 
 higado 
 
 hijo 
 
 hilar 
 
 hilo 
 
 hincar de rodilla 
 
 hinchado 
 
 atnam; atchi; a 
 
 focoi 
 
 focoirai 
 at focoi 
 at focoi ique 
 
 focoi; achi az; manitum 
 
 phen 
 
 arege 
 
 vojit; otchi 
 
 voji 
 
 choifot; choifos; 
 choibot; choibos 
 
 izaza 
 
 vaifii 
 
 vainirai 
 
 vaineva 
 at vaini 
 at vaifii ique 
 
 marage 
 zintchi 
 nebe 
 aua 
 
 panaqui 
 
 panaquirai 
 
 panaca 
 at panaqui 
 at panaqui ique 
 
 buma 
 
 gietz 
 
 gietzerai 
 
 gietzevac 
 at gietz 
 at gietz ique 
 
 sciobet
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 55 
 
 hinchar 
 
 hipocrita 
 
 (fol. 18 right) 
 
 hoja 
 
 hombre 
 
 hombro 
 
 hondo 
 
 hongo 
 
 horma 
 
 hoi dia 
 
 hueco 
 
 hueso 
 
 huevo 
 
 huevear 
 
 huida 
 huir 
 
 humo 
 humedo 
 humilde 
 hundir 
 
 hurto 
 
 sciojbi 
 
 sciojbirai 
 
 sciojbamac 
 
 at sciojbi 
 
 at sciojbi ique 
 
 uenenet 
 
 scian 
 
 mointch; soni 
 
 bibi 
 
 maj 
 
 bajtata 
 
 tupuge 
 
 oi mayege 
 
 cose 
 
 yin 
 
 fen 
 
 feiii 
 
 fenirai 
 at feni 
 at feni ique 
 
 cavoi 
 
 cavoi 
 
 cavoirai 
 
 cavomac 
 at cavoi 
 at cavoi ique 
 
 isa 
 
 orii turn 
 am heteji 
 
 ochai 
 
 ochairai 
 at ochai 
 at ochai ique 
 
 scioange
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 hurtar 
 
 (fol. 19 left) 
 
 scioai 
 
 scioairai 
 
 scioamac 
 
 at scioai 
 
 at scioai ique 
 
 ictericia 
 idioma 
 idolo 
 ignorancia 
 
 igual 
 igualar 
 
 imagen 
 
 improvisamente 
 
 inanimado 
 
 incendio 
 incendiar 
 
 incienao 
 inclinado 
 incomodar 
 
 zintchi turn; nosnoi 
 
 mic 
 
 uayu 
 
 am chiige; tojoge; 
 dene giege 
 
 quetz 
 
 quetzi 
 
 quetzirai 
 
 quetzeeme 
 at quetz 
 at quetz ique 
 
 imunage 
 guatique 
 
 ambi tchitchi turn; ambi 
 sasitum; ambi nicnit 
 
 avacge; esige 
 
 esii 
 
 esiirai 
 
 esievac 
 at esii 
 at esii ique 
 
 bejqui 
 zinen 
 
 efati 
 
 efatirai 
 
 efatica 
 at efati 
 at efati ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 57 
 
 inconstante 
 
 incordio 
 
 incredulo 
 
 indeciso 
 
 industria 
 
 infame 
 
 infeliz 
 
 infiel 
 
 infierno 
 
 inflamado 
 inflamar 
 
 inobediente 
 inocente 
 inquieto 
 inquietar 
 
 insolente 
 
 insoportable 
 
 instruir 
 
 inteligenzia 
 
 caniti; uenenet 
 
 quiscin 
 
 am chicacsitch 
 
 tizo bei 
 
 quevacge 
 
 itsi zincage 
 
 nimbe 
 
 uenei 
 
 yareges can; guateges can 
 beyege; infierno; 
 soyotchi beyege 
 
 sciocbi; nebi 
 
 sciocbi 
 
 sciocbirai 
 at sciocbi 
 at sciocbi ique 
 
 am chicacsi 
 dene jucha 
 faco bei 
 
 efati 
 
 efatirai 
 
 efatica 
 at efati 
 at efati ique 
 
 achit 
 
 at am hen 
 
 hicheacsi 
 
 hicheacsirai 
 
 hicheacseva 
 at hicheacsi 
 at hicheacsi ique 
 
 chicacsege
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 interceder 
 
 intercesor 
 internal 
 
 (fol. 19 right) 
 intolerable 
 
 inundacion 
 
 inutil 
 
 invalido 
 
 invariable 
 
 invisible 
 
 invocar 
 
 involuntario 
 ir andar 
 
 ir a etc. 
 
 ira 
 
 congee 
 
 congeterai 
 
 congeevac 
 at congete 
 at congete ique 
 
 nimbeisige 
 
 siti 
 
 sitirai 
 
 sisuac 
 at siti 
 at siti ique 
 
 at am hen; am hen 
 
 sevaqui 
 
 at anic maj oni 
 am egeget 
 
 at am hen caritac; 
 at peret az 
 
 me mumu bei; taca bei 
 am hen caviti 
 
 vorveac 
 
 vorveacrai 
 
 vorveme 
 at vorvete 
 at vorvete ique 
 
 am gi chui; itsi raisacge; 
 yaqui 
 
 mii 
 
 mirai 
 
 mievac 
 at mii 
 at mii ique 
 
 sacti 
 
 sactirai 
 
 sactica 
 at sacti 
 at sacti ique 
 
 facoge; ipentige
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 59 
 
 ireparable 
 
 at am hen 
 
 irritar 
 
 efati 
 efatirai 
 efactica 
 at efacti 
 at efacti ique 
 
 isla 
 
 pocho; chetche 
 
 izquierdo, -a 
 
 quinves 
 
 (fol. 20 left) 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 jabali 
 
 mumufii 
 
 jamas 
 
 am dam 
 
 jaula 
 
 cochi 
 
 Jesus C 
 
 Quesu. C 
 
 jocoso 
 
 izangeitchi 
 
 Jornada i* 
 
 iris mayege 
 
 joven 
 
 nanat 
 
 jubilo 
 
 majoge 
 
 juego 
 
 itsange; mamage 
 
 jugar 
 
 mamai 
 mamairai 
 
 
 mamayeja 
 at mamai 
 
 
 at mamai ique 
 
 jugo 
 
 einginge; fii 
 
 juicio 
 
 giege 
 
 junco 
 
 tapi 
 
 junto contigo 
 
 guajmuya tsufi 
 
 (fol. 20 right) 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 labio 
 
 cho 
 
 labor 
 
 caritage 
 
 lacre 
 
 punipo
 
 6o 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 lacrima 
 ladrar 
 
 ladron 
 
 lagarto 
 
 lago 
 
 lagrima 
 
 laguna 
 
 lamento 
 
 lamentar 
 
 lamer 
 
 lampo 
 
 lana 
 
 lapo 
 
 largo 
 
 lastima, comp. 
 
 lastimar id. 
 
 lastimarse 
 
 latigo 
 
 uatege 
 
 uejqui 
 uejquirai 
 
 at uejqui 
 
 at uejqui ique 
 
 sciosciatchi 
 
 bijca 
 
 zique 
 
 guatis 
 
 zique 
 
 guati 
 
 guati 
 
 guatirai 
 at guati 
 at guati ique 
 
 enom 
 
 enomerai 
 
 enomeme 
 
 at enom 
 
 at enom ique 
 
 pejpeo 
 
 phafi 
 
 cat 
 
 mocheas 
 
 ote 
 
 ote 
 
 oterai 
 
 oteyeva 
 at otejette 
 at otejete ique 
 
 are 
 
 arerai 
 at are 
 at are ique 
 
 sibacge
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 61 
 
 lavar ropa 
 
 leche 
 
 lecho, cama 
 
 lecho catre 
 
 lechuza notur? 
 
 lejano 
 
 lengua 
 
 lena 
 
 lepra 
 
 levandarse 
 
 levantar algu. 
 
 liar 
 
 libro 
 
 liebre 
 
 (fol. 21 left) 
 
 liga 
 
 ligadura 
 
 putac 
 
 putaquirai 
 
 putaca 
 at putac 
 at putac ique 
 
 tacsin 
 
 scum 
 
 cosciges 
 
 scion 
 
 moch 
 
 nem 
 
 son 
 
 quetinge 
 
 saqui 
 
 saquirai 
 
 saquieva 
 at saqui 
 at saqui ique 
 
 quich 
 
 quicheacarai 
 
 quicheme 
 at quich 
 at quich ique 
 
 sap 
 
 saperai 
 
 sapeme 
 at sap 
 at sap ique 
 
 quirica 
 jentchetche; chupane 
 
 lya 
 saptage
 
 62 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 ligar 
 
 ligero 
 limon suti 
 limpiar 
 
 limpiar, barer 
 
 Undo 
 
 linea 
 
 lobo 
 
 loco 
 
 lombriz 
 
 lomo 
 
 loro 
 
 lucifer 
 
 luego 
 
 lugar, donde 
 
 luna 
 
 luz 
 
 (fol. 21 right) 
 
 llaga 
 llamada 
 
 LL 
 
 sap 
 
 saperai 
 
 sapeme 
 at saptac 
 at saptac ique 
 
 feri; piqueva; f erica 
 asciascia 
 
 sciacsciac 
 sciacsciaquerai 
 sciasciaceme 
 at sciacsciac 
 at sciacsciac ique 
 
 sinaqui 
 
 sinaquirai 
 
 sinaca 
 at sinaqui 
 at sinaqui ique 
 
 anic hem 
 
 feyaquige; tupuge 
 
 oveveru; hechesu 
 
 sciapui 
 
 ochichi 
 
 merere 
 
 otchi 
 
 soyo 
 
 cavin 
 
 onam 
 
 iva 
 
 naitige 
 
 aige 
 vorege
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 llamar 
 
 llanada 
 
 llanto 
 
 llegar 
 
 llena 
 llenar 
 
 llevar 
 
 llorar 
 
 llover 
 
 llovisna 
 lluvioso 
 (fol. 22 left) 
 
 maciso 
 
 madera 
 
 madre 
 
 M 
 
 von 
 
 vorvirai 
 
 vorveme 
 at vori 
 at vori ique 
 
 ipage 
 guatege 
 
 venchoi 
 venchoirai 
 
 at venoi 
 
 at venoi ique 
 
 ben 
 
 ben 
 
 befierai 
 
 benevac 
 at beii 
 at ben ique 
 
 camban 
 
 cambanrai 
 
 cambanda 
 
 at camban 
 
 at camban ique 
 
 guati 
 
 guatirai 
 at guati 
 at guati ique 
 
 anei 
 
 anerai 
 at anei 
 at anei ique 
 
 dgiriri; dgiriri 
 anetorai 
 
 ches 
 son 
 nono; ze
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 madrugada 
 
 madrugada levan 
 
 maduro 
 
 maiz 
 
 malo, -a 
 
 malcasado 
 
 maldad 
 
 maldito 
 
 maleza 
 
 malecho 
 
 malizia 
 
 malsano 
 
 malva 
 
 mamar 
 
 mancha 
 mandar coman. 
 
 mandar remi. 
 
 manga 
 manejarse bien 
 
 pamige 
 
 paminge saquirai 
 
 inzis 
 
 tara 
 
 am hem 
 
 am hem vuemitchi 
 
 achi 
 
 maldito 
 
 pazacge 
 
 achi hemtac 
 
 achi gii; achi peyaqui 
 
 am resc bei; am fer bei 
 
 nebges 
 
 zii 
 
 ziirai 
 
 zievac 
 at zii 
 at zii ique 
 
 pezes; oc 
 
 eacsi 
 
 eacsirai 
 
 eacseva 
 at eacsi 
 at eacsi ique 
 
 ectacsi 
 
 ectacsirai 
 
 ectacseva 
 at ectacsi 
 at ectacsi ique 
 
 unves 
 
 embei 
 
 hembeirai 
 
 hembevac 
 at hembei 
 at hembei ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 mango de cu. 
 
 mano 
 
 manusear 
 
 mano jo de 
 mantener 
 
 manana 
 marca 
 marcar, sena 
 
 mareo 
 
 margen del rio 
 marido 
 mariposa 
 martillo 
 mas, plus 
 mas, pero 
 mascar 
 
 maza p a pelear 
 (fol. 22 right) 
 mascara 
 
 cutuge 
 un 
 
 fhistche 
 
 fiustcherai 
 
 fiustchieme 
 at fiustche 
 at fiustche ique 
 
 choco 
 
 concai 
 
 concairai 
 
 concamac 
 at concai 
 at concai ique 
 
 fiofiorai 
 tupuge 
 
 tupui 
 
 tupuirai 
 
 tupueme 
 at tuputui 
 at tuputui ique 
 
 camancaman hutchi 
 
 tascia 
 
 uentchi 
 
 batata 
 
 pacaquige 
 
 damge 
 
 za 
 
 cacham 
 
 cachamirai 
 
 cachamevac 
 at cacham 
 at cacham ique 
 
 ebba 
 
 oppo
 
 66 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 matadura 
 matar 
 
 materia 
 matrimonio 
 mayor 
 mear 
 
 mechero 
 medicinar 
 
 medicina 
 medida 
 medio 
 medio dia 
 medir 
 
 meditar 
 
 medroso 
 medula 
 
 aige 
 
 hojai 
 
 hojairai 
 
 hojamac 
 at hojai 
 at hojai ique 
 
 onoge 
 
 vuemege 
 
 muyat 
 
 chiqui 
 
 chiquirai 
 
 chiquevac 
 
 at chic 
 
 at chic ique 
 
 mize 
 
 pinetete 
 
 pineterai 
 
 pinetevac 
 
 at pinetete 
 
 at pinetete ique 
 
 pinege 
 tupuge 
 chet 
 quich can 
 
 tuputui 
 
 tuputuirai 
 
 tupueme 
 
 at tuputui 
 
 at tuputui ique 
 
 iziti 
 
 izitirai 
 
 izitac 
 at iziti 
 at iziti ique 
 
 quinaquitchi 
 pizos
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 67 
 
 mejilla 
 
 mejor 
 
 melanconia 
 
 memoria 
 
 mendigo 
 
 menear 
 
 menear la cab. 
 
 menguar la aua. 
 
 menor de eda 
 
 menos 
 
 mentecato 
 
 mentira 
 
 mentir 
 
 mentiroso 
 meollo 
 mes 
 meter 
 
 an 
 
 damge hem 
 
 tarege 
 
 gichucge 
 
 nimbet 
 
 juciiiti 
 
 jucnitirai 
 
 jucnita 
 at juciiiti 
 at juciiiti ique. 
 
 tecofitecon 
 tecontecofierai 
 tecofitecofievac 
 at tecofitecon 
 at id ique 
 
 at chiebafi 
 at chiebanrai 
 at chieban 
 at chieban ique 
 
 equit 
 oyaya 
 sciapuitch 
 uefiege anic 
 
 ueiiei 
 
 ueiieirai 
 
 uefieiyeva 
 at ueiiei 
 at uenei ique 
 
 ueuenet 
 
 sasa 
 
 iva 
 
 fiete 
 
 iieterai 
 
 iieteme 
 at fiete 
 at fiete ique
 
 68 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 mesclar 
 
 mesquino 
 
 (fol. 23 left) 
 
 miaja 
 
 miedo 
 
 miel 
 
 mierda 
 
 mio 
 
 mia 
 
 mirar 
 
 miserable mesquino 
 
 miserable 
 
 miseria 
 
 misericordia 
 
 misericordioso 
 
 mismo 
 
 mi tad 
 
 moco 
 
 modestia 
 
 modorra 
 mofar 
 
 cafon 
 
 cafonerai 
 
 cafoneme 
 at cafon 
 at cafon ique 
 
 tijaitchi 
 
 pizos 
 
 quinaquege 
 
 coroma 
 
 ves 
 
 jetchi 
 
 jesi 
 
 cave 
 
 caverai 
 
 cavemac 
 at cavacsi 
 at cavacsi ique 
 
 ihitchijantchin 
 nimbetchit 
 nimbejoge 
 nimbeyitige 
 nimbeitchi 
 guaquez; mo anic 
 chet; gincari 
 scioscio 
 
 hemtchuti; 
 hembei 
 
 cusciscige; baari 
 
 enacsi 
 
 enacsirai 
 
 enacseva 
 at enacsi 
 at enacsi ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 69 
 
 mof ar id 
 
 mojar 
 
 moler 
 
 molestar 
 
 molesto 
 molimiento 
 momento 
 mondar 
 
 montana 
 montar 
 
 monton 
 
 ninete 
 
 nineterai 
 
 iiiiieme 
 at ninete 
 at ninete ique 
 
 ayui 
 
 ayuirai 
 
 ayuyeva 
 at ayui 
 at ayui ique 
 
 mesac 
 
 mesaquirai 
 
 mesaca 
 at mesac 
 at mesac ique 
 
 scioingi 
 
 scioingirai 
 
 sciongievac 
 at sciongi 
 at scioingi ique 
 
 scioingeacgi 
 eyumtige; eyum 
 dam 
 
 zacan 
 
 zacanerai 
 
 zacafieva 
 at zacan 
 at zacan ique 
 
 meque; derege 
 
 bovi 
 
 bovirai 
 
 boveva 
 at bovi 
 at bovi ique 
 
 dirige
 
 70 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 morar habitar 
 
 at 
 at 
 
 bey 
 beyrai 
 bevac 
 bey 
 bey ique 
 
 morbo 
 
 
 quetinge; apacoge 
 
 morder 
 
 
 izacsi 
 
 
 
 izacsirai 
 
 
 
 izacseva 
 
 
 at 
 
 izacsi 
 
 
 at 
 
 izacsi ique 
 
 morir 
 
 
 sefii 
 
 
 
 senirai 
 
 
 at 
 
 sefii 
 
 
 at 
 
 sefii ique 
 
 mortero 
 
 
 cochaquis 
 
 mosca 
 
 
 enojno; mezejen 
 
 mover 
 
 at 
 at 
 
 jucfiiti 
 jucnitirai 
 jucfiitica 
 jucniti 
 jucniti ique 
 
 (fol. 23 right) 
 mucho 
 mutabe 
 mudar de. 1. aot 
 
 muela 
 muerte 
 muerto 
 mostrar 
 
 dai 
 canititch 
 
 fioquea cambafi 
 fioquea caerai 
 fioquea cambanda 
 
 at noquea cambafi 
 
 at id ique 
 caco 
 senge 
 senitchi 
 
 icoyacsi 
 
 icoyacsirai 
 
 icoyacseva 
 at icoyacsi 
 at icoyacsi ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 mujer 
 mundo 
 muneca 
 murmurar 
 
 muro pared 
 mutuo 
 (fol. 24 left) 
 
 nacer, sembrio 
 
 nacer una criat. 
 
 nada 
 
 nadador 
 
 nadar 
 
 nadie 
 
 naranja 
 
 nariz 
 
 naufragio 
 
 naufragar 
 
 N 
 
 phen 
 ereac 
 cazegeyat; popotcli 
 
 peivacacsi 
 
 peivacacsirai 
 
 pivatica 
 at peyvacacsr 
 at peivacasi ique 
 
 nari 
 
 guajmu 
 
 chibi 
 chibirai 
 
 at chibi 
 
 at chibi ique 
 
 nai 
 
 nairai 
 at nai 
 at nai ique 
 
 am ege 
 vigitchi 
 
 viigi 
 
 viigirai 
 
 viigievac 
 
 at vigi 
 
 at vigi ique 
 
 itsi 
 
 mananja 
 hei 
 tomige 
 
 tomi 
 
 tomirai 
 
 toma 
 
 at tomi 
 
 at tomi ique
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 nausea de vom. 
 nausear id 
 
 necesidad 
 necesidar 
 
 nido 
 
 niebla 
 
 nieve 
 
 nifia 
 
 nino 
 
 ni un poco 
 
 no 
 
 noche 
 
 nombre 
 
 no obstante 
 
 nosotros 
 
 noticia 
 
 noventa 
 
 nube adentro 
 
 nuca 
 
 nuera 
 
 nueve 
 
 nuevo 
 
 nueva 
 nunca hacer 
 
 ininige 
 
 ifiini 
 
 ininirai 
 at inifii 
 at inini ique 
 
 jemonte 
 
 emone 
 
 emofierai 
 at emone 
 at emone ique 
 
 tii 
 
 isare 
 
 jetisge 
 
 nanas 
 
 nanat 
 
 am dam 
 
 am 
 
 segege; tomo 
 
 ti 
 
 pajza me 
 
 izun 
 
 mic 
 
 arajtac tac 
 
 ane can 
 
 giochgi 
 
 isc 
 
 arajtac 
 
 motchit 
 
 moisis 
 
 am dam metaqui; 
 pajtza poroma
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 73 
 
 (fol. 24 right) 
 obedecer 
 
 obediencia 
 obediente 
 obligation 
 observar 
 
 obstinado 
 
 ocio 
 
 otioso 
 
 ocultamente 
 
 ocultar 
 
 ochenta 
 ocho 
 odio 
 odiar 
 
 ofender 
 oido doler 
 
 chicacsi 
 
 chicacsirai 
 
 chicacsevac 
 at chicacsi 
 at chicacsi ique 
 
 chicacsege 
 
 chicacsitchi 
 
 obligacion 
 
 cave 
 
 caverai 
 
 cavevac 
 at cavacsi 
 at cavacsi ique 
 
 yeque 
 scioinge 
 scioi beitchi 
 cam 
 
 imuse 
 
 imuserai 
 
 imuseme 
 at imuse 
 at imuse ique 
 
 quencantac 
 
 quencan 
 
 efatige 
 
 efati 
 
 efatira 
 
 efatica 
 at efati 
 at efati ique 
 
 chuncan queti; sevacge
 
 74 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 oir 
 
 ojo 
 ola 
 olear con s. o. 
 
 oler 
 
 oliscado 
 olor 
 
 olvidadizo 
 olvidar 
 
 oUa 
 
 ombligo 
 
 omnipotente 
 
 onza 
 
 oprimido 
 
 opbrobrio 
 
 orar - verbo - 
 
 sevaqui 
 
 sevaquirai 
 
 sevaca 
 at sevaqui 
 at sevaqui ique 
 
 ve 
 pufei 
 
 sciamansciamangei 
 
 id -irai 
 at - id -gei 
 at sciamansciamangei ique 
 
 osaqui 
 
 osaquirai 
 
 osaca 
 at osaqui 
 at osaqui ique 
 
 mui focoi 
 
 osacge 
 
 jaquitchi 
 
 jaqui 
 
 jaquirai 
 
 jaceme 
 at jaqui 
 at jaqui ique 
 
 tanget 
 
 oyo 
 
 erehemtaquitchi 
 
 netata 
 
 cachbei 
 
 achiachismic 
 
 icheiti 
 
 icheiticarai 
 
 icheitica 
 at icheiti 
 at icheiti ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 75 
 
 ordenar 
 
 oreja 
 
 orilla 
 
 orina 
 
 (fol. 25 left) 
 
 orinar 
 
 oreja 
 
 orejudo 
 
 orgullo 
 
 oscuridad 
 
 osucuro 
 
 oso 
 
 osudo 
 
 otro 
 
 oyente 
 
 (fol. 25 right) 
 
 eacsi 
 
 eacsirai 
 
 eacseva 
 at eacsi 
 at eacsi ique 
 
 cho 
 
 chive 
 
 chiquige 
 
 chiqui 
 
 chiquirai 
 
 chiquieva 
 
 at chiqui 
 
 at chiqui ique 
 
 chu 
 
 anic der chu 
 
 ipentige 
 
 tomage 
 
 tojmai 
 
 uyutchine 
 
 yintumtchi 
 
 nucsi 
 
 sevaquitchi 
 
 paciencia 
 
 padre 
 
 pais 
 
 paja 
 
 pajaro 
 
 pala 
 
 paladar 
 
 am heteitchi; paciencia 
 
 momo; yen 
 
 beyege 
 
 tafii 
 
 aijtchi 
 
 coraquige 
 
 vava
 
 7 6 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 palido 
 
 nesnei 
 
 
 palizada 
 
 son 
 
 
 palizada en el rio 
 
 enema 
 
 
 palma 
 
 sciocto; sciami 
 
 
 palma de mano 
 
 un 
 
 
 palo 
 
 son 
 
 
 paloma 
 
 otto 
 
 
 palpar 
 
 tchustche 
 
 
 
 tchustcherai 
 
 
 
 tchustchemac 
 
 
 
 at tchustche 
 
 
 
 at tchustche ique 
 
 
 pan 
 
 tanta 
 
 
 pantano 
 
 achi ac 
 
 
 pantera 
 
 itziqui 
 
 
 panza 
 
 vojco 
 
 
 panzon 
 
 anic der vojco 
 
 
 papagayo 
 
 otchi 
 
 
 par par 
 
 panapana 
 
 
 parado 
 
 nequequeitchi; 
 
 sacbei 
 
 paraiso 
 
 mayegeche 
 
 
 parar 
 
 bei 
 
 
 
 beirai 
 
 
 
 be vac 
 
 
 
 at bei 
 
 
 
 at bei ique 
 
 
 parche 
 
 pazacge 
 
 
 parecer, dar 
 
 coi 
 
 
 
 coirai 
 
 
 
 at coi 
 
 
 
 at coi ique 
 
 
 parecer de repente 
 
 guatique muya 
 
 
 guatique muyarai 
 
 
 at guatique muya 
 
 
 
 at guatique muya 
 
 ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 77 
 
 pariente 
 parlador 
 parlar 
 
 parpado 
 partida 
 partir salir 
 
 partir id 
 
 partir id 
 
 partir dividir 
 
 (fol. 26 left) 
 parir 
 
 pasado 
 
 chetige 
 peyaquitchi 
 
 peyaqui 
 
 peyaquirai 
 
 peyaca 
 
 at peyaqui 
 
 at peyaqui ique 
 
 an 
 saquege 
 
 saqui 
 
 saquirai 
 
 saquieva 
 at saqui 
 at saqui ique 
 
 nitsi 
 
 iiitsirai 
 
 iiitseme 
 at nitsi 
 at nitsi ique 
 
 sactchi 
 
 sactchirai 
 
 sactcheva 
 
 at sactchi 
 
 at sactchi ique 
 
 chet 
 
 cheterai 
 
 chetieva 
 at chet 
 at chet ique 
 
 basigi 
 basigirai 
 
 at basigi 
 
 at basigi ique 
 
 atiyi
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 pasajero 
 pasear 
 
 paso 
 
 pateadura 
 
 patear 
 
 pato 
 
 patrono, -a 
 
 pava 
 
 pava roncadora 
 
 pecado 
 
 pecador 
 
 pecar 
 
 pecho 
 pedir 
 
 pedo 
 
 pedregoso 
 
 pegado 
 
 miitchi 
 
 mii 
 
 miirai 
 
 miievac 
 at mii 
 at mii ique 
 
 yutchege 
 ritage 
 
 ritai 
 
 ritairai 
 
 ritayeva 
 at ritai 
 at ritai ique 
 
 opo; utzu 
 
 tifatige 
 
 tovi 
 
 erne 
 
 jucha 
 
 uchatumtchi 
 
 jucha 
 
 juchairai 
 
 juchayeva 
 
 at juchai 
 
 at juchai ique 
 
 efe 
 
 congee 
 
 congeerai 
 
 congeemac 
 
 at congee 
 
 at congee ique 
 
 ififit 
 mi j turn 
 epez; rap; pei
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 79 
 
 pegar con cola 
 
 pegar, castigar 
 
 pemar 
 
 peine 
 
 pelado 
 
 pelear 
 
 peligro 
 pelo 
 pellejo 
 pellizcar 
 
 pellisco 
 
 pena 
 
 penasco 
 
 peor 
 
 pepita 
 
 pequeno 
 
 rap 
 
 raperai 
 
 rapeeme 
 at rap 
 at rap ique 
 
 sip 
 
 siperai 
 
 sipeeme 
 at sipete 
 at sipete ique 
 
 isciuvati 
 
 isciuvatirai 
 
 isciuaveme 
 at isciuvati 
 at isciuvati ique 
 
 pezi 
 quede 
 
 cheti 
 
 chetirai 
 
 chetievac 
 at cheti 
 at cheti ique 
 
 zequi 
 
 fin 
 
 zin 
 
 dozeac 
 
 dozeaquirai 
 
 dozeaceme 
 at dozeac 
 at dozeac ique 
 
 dozege 
 
 tarege 
 
 caya; mijdertchi 
 
 damge achi 
 
 vejemu 
 
 izanquitchi
 
 8o 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 pequeno de 
 estatu. 
 
 (fol. 26 right) 
 peder 
 
 perdido, -a 
 perdiz 
 perdon 
 perdonar 
 
 perecer 
 
 pereza 
 
 perezoso 
 
 perfido 
 
 perfil 
 
 perijo lijero 
 
 perro, a 
 
 perseguir 
 
 persignarse 
 
 persona 
 
 pertinaz 
 
 bascio 
 
 moni 
 
 mofiirai 
 
 monaca 
 at moni 
 at moni ique 
 
 muni; moni 
 
 fofor 
 
 nimbeisige 
 
 nimbeisi 
 
 nimbeisirai 
 
 nimbeitica 
 at nimbeisi 
 at nimbeisi ique 
 
 moni 
 
 mofiirai 
 
 monaca 
 at moni 
 at moni ique. 
 
 scioinge 
 sciosciointchi 
 achi mointchi 
 zinen 
 urbe; osc 
 acho 
 
 queche 
 
 quecherai 
 
 quechemac 
 at queche 
 at queche ique 
 
 Santa Cruzi hemtac 
 
 mointchi 
 
 taca achi beitchi
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 81 
 
 pesado 
 
 afqui 
 
 pesar 
 
 afqui 
 afquirai 
 at afqui 
 at afqui ique 
 
 pesar con balanz. 
 
 tuputui 
 tuputuirai 
 tupueme 
 at tuputui 
 at tuputui ique 
 
 pestana 
 
 an 
 
 peste 
 
 quetinge 
 
 pez 
 
 tambenge 
 
 picante 
 
 queti 
 
 picazon 
 
 etzetzei 
 
 pie 
 
 ju 
 
 piedra 
 
 mij 
 
 piel 
 
 ziii 
 
 pimienta 
 
 ja 
 
 pina 
 
 merique 
 
 piojo 
 
 ziv 
 
 pisar 
 
 jutche 
 jutcherai 
 jutcheme 
 at jutche 
 at jutche ique 
 
 pitar 
 
 pisnac 
 pisnaquerai 
 
 
 pisnaca 
 at pisnac 
 at pisnac ique 
 
 piano 
 
 quez 
 
 planta del pie 
 
 cozage
 
 82 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 plantar sembra. 
 
 plata 
 
 (fol.27left) 
 
 platano 
 
 plato 
 
 playa 
 
 plaza 
 
 pleno 
 
 pluma 
 
 poblacion 
 
 poco 
 
 pobre 
 
 pobreza 
 
 poderoso 
 
 polenta 
 
 polilla 
 
 polio, -a 
 
 porque 
 
 porqueria 
 
 porqueria de mal. 
 
 predicar la pal. 
 del. s. 
 
 prensar 
 
 queti 
 
 quetirai 
 
 quetiyevac 
 at queti 
 at queti ique 
 
 querecha; ichenet 
 
 peere 
 
 micta 
 
 tascia 
 
 peve; rojya 
 
 ben 
 
 pan 
 
 beyege 
 
 dam 
 
 nimbe 
 
 nimbeige 
 
 ere hemtaquitchi 
 
 cordacsi 
 
 zizitui 
 
 ichiosci 
 
 egeve 
 
 pazage 
 
 achismic 
 
 icheacsi 
 
 icheacsirai 
 
 icheacseva 
 at icheacsi 
 at icheacsi ique 
 
 cubac 
 
 cubaquirai 
 
 cubaca 
 at cubac 
 at cubac ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 prenez 
 presentar, veer. 
 
 presentar hacer veni 
 presentar presentes. 
 
 prestado 
 presto 
 presumido 
 prevaricado 
 
 prieto 
 
 primero 
 
 primicia 
 
 primogenito 
 
 principiar 
 
 prisa 
 proa 
 probar 
 
 profanada 
 (fol. 27 right) 
 projimo 
 
 auatum voco can 
 
 icoye 
 
 icoyerai 
 
 icoyacseva 
 at icoye 
 at icoye ique 
 
 patatsi 
 
 fibitui 
 
 fibituirai 
 
 fibituac 
 at fibitui 
 at fibitui ique 
 
 fibiyachum 
 
 cavin 
 
 ipenti 
 
 at cafiiti; at achicafi 
 incambafi 
 
 tchimac 
 meyat; taschet 
 muyas vescmo 
 taschet 
 
 jacchiti 
 
 jacchitirai 
 
 jachitac 
 at jachiti 
 at jacchiti ique 
 
 cavin 
 tataqui 
 
 icotchei 
 
 icotcherai 
 
 icotcheva 
 at icotchei 
 at icotchei ique 
 
 jachique Iglesia 
 nutchi mointchi
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 prometido 
 
 pronto 
 pronunciar pa 
 
 propio 
 proposito 
 propagar que 
 
 providencia 
 provocar 
 
 proximo 
 publico 
 pudor 
 pudrir 
 
 pueblo 
 
 puerta 
 
 puerto 
 
 pues 
 
 pulga 
 
 pulmon 
 
 punta 
 
 atchi anic peaqui; 
 amarai caniti 
 
 cavin 
 
 isciupqui mic 
 isciupquirai mic 
 isciupquieva mic 
 at isciupqui mic 
 at isciupqui ique mic 
 
 yetchi 
 amarai caniti 
 
 sciasgi 
 
 sciasgirai 
 
 sciasgiac 
 at sciasgi 
 at sciasgi ique 
 
 dojitsi nimbeisige 
 
 vori 
 
 vorirai 
 
 vorvemac 
 at vori 
 at vori ique 
 
 cheyat 
 
 ere chi moinchin 
 
 zincage 
 
 focpi 
 
 focoirai 
 at focoi 
 at focoi ique 
 
 beyege 
 
 quertaquige 
 
 soquitige 
 
 meinas 
 
 mii 
 
 damche
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 puntapie 
 punzada 
 punzar 
 
 pupila 
 
 pureza 
 pus 
 
 (fol. 28 left) 
 
 ritage 
 poch 
 
 poch 
 
 pochirai 
 
 pocheme 
 
 at poch 
 
 at pochi ique 
 
 anichemsi 
 oiioge 
 
 que, profi rel. 
 que? i tero~ 
 que, ut 
 quebrado 
 quebrar 
 
 quedada 
 quedar 
 
 queja 
 quemar 
 
 mo 
 ege 
 pat 
 foe 
 
 foe 
 
 focerai 
 
 foceme 
 at foe 
 at foe ique 
 
 taqiyabei 
 
 taquiya 
 
 taquiarai 
 
 taquia 
 
 at taquia 
 
 at taquia ique 
 
 mic 
 
 cosciai 
 
 cosciairai 
 
 coscia 
 
 at cosciai 
 
 at cosciai ique
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 querer 
 
 quien 
 quieto 
 quince 
 quitar 
 
 quizas 
 
 (fol. 28 right) 
 
 raise 
 
 raiserai 
 
 raisemac 
 at raise 
 at raise ique 
 
 ichi; chinca; ichidasc 
 
 chuchui 
 
 tac canam ijafi 
 
 meye 
 
 meyerai 
 
 meyevac 
 at meye 
 at meye ique 
 
 enaca 
 
 rabia 
 
 rabo 
 
 radicar 
 
 raiz 
 rajar 
 
 rala 
 rama 
 rana 
 rapido 
 
 efatige 
 condi 
 
 siyai 
 
 siyarai 
 at siyai 
 at siyai ique 
 
 siyai; bine 
 
 chet 
 
 chetoirai 
 
 chetac 
 at chet 
 at chet ique 
 
 ghierei 
 daca 
 yere 
 feri
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 rascar 
 
 rata 
 
 raya 
 
 real 
 
 realmente 
 
 recaer 
 
 recaido enfer. 
 rezelo 
 rezelo yo 
 recibir 
 
 recio grueso 
 recitar 
 
 reclinar 
 
 recoger la cose. 
 
 ezeniti 
 
 ezenitirai 
 
 ezenitac 
 at ezeniti 
 at ezeniti ique 
 
 metche 
 isine 
 anictchit 
 anic 
 
 cuvi metaqui 
 cuvi metaquirai 
 cuvi metaquieva 
 at cuvi metaqui 
 at cuvi metaqui ique 
 
 cuvi apacoi 
 quinaquege 
 quinaquiye 
 
 ectchete 
 
 ectcheterai 
 
 ectchetevac 
 at ectchete 
 at ectchete ique 
 
 dertchi 
 
 icheiti 
 
 icheitirai 
 
 icheitac 
 at icheiti 
 at icheiti ique 
 
 nee 
 
 fiecrai 
 
 necvac 
 at nee 
 at nee ique 
 
 eque 
 
 equerai 
 
 ecvac 
 at eque 
 at eque ique
 
 88 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 recordar 
 
 recostar 
 
 recostar 
 
 recto 
 
 recuerdo 
 
 red 
 
 rededor 
 
 redondo 
 
 reflexion 
 
 reflexionar 
 
 regalo 
 regaliz 
 regresar 
 
 reincidencia 
 
 gichui 
 
 gichuirai 
 
 gichuac 
 at gichui 
 at gichui ique 
 
 cusci 
 
 cuscirai 
 
 cusca 
 at cusci 
 at cusci ique 
 
 nee 
 
 nequerai 
 
 necvac 
 at fiec 
 at nee ique 
 
 guich 
 
 gichuige 
 
 saji 
 
 cotoive 
 
 comoroi; tebubus 
 
 giege; izitige 
 
 iziti 
 
 izitirai 
 
 iziemac 
 at iziti 
 at iziti ique 
 
 fibiya 
 cavavas 
 
 caniti 
 
 canitirai 
 
 canitac 
 at caniti 
 at caniti ique 
 
 cuvi metaqui
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 89 
 
 reir 
 
 (fol. 29 left) 
 reluciente 
 rellanar 
 rellenar 
 
 remanso 
 remar 
 
 remedar 
 
 remo 
 
 remolino 
 
 remolon 
 
 remordimiento 
 
 rempujar 
 
 rencilla 
 rencor 
 
 gisi 
 
 gisirai 
 
 gisac 
 
 at gisi 
 
 at gisi ique 
 
 soquemnevi 
 
 quez; ipagei hemtac 
 
 rigi 
 
 rigirai 
 
 rigiemac 
 at rigi 
 at rigi ique 
 
 ziquei 
 
 oigi 
 
 oigirai 
 
 oigiemac 
 at oigi 
 at oigi ique 
 
 jiyacsi 
 
 jiyacsirai 
 
 jiyiacsevac 
 at jiyacsi 
 at jiyacsi ique 
 
 doch^aquis 
 
 vaini oiii 
 
 scioi 
 
 orere cotchi huchave 
 
 tachei 
 
 tacherai 
 
 tachemac 
 at tachei 
 at tachete ique 
 
 facoge 
 
 facoge; ipentige
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 remr 
 
 reposar 
 
 resbalado 
 resbalar 
 
 resfriado 
 resina, inciens 
 resollar 
 
 resuello 
 
 retono 
 
 retonar 
 
 retontizon 
 
 retrato 
 
 reventar 
 
 faquiti 
 
 faquitirai 
 
 facovac 
 at faquiti 
 at faquiti ique 
 
 hetchi 
 
 hetchirai 
 
 hetchemac 
 at hetchi 
 at hetchi ique 
 
 quesctchei 
 
 ochai 
 
 ochairai 
 
 ochaamac 
 at ochai 
 at ochai ique 
 
 ajage; ajac; chevacge 
 bejqui 
 
 hetchi 
 
 hetchirai 
 
 hetchemac 
 at hetchi 
 at hetchi ique 
 
 hetchi 
 chipange 
 
 chipan 
 
 chipaiierai 
 at chipan 
 at chipan ique 
 
 queti vococan 
 imunage 
 
 top 
 
 topoirai 
 at topoi 
 at topoi ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 rezar 
 
 rezo 
 
 ribera 
 
 rinon 
 
 rio 
 
 risa 
 
 robar 
 
 robo 
 robusto 
 rodilla 
 romper 
 
 (fol. 29 right) 
 romper la cuerda. 
 
 ropa 
 
 rostro 
 
 rueda 
 
 icheiti 
 
 icheticarai 
 
 icheitac 
 
 at icheiti 
 
 at icheiti ique 
 
 icheitige 
 
 tascache 
 
 cai 
 
 inac 
 
 gisige 
 
 scioai 
 
 scioairai 
 
 scioamac 
 
 at scioai 
 
 at scioai ique 
 
 scioange 
 fer; resc 
 cazege 
 
 toe 
 
 toquerai 
 
 toquemac 
 
 at toe 
 
 at toe ique 
 
 fez 
 
 fezerai 
 
 fezevac 
 
 at fez 
 
 at fez ique 
 
 osci6 
 veya 
 choinge
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 (fol. 30 left) 
 
 sabalo, pescado 
 
 sabana 
 
 saber 
 
 sabeduria 
 
 sal 
 
 salir 
 
 saliva 
 saltar 
 
 salvaje 
 sanar 
 
 sangre 
 
 sano 
 
 sapo 
 
 sarna 
 
 satanas 
 
 sauce 
 
 seccar 
 
 sen 
 musumu 
 
 chii 
 
 chiirai 
 at chii 
 at chii ique 
 
 chiinge 
 hicco 
 
 sciupqui 
 sciupquirai 
 
 at sciupqui 
 
 at sciupqui ique 
 
 sono 
 
 payoi 
 
 payoirai 
 
 payoa 
 at payoi 
 at payoi ique 
 
 derecantchi 
 
 fer uban 
 fer unbanrai 
 fer ubanda 
 
 at fer ubafi 
 
 at fer uban ique 
 
 chose 
 
 fer; resc 
 
 ocooco 
 
 parara 
 
 soyo 
 
 isitai 
 
 ichanac 
 
 ichanaquirai 
 
 ichanaca 
 at ichanac 
 at ichanac ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 seco 
 
 chanes 
 
 sed 
 
 aari 
 
 secur 
 
 ciriagua; paquige 
 
 sembrado 
 
 quetige 
 
 semilla 
 
 vejemu 
 
 semola 
 
 sii 
 
 sentado 
 
 beitchit 
 
 sentar 
 
 bei 
 
 
 beirai 
 
 
 bevac 
 
 
 at bei 
 
 
 at bei ique 
 
 sentir 
 
 chicacsi 
 
 
 chicacsirai 
 
 
 chicacseva 
 
 
 at chicacsi 
 
 
 at chicacsi ique 
 
 serial 
 
 tupuge 
 
 separado 
 
 panepane 
 
 sereno 
 
 tascei 
 
 serpiente 
 
 naz 
 
 serrado 
 
 quer 
 
 serrania 
 
 meque 
 
 serrucho 
 
 fequeraquige 
 
 servidor 
 
 mestige 
 
 serebro 
 
 sasa 
 
 si 
 
 a 
 
 siempre 
 
 tacca 
 
 silencio 
 
 chuchui 
 
 simil 
 
 ene 
 
 (fol. 30 right) 
 
 
 simpleza 
 
 tojoge 
 
 sincere 
 
 quich peaquitch
 
 94 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 siniestra 
 
 quinves un 
 
 soberbia 
 
 ipentige 
 
 soberbio 
 
 ipentchit 
 
 sobra 
 
 ijaii 
 
 sobre 
 
 fanche 
 
 sobremesa 
 
 nastchit 
 
 sobrino 
 
 atta 
 
 soez 
 
 eques 
 
 sol 
 
 izufi 
 
 solido 
 
 yeque 
 
 soliman 
 
 conofito 
 
 solo 
 
 irit 
 
 soltero 
 
 munet 
 
 sombra 
 
 omnom 
 
 sonar 
 
 tamini 
 tamimrai 
 
 
 at tamini 
 
 
 at tamini ique 
 
 soplar 
 
 fin 
 
 
 nnrai 
 
 
 finemac 
 
 
 atfifi 
 
 
 at fifi ique 
 
 sordera 
 
 amchicacsige; tooge 
 
 soterrar 
 
 rigi 
 
 
 rigirai 
 
 
 rigievac 
 
 
 at rigi 
 
 
 at rigi ique 
 
 subir 
 
 bovi 
 
 
 bovirai 
 
 
 bovevac 
 
 
 at bovi 
 
 
 at bovi ique 
 
 sucio 
 
 equei
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 95 
 
 sudor 
 
 sueno 
 
 susto 
 
 suyo 
 
 (fol. 31 left) 
 
 moi; moge 
 cuscisci 
 noyege 
 motchi 
 
 tabaco 
 
 tabana 
 
 tabla 
 
 taciturno 
 
 taladro 
 
 talento 
 
 tambien 
 
 tambor 
 
 tampoco 
 
 tarn poquito? 
 
 tapa 
 
 tapar 
 
 techo 
 tedio 
 tedioso 
 tejer 
 
 tejedor 
 
 tejido 
 
 temblar 
 
 cos 
 
 me 
 
 itama 
 
 chuchuitch; taritch 
 
 mizaquige 
 
 giegietum; giege 
 
 chume; chime 
 
 ricarica 
 
 chume am 
 
 meqjui momo? 
 
 zuptage; entage 
 
 i 
 zup 
 
 zupirai 
 
 zupemac 
 at zup 
 at zuptac ique 
 
 taratchi; sciamis 
 
 scioinge 
 
 sciongi 
 
 panaqui 
 
 panaquirai 
 
 panaca 
 at panaqui 
 at panaqui ique 
 
 panatchit 
 
 panacge 
 
 noynoy
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 temor 
 tenderse 
 
 tender la mesa 
 tener 
 
 tener fuerte 
 
 tentacion 
 
 tenue 
 
 tenir 
 
 terciana 
 
 testa 
 
 teta 
 
 tierno 
 
 tierra 
 
 tigre 
 
 timido 
 
 tirante 
 
 tisis 
 
 tocar algo 
 
 qumaquege 
 
 chondoi 
 
 chondoirai 
 
 chondoevac 
 at chondoi 
 at chondoi ique 
 
 nazeva oscio mesache 
 
 muya 
 
 muyarai 
 at muya 
 at muya ique 
 
 tapchui 
 
 tapchuirai 
 
 tapchuac 
 at tapchui 
 at tapchui ique 
 
 achi giege 
 cum 
 
 chutac 
 chutaquirai 
 chutaca 
 at chutac ique 
 
 vaucan apacoi 
 
 hutchi 
 
 tascin 
 
 ojoi 
 
 ac 
 
 itziqui 
 
 quinaquitch 
 
 tec 
 
 marage 
 
 tchustche 
 tchustcherai 
 tchustchemac 
 at tchustche 
 id ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 97 
 
 (fol. 31 right) 
 
 
 tocayo 
 
 nonno 
 
 todavia 
 
 ambi 
 
 todo 
 
 ere 
 
 todo entero 
 
 munmen 
 
 todopoderoso 
 
 ere hemtaquitchi 
 
 tomar 
 
 tap 
 
 
 taperai 
 
 
 tapevac 
 
 
 at tap 
 
 
 at tap ique 
 
 tonto 
 
 tojot 
 
 tor do pajaro 
 
 chico 
 
 tortuga 
 
 quijbo 
 
 tos 
 
 ajai 
 
 tostar 
 
 scevanac 
 
 
 scevanaquirai 
 
 
 scevanaca 
 
 
 at scevanac 
 
 
 at scevanac ique 
 
 tr aba jar 
 
 caritac 
 
 
 caritacrai 
 
 
 caritaca 
 
 
 at caritac 
 
 
 at caritac ique 
 
 trabajo 
 
 caritacge 
 
 trampa 
 
 ibei 
 
 tranca 
 
 sope 
 
 tranquilo 
 
 majoi 
 
 tras 
 
 equive 
 
 tripa 
 
 vojco 
 
 triste 
 
 tari 
 
 tronco 
 
 dochco
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 tronchar 
 
 chocac 
 
 
 chocacquirai 
 chocaca 
 
 
 at chocac 
 
 
 at chocac ique 
 
 trotar 
 
 piqui 
 
 
 piquirai 
 
 
 piquevac 
 
 
 at piqui 
 
 
 at piqui ique 
 
 trueno 
 
 perere 
 
 tu 
 
 mi 
 
 tuerto 
 
 coidajo 
 
 tumor 
 
 sciobege 
 
 tuyo 
 
 mitchi 
 
 (fol. 32 left) 
 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 ubre 
 
 tasci 
 
 ulcera 
 
 ayege 
 
 ultimo 
 
 ayequitch 
 
 umbilico 
 
 oyo 
 
 unico 
 
 irit momo 
 
 una 
 
 patchi 
 
 (fol. 32 right) 
 
 
 vaciar 
 
 vacio 
 vado 
 
 choj 
 
 chojerai 
 
 chojevac 
 
 at choj 
 
 at choj ique 
 
 dene 
 nopge
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 99 
 
 vanidoso 
 
 ipentchit 
 
 vaso 
 
 ichequige 
 
 vecino 
 
 cheyat 
 
 vejez 
 
 pirige 
 
 vena 
 
 nectchit 
 
 venado 
 
 fie 
 
 vender 
 
 yay 
 
 
 yayrai 
 
 
 yayevac 
 
 
 at yay 
 
 
 at yay ique 
 
 venir 
 
 acam 
 
 ventarron 
 
 fer pititi 
 
 ver 
 
 naitchi 
 
 
 naitchirai 
 
 
 at naitchi 
 
 
 at naitchi ique 
 
 ver id 
 
 cave 
 
 
 caverai 
 
 
 cavemac 
 
 
 at cave 
 
 
 at cave ique 
 
 veraz 
 
 quich peyaquitchi 
 
 verdad 
 
 chiata 
 
 verde 
 
 za 
 
 verguenza 
 
 zincage 
 
 vergonzoso 
 
 zincaitch 
 
 vibora 
 
 naz; nabat 
 
 vicioso 
 
 achitchi 
 
 vida, alma 
 
 zasi; tchutchi 
 
 vidrio 
 
 naitaquige 
 
 vidrioso 
 
 am yeque 
 
 viejo 
 
 piret 
 
 viento 
 
 pititi
 
 100 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 vientre 
 vigilar 
 
 vil 
 
 violin 
 
 violinista 
 
 visitar 
 
 vista 
 viuda 
 viudo 
 vivir 
 
 vivir en 
 
 vivo 
 
 (fol. 33 left) 
 
 volar 
 
 volcar, balza 
 
 vojco 
 
 za 
 
 zairai 
 
 zaevac 
 at za 
 at za ique 
 
 achitchi; equeitchi 
 
 sequinaquige 
 
 sequinaquitchi 
 
 sobaqui 
 
 sobaquirai 
 
 sobaca 
 at sobaqui 
 at sobaqui ique 
 
 naitige 
 munes 
 munet 
 
 zai 
 
 zairai 
 
 zaevac 
 at zai 
 at zai ique 
 
 bei 
 
 beirai 
 
 bevac 
 at bei 
 at bei ique 
 
 za 
 
 nai 
 
 nairai 
 
 naamac 
 
 at nai 
 
 at nai ique 
 
 ep
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 101 
 
 volcar id 
 
 voltear 
 
 voluntad 
 
 voluntariamente 
 
 volver 
 
 vomitar 
 
 vosotros 
 
 voz 
 
 vuestro 
 
 (fol. 33 right) 
 
 tomi 
 
 tomirai 
 
 tomac 
 at tomi 
 at tomi ique 
 
 camaii 
 
 camafirai 
 
 camaii 
 
 at caman 
 
 at caman ique 
 
 raisacge 
 cui raise 
 
 cuvi 
 
 cuvirai 
 at cuvi 
 at cuvi ique 
 
 chai 
 
 chairai 
 
 chaamac 
 
 at chai 
 
 at chai ique 
 
 mic; imacge 
 miintchi 
 
 yactura 
 
 yema de uevo 
 
 yerba 
 
 yerno 
 
 yerro 
 
 yeso 
 
 yo 
 
 arege 
 
 buisc 
 
 yata 
 
 vi 
 
 monitchi 
 
 nana
 
 102 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 (fol. 34 left) 
 
 
 
 Z 
 
 zarcillo 
 
 chofives 
 
 zumo 
 
 fimo 
 
 zurriaga 
 
 sibage 
 
 FINIS OPerE 
 
 LAUS DEO ET INMACUL^E 
 CONCEPCIONIS B. M V 
 
 CUYIUS PATROCINIO SE REFUGIT 
 F. B. B.
 
 (fol. 34 right) 
 
 NUMERACION 
 
 irit 
 pana 
 chibin 
 tsis 
 canam 
 ebeun 
 yevetige 
 quencan 
 arajtac 
 tac 
 
 tac irit ijan 
 tac pana ijan 
 tac chibin ijan 
 tac tsis ijan 
 tac canam ijan 
 tac eveun ijan 
 tac yevetige ijan 
 tac quencan ijan 
 tac arajtac ijan 
 pana qui tac 
 chibin qui tac, 
 tsis qui tac 
 canam qui tac 
 ebeun qui tac 
 yevetige qui tac 
 103
 
 104 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 quencan qui tac 
 
 80 
 
 arajtac qui tac 
 
 90 
 
 tac qui tac 
 
 100 
 
 pana tac qui tac 
 
 200 
 
 chibin tac qui tac 
 
 300 
 
 tsis tac qui tac 
 
 400 
 
 canam tac qui tac 
 
 500 
 
 ebeun tac qui tac 
 
 600 
 
 yevetige tac qui tac 
 
 700 
 
 quencan tac qui tac 
 
 800 
 
 arajtac qui tac 
 
 900 
 
 tac qui tac tac qui 
 
 IOOO 
 
 irit qui irit 
 
 = I 
 
 pana qui pana 
 
 = 4 
 
 chibin qui pana 
 
 = 6 
 
 tsis qui pana 
 
 = 8 
 
 canam qui pana 
 
 = 10 
 
 pana qui chibin. . 
 
 = 6 
 
 chibin qui chibin 
 
 = 9 
 
 tsis qui chibin 
 
 = 12 
 
 canam qui chibin 
 
 = 15 
 
 eveun qui chibin 
 
 = 18 
 
 yevetige qui chibin 
 
 = 21 
 
 quencan qui chibin 
 
 = 24 
 
 arajtac qui chibin 
 
 = 27 
 
 tac qui chibin 
 
 = 3 
 
 pana qui tsis 
 
 = 8 
 
 chibin qui tsis 
 
 = 12
 
 MANUSCRIPT 105 
 
 tsis qui tsis 
 
 = 16 
 
 canam qui tsis 
 
 = 20 
 
 ebeun qui tsis 
 
 = 24 
 
 yevetige qui tsis 
 
 = 28 
 
 quencan qui tsis 
 
 = 32 
 
 arajtac qui tsis 
 
 = 36 
 
 tac qui tsis 
 
 = 40 
 
 pana qui chibin 
 
 = . . 
 
 pana qui canam 
 
 = 10 
 
 chibin qui canam 
 
 = i5 
 
 tsis qui canam 
 
 = 20 
 
 canam qui canam 
 
 = 2 5 
 
 ebeun qui canam 
 
 = 3 
 
 yevetige qui canam 
 
 = 35 
 
 quencan qui canam 
 
 =40 
 
 arajtac qui canam 
 
 = 45 
 
 tac qui canam 
 
 = 5 
 
 pana qui ebeun 
 
 = 12 
 
 chibin qui ebeun 
 
 = 18 
 
 tsis qui ebeun 
 
 = 24 
 
 canam qui ebeun 
 
 = 30 
 
 ebeun qui ebeun 
 
 = 36 
 
 yevetige qui ebeun 
 
 = 42 
 
 quencan qui ebeun 
 
 = 48 
 
 arajtac qui ebeun 
 
 = 54 
 
 tac qui ebeun 
 
 = 60 
 
 pana qui yevetige 
 
 = 14 
 
 chibin qui yevetige 
 
 = 21
 
 io6 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 tsis qui yevetige =28 
 
 canam qui yevetige =35 
 
 ebeufi qui yevetige = 42 
 
 yevetige qui yevetige =49 
 
 quencan qui yevetige =56 
 
 arajtac qui yevetige = 63 
 
 tac qui yevetige = 70 
 
 pana qui quencan = 16 
 
 chibin qui quencan = 24 
 
 tsis qui quencan =32 
 
 canam qui quencan =40 
 
 ebeun qui quencan =48 
 
 yevetige qui quencan = 56 
 
 quencan qui quencan = 64 
 
 arajtac qui quenta =72 
 
 tac qui quencan = 80 
 
 pana qui arajtac = 18 
 
 chibin qui arajtac =27 
 
 tsis qui arajtac = 36 
 
 canam qui arajtac =45 
 
 ebeun qui arajtac = 54 
 
 yevetige qui arajtac = 63 
 
 quencan qui arajtac =72 
 
 arajtac qui arajtac =81 
 
 tac qui arajtac =90 
 
 pana qui tac = 20 
 
 chibin qui tac =30 
 
 tsis qui tac =40
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 107 
 
 (fol. 35 left) 
 
 canam qui tac 
 ebeufi qui tac 
 yevetige qui tac 
 quencan qui tac 
 
 araj qui tac 
 tac qui tac 
 
 pana qui tac qui tac 
 chibin qui tac qui tac 
 tsis qui tac qui tac 
 canam qui tac qui tac 
 ebeuii qui tac qui tac 
 yevetige qui tac qui tac 
 quencan qui tac qui tac 
 araj tac qui tac qui tac 
 tac qui tac qui tac 
 
 = 60 
 = 70 
 = 80 
 
 = 90 
 = 100 
 
 = 200 
 = 300 
 
 = 500 
 = 600 
 = 700 
 = 800 
 = 900 
 = IOOO 
 
 SUMA SENCILLA 
 
 1 
 
 Uamuge 12345678 
 90123456 
 
 Uajmu $102,469,134 
 
 nucsi 34680 
 45630 
 
 yuajmu $80310 
 
 nucs 
 
 3089 
 2040 
 
 fiucsi 683510 
 214190 
 
 uajmuge $897600 
 
 nucs 
 
 00 
 
 uamuya $5129 
 
 uamuya $1000
 
 io8 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 nucsi $101 
 $204 
 
 uamuya $305 
 
 Concamac zicbicya numeros 
 Tacves yacchiticai mi. 
 
 Chume yjan zicbige Arajtac quinves caerai, ene muyes 
 zicbige. i. quencan ebeun-uajmu - tactsis- tsis sanerai mi 
 pechcan; iris quinves caerai; yirai mi: iris chi yevetige quencan, 
 chi canam, tac chibin: chibin sanerai, iris quinves, yirai, iris 
 chi ebeufi yevetige, chi tsis tac iris: iris sanerai chi iris quin- 
 verai; yirai, iris chi canam ebeufi: chi Chibin arajtac, arajtac 
 sanerai, am qui ege quinverai cacai am vefioi tacya. yirai chume 
 tsis chi pana ebeun; ebeufi sanerai mi: chume nucsi che yirai 
 pana y. o. zero, pana mamo: nucsi che, iris chi arajtac, tac 
 Uajmucan; mun. men tac sanerai mi: At rai zicbic ere numero, 
 hichei ticarai mi ; meyat chibin chibin numero panerai mi tacves 
 yacchitirai: yirai mi chibin che, tac qui tac; nucsi che chibin- 
 tac qui tac tac qui Mil . . Nucsi che Chibin un milion Ogea 
 yirai = Tac qui tac pana Milion: Tac qui tac, ebeufi tac, arajtac: 
 Tac qui tac tac qui; Tac qui tac, chibin tac, tsis. 
 
 2 a Regla. 
 
 SUTRACION 
 
 Debe mi tac qui tac ebeufi ijan pezos: At somete mi Chibin 
 tac tsis ijan: maje mi chi ensichic pesos debe taca: 
 
 ogea me sanerai mi Debe 106 pesos 
 
 Mi a somete Haber 34 " 
 
 Quin yirai: Chinca debe ebeun, somacsi, tsis 72 " Debe 
 
 Chinca debe tac somacsi Chibin: 
 
 Ogea Debe mi taca yevetige tac pana ijan. 
 
 5hicsi Chimoge Debe $223 
 
 Haber $ 83 
 
 Debe Tac qui Tac, Tsis tac ijan .$140 Debe
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 Nucsi Debe mi .................. $10 
 
 Mi a somete .............. $10 
 
 Maje chi mi endac debe turn ................ $00 itsi debe 
 
 ftucsi Chimoge. 
 
 Chinca debe .................... $80 
 
 Somacsi ........................ $79 
 
 Muya Debe irit peso ...................... $ i 
 
 5Jucsi Chimoge. 
 
 Chinca Debe Pana qui tac qui tac . 200 
 Somacsi Iris tac qui tac .......... 100 
 
 Debe taca tac qui tac .................... 100 
 
 (fol. 35 right) 
 
 3 Regla 
 DIVISION 
 
 Pana Mointchin at bijoi uajmucafi tac qui tac pezos. . . .$100 
 Maje chiin ensichic pezos at bijoi irititi : ogea Sanerai mi $100 
 Pana moinchin sanerai 2, pechcan tac qui tac . . 
 
 moinchin 2 ........................................... $50 
 
 Tacves un f eyacarai mi f eyacgeche sanerai numero . . yirai mi : 
 
 pana; ensichic siti tac can? canam qui siti. 
 
 Cuvi yirai, pana ensichic siti zero can-zero siti = tacves feya = 
 
 egeche sanerai: Chi caverai, irititi moinchin at bijoi Canam 
 
 qui tac pesos. 
 
 NUCSI Chibin moinchin at bijoi Qencan tac tsis ijan .... $84 
 
 Quin Chibin ensichic siti, Quencan, can ; pana qui = Mointchin 3 
 
 $28 
 
 jijafi pana pezos : Ogea enegerai tasche tsis, yirai 24 . . Ogea, 
 chibin ensichic siti 24 can; Chibin qui siti, egeve Chibin qui 
 Quencan, hemtac Panatac tsis ijan = Ogea at bijoi Chibin moint- 
 chin irititi panatac quencan ijan pezos.
 
 iio BIBOLOTTI 
 
 NUCSI Tac moinchin at bijoi $110 $11 
 
 Maje chi ensichic pezos at rai bijoi irititi Mointchin tac 10 
 
 ftUCSI Pana tac Moinchi at bijoi tac qui, tac tac qui. . . .$1000 
 Maje chi ensichic pesos atrai bijoi panatac moinchin . . 20 
 
 Repeticion de las tres Reglas 
 Sutracion 
 Sumar. . . .$248 Debe. . . 
 
 $401 Paga $25 
 
 Total... $649 Resta..$3i 
 
 id $5729 id $109 
 
 $ 3 2 4 Paga $ 15 
 
 Total.. $6053 Resta. 
 
 id $7384 idDebe . . $1000 
 
 $ 637 Paga...$ 900 
 
 Total.. $802 1 Resta $ 100 
 
 id $44790 
 
 $23315 
 Total. $68105 
 
 Divison 
 
 Diez hombres han ganado $ 90 
 
 queremos haber cuanto cada $ 10 
 
 $ ~~9 
 
 Id 50 hombres han ganad $1000 
 
 Cuanto habra ganado cada uno 50 
 
 $ 20 
 
 Id 100 hombres han gana $3000 
 
 Cuanto cada uno 100 
 
 $ 30 
 
 Id 4 hombres han ganado $ 94 
 
 Cuanto cada uno ha ganad 4 
 
 $23.4
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 in 
 
 (fol. 36 left) 
 
 yo 
 
 tu 
 
 aquel 
 
 nosotros 
 
 vosotros 
 
 aquellos 
 
 hombre 
 
 hombres 
 
 il hombre 
 
 hombres 
 
 padre 
 
 id padre 
 
 mujer 
 
 mujeres 
 
 madre 
 
 id madre 
 
 NOMBRES PERSONALES 
 
 ye 
 
 mi 
 
 mo 
 
 tsufi 
 
 miin 
 
 moin 
 
 mointchi 
 
 mointchiin 
 
 soni 
 
 soiiiin 
 
 mumu 
 
 hen 
 
 phen 
 
 phenin 
 
 fiofio 
 
 ze 
 
 CONJUGACIONES 
 
 yo amo 
 tu amas 
 aquel ama 
 nosotros amamos 
 vosotros amais 
 aquellos aman 
 
 ye raise 
 mi raise 
 mo raise 
 tsufi raise 
 miin raise 
 moin raise 
 
 yo amare 
 tu amaras 
 aquel amara 
 
 ye raiserai 
 mi raiserai 
 mo raiserai
 
 112 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 nosotros amaremos 
 vosotros amareis 
 aquellos amaran 
 
 yo ame 
 
 tu amasti 
 
 aquel amo 
 
 nosotros hemos amado 
 
 tsun raiserai 
 miin raiserai 
 moin raiserai 
 
 ye at raisete 
 mi at raisete 
 mo at raisete 
 tsun at raisete 
 miin at raisete 
 moin at raisete 
 
 ama tu 
 
 amad vosotros 
 amen aquellos 
 
 yo quiero 
 tu quieres 
 aquel quiere 
 nosotros queremos 
 vosotros quereis 
 aquellos quieren 
 
 Perfecto 
 yo quise 
 tu quisiste 
 aquel quiso 
 nosotros quisimos 
 vosotros quisisteis 
 aquellos quisieron 
 
 yo habia querido 
 tu habias querido 
 
 raisac mi 
 raisac miin 
 raisac moin 
 
 ye maje 
 mi maje 
 mo maje 
 tsun maje 
 miin maje 
 moin maje 
 
 ye raisete 
 mi majete 
 mo majete 
 tsun majete 
 miin majete 
 moin majete 
 
 ye at raisete ique 
 mi at raisete ique
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 aquel habia 
 nosotros etc. 
 vosotros etc. 
 aquellos etc. 
 
 mo at raisete ique 
 tsufi at majete ique 
 mil at majete ique 
 moin at raiset ique 
 
 quieras tu 
 quiera aquel 
 quieran vosotros 
 quieran aquellos 
 
 majieva mi 
 majievac mo 
 majievac miin 
 majievac moin en plural 
 no se usa 
 
 yo miro 
 
 tu miras 
 
 aquel 
 
 nosotros miramos 
 
 vosotros mirai 
 
 aquellos miran 
 
 ye doiroi 
 mi doiroi 
 mo doiroi 
 tsufi doiroi 
 miin doiroi 
 moin doiroi 
 
 P = yo mire 
 tu miraste 
 aquel miro 
 n memos mirado 
 vosotros etc. 
 aquellos etc. 
 
 P.P.yo habia mirado 
 tu habias etc. 
 aquel etc. 
 nosotros etc. 
 vosotros etc. 
 aquellos etc. 
 
 ye at doiroi 
 mi at doiroi 
 mo at doiroi 
 tsufi at doiroi 
 miin at doiroi 
 moin at doiroi 
 
 ye at doiroi ique 
 mi at doiroi ique 
 mo at doiroi ique 
 tsufi at doiroi ique 
 miin at doiroi ique 
 moin at doiroi ique
 
 114 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 F= mira tu 
 
 mirad vosotros 
 
 yo ando 
 tu andas 
 aquel anda 
 nosotros etc. 
 vosotros etc. 
 aquellos etc. 
 
 P = yo anduve 
 tu anduviste 
 aquel anduvo 
 nosotros etc. 
 vosotros etc. 
 aquellos etc. 
 
 P.P. yo habia andado 
 tu habias etc. 
 aquel etc. 
 
 nosotros habiamos etc. 
 vosotros etc. 
 aquellos etc. 
 
 anda tu 
 andad vosotros 
 
 doiroyeva mi 
 doiroyevac miin 
 
 ye mii 
 mi mii 
 mo mii 
 tsufi mii 
 miin mii 
 moin mii 
 
 ye at mii 
 mi at mii 
 mo at mii 
 tsufi at mii 
 miin at mii 
 moin at mii 
 
 ye at mii ique 
 mi at mii ique 
 mo at mii ique 
 tsufi at mii ique 
 miin at mii ique 
 moin at mii ique 
 
 miyevac mi 
 miyevac miin 
 
 De igual modo Conjuga todos los demas verbos que se te 
 ocuran. Advirtiendote (como ya has visto) que no tienen mas 
 tiempos que el presente, Perfecto, pluscuam Perfecto, Futuro, 
 Imperative este ultimo no tiene mas que la segunda persona de 
 ambos Numeros Ojo en el verbo Andar le falta el Futuro que 
 es miirai
 
 MANUSCRIPT 115 
 
 (fol. 36 right) 
 
 muchacho nanat 
 
 inuchachos nanatin 
 
 muchacha nanas 
 
 muchachas nanasin 
 
 Guauas de pecho auain 
 
 Te prevengo que en las Oraciones que te pongo aqui abajo 
 del Castellano al Museteno, no sigue la misma traduccion 
 literal como te he prevenido, en la advertencia que te he 
 puesto en el principio respecto a la Doctrina Cristiana; No 
 obstante, en lo que vea serte dificil para entender te pondre 
 sus respetivas notas senaladas con la sifra N i. 2. 3. 4. 5 etc. 
 
 Dios quiere que Vayamos todos al Cielo 
 Literal Dojit Maje pat incai ere tsufi Mayegeche 
 
 Se debe decir Dojit Maje pat ere tsufi Mayegeche incai. 
 
 Es necesario vivir como Dios manda, si queremos ir 
 
 al Paradise 
 Literal Emone bei ene Dojit eacsi, majeya tsun umbafi 
 
 mayegeche. 
 Se debe decir Majeya tsufi Mayegeche incamban; emone hembei 
 
 ene Dojit eyacsi. 
 
 Pues Dios te manda que lo ames sobre todas las 
 
 Cosa 
 Literal Ogea Dojit mi eacsi pat mo Raise damge ere Guaje- 
 
 gege. 
 Se debe decir Ogea Dojit eacsi, pat am ege raise mi-mo Mumu 
 
 raiserai ni 
 
 Tambien te manda a que ames a tu projimo como 
 
 a ti mismo 
 
 Literal Chume Eacsi, pat raise ere mointchin ene mi cui. 
 
 Se debe decir Chume Eacsi, pat raise mi ere Mointchin ene cui 
 
 mi maje.
 
 n6 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 Tambien te ordena a que les perdones, como quieres 
 
 que te perdone 
 Chume Eacsi pat moin nimbeisi, ene maje pat mo 
 
 nimbeisi 
 Chume Eacsi, pat mi nimbeisi, ene cui mi maje. 
 
 Literal 
 Se dice 
 
 Literal 
 Se dice 
 
 Literal 
 Se dice 
 
 Literal 
 Se dice 
 
 Literal 
 Se dice 
 
 Literal 
 Se Dice 
 
 Literal 
 Se dice 
 
 De igual modo te manda a que respetes al Padre y 
 
 a la Madre 
 
 Chumege eacsi pat quifie Mumu chi Nono 
 Chumege eacsi pat quifie, mitchi mumu chi nono 
 
 No andes con malas companias si quieres ir al Cielo 
 Nera mii turn achitin penge mi maje incai maye- 
 
 geche 
 Nera penge tui achitin, majeya mayegeche incai. 
 
 Cuidate que los Malos, son como Demonios sobre 
 
 la tiera 
 
 Concaamac pat achitin, bei ene Soyoin che ac 
 Concaamac Achitin, ene soyo bei ac che 
 
 (fol. 37 left) 
 
 For las malas companias se han condenado muchas 
 
 almas. 
 
 Ges Achit penge cui at mofii dai tchutchiin 
 Achit penges, dai at moni Tchutchiin. 
 
 El marido que 1 vende a su propia mujer, se asemeja 
 
 a Judas 
 
 Uentchi yai cuisi Phen ene incai Judas 
 Uenchi yaiya Cuisi Phen ene Judas incai 
 
 El hombre casado que va ande otra Mujer, doble 
 
 pecado comete 
 
 Phen yatchit incaiya nucsi Phen pana jucha entaqui 
 Phenatchit nucsi phefiya incai, pana jucha entac. 
 
 1 El que que se refiere a persona no se traduce en este idioma.
 
 MANUSCRIPT 117 
 
 El que habla palabras sucias, llama al Demonio en 
 
 su corazon! 
 Literal Chinca peaqui peacge achis, vori Soyo can cuisi 
 
 cotchi ! 
 Se dice Chinca peaqui achis peacge, vori Soyo cuisi cotchi 
 
 can! 
 
 Quien vivio como Demonio, como demonio siempre 
 
 morira ! 
 
 Literal Chinca at bei ene Soyo, ene Soyo taca senirai! 
 
 Se dice Chinca ene Soyo at bei, ene Soyo taca senirai! 
 
 Asi conforme fue su vida, sin remedio asi sera su fin! 
 Literal Erie at cui bei, me chume senirai! 
 
 Se dice Ene at cui bei, me chume senirai! 
 
 Para el hombre corrompido, todo le parece quimera 
 Literal Ges sofii achitchit, ere coi uenege. 
 
 Se dice Achitchitges soni, ere coi uenege. 
 
 Llegara aquel dia tremendo, en que buscara a quien 
 
 desprecio y no lo allara ! 
 Literal Venchobanrai mo mayege zequisis, ogea quevaquirai 
 
 chinca at ninete, za am daquerai! 
 Se dice Venchobanrai mo zequisis mayege, ogea quevaquirai 
 
 chinca at ninete, za am daquerai! 
 
 Morira con su pecado, y se condenara 1 para siempre ! 
 
 para siempre! 
 Literal Senirai turn cuisi jucha, chi infierno can tacange, 
 
 tacange ! 
 Se dice Senirai cuisi jucha turn, chi infierno can beirai, 
 
 tacange ! tacange ! 
 
 (fol. 37 right) 
 
 En el infierno pedira perdon, y no lo hallara, porque 
 termino el del perdon! 
 
 1 El termino o verbo condenar no se halla en este idioma.
 
 n8 
 
 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 Literal Can infierno Congeerai perdon, za am daquerai, 
 
 egeve at tchupu nimbeisige! 
 Se dice Infierno can Congerai perdon, za am daquerai, egeve 
 
 at tchupu nimbeisige! 
 
 No hallando perdon el alma condenada, ma y mas 
 
 se le aumentaran las penas! 
 
 Id. id. Am daquescan nimbeisige tchutchi infiernocansi, da 
 
 damge uamucherai que tinge! 
 
 Llorara su insensatez, pero sin remedio; todo esta 
 
 perdido para siempre ! 
 
 Literal Uatirai cuisi tojogne, za fibige; ere at mofii ges taca! 
 
 Se dice Uatirai cuisi tojoge, za fibige; ere at mofii tacange! 
 
 <IY por cuantos anos? talvez por cien anos estara en 
 
 el Infierno? 
 Literal Enzichic yomuge? endac ges tac qui tac yomuge 
 
 beirai can Infierno? 
 Se dice Enzichic yomuge? Endac tac qui tac yomuge beirai 
 
 infiernocan? 
 
 No! Un poco mas sufrira en el infierno el alma del 
 
 malo! 
 Literal Am! Damge zequibeirai can infierno tchutchi 
 
 achitchit! 
 An! Damge zequibeirai infiernocan tchutchi 
 
 achitchit! 
 
 Y por cuantos Anos? por 200 . . . por 300 . . . por 
 
 mil anos? 
 
 Literal id Enzichic yomuge? pana qui tac qui tac; Chibin qui 
 tac qui tac; tac qui tac tac qui? 
 
 No! un poco mas llorara su insensatez, el alma del 
 
 pecador ! 
 Id. id Am! damge Uatirai cuisi tojoge, tchutchi juchaitchit
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 iTantos Afios, como son las estrellas en el Cielo, 
 
 dvivivira en los infiernos? 
 
 L .. id Mequi yomuge, ene Onita mayegeche? beirai Infier- 
 no can 
 
 No ! un poco ma vivira como un Icon ambriento en 
 
 el fuego, quien murio en pecados 
 
 L .. id Am! damge beirai ene iziqui daquitchit tsi can, 
 chinca at seni, dersitum jucha 
 
 Cuanto tiempo estara quemando en el Infierno? 
 
 talvez para siempre? 
 L .. id Eiizi yomuge Coscairai Infierno can PEndac tacange? 
 
 Tu mismo lo has dicho! pues para siempre! para 
 
 siempre ! p- siempre ! 
 
 L .. id Mi cui at yii! cacai tacange! tacange! tacange! bei- 
 rai tsi can 
 
 (fol. 38 left) 
 
 Tu que vives aun y oyes; <Jque piensas, no volveras 
 
 pie atras, no bastara depecar 
 
 L .. id Mi bei tacange chisevaqui;<Iegegii. Amarai caniti, 
 amarai mesi jucha? 
 
 Mira, que pocos son los dias que te restan de vida, 
 
 y despues moriras! 
 L .. id Giyeva, ufiucsi get mayeges beiraimi, ogea Senirai! 
 
 Cuidate de llegar a Jesu Cristo con pecado mortal! 
 
 Ah que tremendo sera p 5 ti 
 
 L .. id Arecam venoi mi Jesu Cristo ya jucha turn dersi! 
 Chitarai zequi mi get! 
 
 Pesima alma! te dira con voz tremenda! No te 
 
 acerques a mi, maldita! 
 
 L .. id Achit tchutchi! Yirai zequisis mic ya! 5Jera cheya 
 itui cacai maldita!
 
 120 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 Te jugastes de mi, cuando yo te llamaba para per- 
 
 donarte ! 
 L .. id Mi at ninete ique yeve; enge ye vori nimbeisiges ! 
 
 Me escupistes en cara, cuando yo te esperava para 
 
 abrazarte ! 
 
 L id Mi at chupie ique yesiveyache, Enge ye frisaqui 
 Chubenges! 
 
 Me pisastes, cuando yo te buscaba con los remordi- 
 
 mientos ! 
 
 L id Mi at yutche ique, enge ye quevaqui arere mitchi 
 cotchi can! 
 
 Despreciastes a los Sacerdotes, que te mande para 
 
 no perderte! 
 
 L. id At ninete ique Sacerdotein, cacai at ectacsi, pat am 
 moni mi! 
 
 No hicistes aprecio, de lo que te ensenaban para que 
 
 vivieras bien! 
 L .. Am concac mi ique, ege at hicheacsi ique hembeiges ! 
 
 Al contrario, te reistes, te burlastes, te mofastes de 
 
 mis Sacerdotes; 
 
 L .. Cacai, mi at gisate ique, mi at ninete, mi iyaque ique 
 
 yetchi Sacerdotein. 
 
 For lo mismo, ahora yo me reire, me burlare, me 
 
 mofare de ti! 
 L .. Chumege, ye quin gisirai, ninerai, iyacsirai mi ve! 
 
 Vete de aqui maldito! Anda a los Innernos maldito! 
 L .. Meyebada maldito! Tai Infiernocan maldito 
 
 Ahi! basta de pecados; basta de burlarse de los 
 
 sacerdotes 
 L .. Anic! Mesige juchave gie ; Mesige nine Sacerdotein
 
 MANUSCRIPT 121 
 
 (fol. 38 right) 
 
 Mira que no te digo nada, en comparacion de lo que 
 
 te podra decir J. C. 
 L .. Gieva, Am ege eye, ene J. C. peyerai mi turn. 
 
 For lo que ahora has de vivir, como quisieras haber 
 
 vivido al morir 
 L .. Meve quin hembevac, efie raise cui mi sefiaya 
 
 Oigas a los Sacerdotes, pues que cuidando lo que te 
 
 dicen, te iras al Cielo 
 
 L .. Sevacami Sacerdotein, cacai concac ya mi ege yirai 
 
 moin, Cheve incairai mi 
 
 Si has vivido mal en lo pasado, no sigas mas ade- 
 
 lante; te basten. 
 
 L .. Endac at ahibei poroma, fiera metaqui taca paj 
 
 mesi. . . 
 
 Pedi perdon de tus pecados, de todo tu Corazon; 
 
 Dios te perdonara. 
 
 L . Congemac nimbeisige mitchi juchave, Cotchi can 
 
 anic; Dojit nimbeisirai. 
 
 Si te arrepientes, si te dueles de tus pecados, no 
 
 tengas miedo de ellos 
 
 L . Cui mi cajuchiti, cui mi uati cuisi juchave, fiera 
 
 quinaqui moin. 
 
 Pero, es precise que vivas bien en adelante, y no 
 
 vuelvas a pecar. 
 L . Emone hembei quin tacange, chi am cuvi jucha. 
 
 Ahora pues deci como digo yo, de todo tu Corazon. 
 Qinn cacai yeva ene ye, Anic mitchi Cotchi can. 
 
 Misericordioso Senor mio, aqui teneis prostrado a vuestros 
 
 Nimbeitchit Yetchi Ayo, moge muya giets bei mitchi 
 pies el pecador mas grande, cargado de mil pecados; confieso, 
 yuya juchaitchit anic dertchit, voren dai juchain; Anic eye,
 
 122 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 que con Ellos os he ultrajado, burlado, pisoteado, y que 
 
 moin ges at anic pofie, Nine, yutac, chi 
 
 por Ellos he merecido de vos que me echais al Infierno; Su- 
 moinges, at anic bijoi mi ve ectacsi yetchi Infiernocan; Rera 
 spended Dios mio, pues que de aqui en adelante quiero 
 metaqui yetchi Dojit, cacai quinge yacchiti tacange maje 
 vivir como vos me ordenais, perdonadme, y mio y 
 
 bei ene cui mi eyacsi, Nimbeitica yetchi Jesus chi 
 ayudadme con vuestra Santa Gracia, para cumplir lo que os 
 nuchitica misi S a Grazia, paj tuputui ege quin 
 
 prometo; y Bendecidme. 
 
 eye chi someme misi bendicion. 
 
 (fol 39 left) 
 
 HERMANITO: Te trasmito en lengua Musatena algunas 
 pequenas platicas, y panegiricos de algunos Santos, de quienes 
 se hace la fiesta en estas Misiones para que si son de tu agrado 
 los prediques conformes estan, o anadirlos y amejorarlos, o como 
 mejor sea tu voluntad; el unco objeto que me propongo es 
 para que te pratiques en el Idioma, y afin de que no te sea tan 
 pesado el aprenderla: los terminos que no entiendas ya tienes 
 adonde acudir, y por lo tanto en lo sucesivo no te pondre mas 
 el Castellano, sino puramente museteno pues asi me ha parecido 
 mejor, como tu mismo lo experimentaras.
 
 PEQUEflO PANEGIRICO 
 
 DE LA 
 
 INMACULADA CONCEPCION 
 QUE SE CELEBRA 
 
 EN 
 COVENDO 
 
 Et Macula Originalis non est in te 
 Pezes jucha Original denes mi. 
 
 Chifai fer nimbe ique tsuntchi Adam cuisi juchave; Cacai 
 at eacsi za ique tsuntchi Dojit pat am ebei mo Sacacge quetige- 
 cansi; ebeirai mi (eacsi) senirai mi, mitchi auain chumege: at 
 za chi, at za cavacsi mo sacacge, tacange ebei ique; mesi sacacya 
 uatique nai cuitchi zicange; ene cajutchiti bei, cacai at ipenti 
 tsuntchi Ayo Dojit turn : Adamtchi ipentige, cantchitige, noyege, 
 zincage nimbeige tsunche tsoi, cacai Adamve itui tsufi : Adamve 
 at rai moni tsufi am nimbeisiya ique tsuntchi Ayo Dojit: cacai 
 pat am nimbe tsufi bei, chi pat am zequi Sena at ectacsi ique 
 ac che iris phen Maria ti denes hucha Adamtchi: Mo Maria 
 (quin vori tsufi Sunsi 55bfio) at nai, itsi anic pezes juchainsi 
 cacai metaqui tsuntchi Dojit, paj Mariave itui Cuisi Jesu Cristo 
 chumege dene pezes juchas Original. Giyevac cui miin men: 
 Mo Phen basigiraiDojitsi Auamu. <J Engeme achis phenveituirai? 
 Meve Hemsi phen, denes pezes juchainsi at hemtchie ique 
 tsuntchi Ayo Dojit: Chume tsuntchi Ayo J. C. cui men Dojit, 
 meve ene sofii hemsive phen itui; Meve Maria SS dene nai 
 ique pezeses huchainsi: Yi peyaqui S. Bernardo: Tsuntchi Ayo 
 J. C. cui annic at quevaqui ique iris Phenhemsi cuisi Nbfioges; dai 
 za muya phenin, cacai ere huchatum nai; meve sunsi Nofio Maria 
 SS momo at dacte ique denes pezes juchainsi, meve Maria 
 SS*ve itui maje suntchi Ayo J. C, chi nonoges eque. Chumege 
 yi peaqui S. Pablo talis enim dicebat, ut nobis esset Pontifex sanctus, 
 
 123
 
 i4 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 inocens, impolutus, segregatus a pecatoribus etc (Heb. 7. v 26) 
 Tsuntchi Ayo Jesu Cristo Cui anic dene juchatum; chi Cui anic 
 dene pezes juchainsi; Chume at emonte ique itui iris Phenve 
 chi quez efie cui; sunsi Nofio Maria SS a quez efie tsuntchi Ayo 
 J. C. denes anic pezes jucha Original; meve itui Maje tsuntchi 
 Ayo, chi eque maje Cuisi (fol. 39 right) Nofioges Maria SS a meve 
 (ayequis) Tsunsi Nofio Maria SS a denes pezes jucha Original 
 Et macula non est in te. 
 
 Ijafiari chume unucsi mic, pat dadamge chii miin, Sunsi 
 Nofio M a SS a , denes anic pezes jucha Original; sevacac miin 
 anic, cacai emofie pat chii miin. 
 
 Sunsi Iglesia Santa erecafi yomuge, poromasges yacchiti, 
 hemtaquevajoi fiesta Maria SS a Concepcion, chumege cacsi 
 pat ere Cristianoin queche ege hemtac Sunsi Iglesia S ; quin: 
 at ra Sunsi Nono M a SSma pezes jucha Original nai ique, Sunsi 
 Iglesia S a amarai fiesta hemtac, chi amarai eyacsi Cristi- 
 anoin paj metaqui chume; Sunsi Iglesia S a am uefiege icheacsi 
 tsufi, meve Sunsi Nofio, tacange nai ique denes pezes juchas Origi- 
 nal. Chume yi Peyaqui S 2 Tomas, Sunsi Iglesia S a Fiesta 
 hemtac mo mayege nai ya ique Sunsi ze M 5 , Am cacai metaqui 
 Sunsi Iglesia fiucsive S ? , dai za Santoin muya ique am cacai 
 fiesta hemtac cuitchi naige mayege: egeve metaqui i egeve am 
 Fiesta hemtac Santoinsi naige mayeges? Egeve cacai, erein nai 
 ique pezes turn jucha Original: Egeve Fiesta momo hemtac Nofiosi 
 naige mayeges: egeve cacai, at nai ique M 5 SS a denes jucha 
 Original. 
 
 Ijafi Sunsi Papa S 2 (Dojit ac che) fara maldicion, Es- 
 comunion, chinca yirai, Sunsi Nofio M SS 5 at nai pezestum 
 jucha Original: Mege Sunsi Igle 5 am hen fibiges Maldicion, 
 Escomunion hemtac: meve Sunsi Nofio, Sunsi ze, sunsi Tifatige 
 vicansi beyege at nai ique denes jucha Original; et macula non est 
 in te: Anic, Nofio Maria SS- anic chicacsi tsufi, mi at nai ique 
 denes pezes jucha Original, nimbeitica Nofio fiuchitica mi, sunsi 
 chicacsege, someme hensi raisacge, pat anic raisete tsufi, pat anic 
 give tsufi Mive, pat anic devocion tui tsufi mive, cacai dadamgerai 
 majoi tsufi beirai
 
 MANUSCRIPT 125 
 
 Me ge Cristianoin, pat amfibi fiesta hemtac tsun Sunsi Nono 
 ve M* SS a ; cacai congeerai tsun, pat nuchiti tsun hembeiges; 
 giyeva cui miin, Sunsi Nonoya dai nimbeisige muya, am Cuiges, 
 cacai am Cui emone nimbeisige: meve tsunges eque chi tsunges 
 at somete tsuntchi Ayo Dojit, cacai tsun nimbe, cacai tsun emone 
 Nonosi nimbeisige: am qui congetacsi tsun cotchican anic, am 
 qui uatirai tsun Nono ya, am qui nimbesirai, am qui someterai 
 nimbeisige: cacai am cogetacsi tsun, efie ipenti tsun bei, ene 
 am emonte Nonosi nimbeisige: Ah Cristianoin itchi am emon- 
 terai zesi Tifatige, chi Cuisi nimbeisige? Ere tsun Cristianoin, 
 Meeve chi ere tsun congeerai; Meyas anic (endac equei, endac 
 octum tsuntchi Tchutchi juchave) meyas anic, emone tari uban 
 tsuntchi juchave, emone yi peyaqui tsun tsuntchi cotchi can, 
 amarai anic juchave gie tsun, Mesigerai achi bei tsun; za am 
 tarirai tsunsi juchave, am mesigerai metaca tsun; achis giege 
 turn congeerai tsun N^onosi nimbeisige, cacai faquisirai tsun, 
 ogea am qui ege sominsirai; Meve Cristianoin gietsevac miin 
 Nonosi yuya, chi (fol. 40 left) Uategestum yirai tsun. 
 
 Anic hemsi mi, anic Choifos mi Maria, mi, anic, Nono at 
 Dojit yabei, tsun tacange zequi beican : Mi at anic Dojitsi can 
 majoge: tsun chiata tareges can bei: Mi at anic Dojit bijoi: 
 tsun chata cajutchiti bei: Mibenevac Nono tsuntchi Cotchi, 
 cheya efiegeva cuisiya, cacai hemtuquirai mi: Scioamac Sunsi 
 tchutchi, cacai Cui mi cuvi someterai dam ge hemsi, Equevac 
 Sunsi raisage, sunsi chicacsege, sunsi gichuiges, cacai am qui ege 
 achis equerai, cacai am qui zequi, am qui moiiirai senaya tsun. 
 Teconeva Nono, cavevac tsuntchi tchutchi, at nai ique juchatum, 
 at anic bei juchatum, y tacange quin equei juchave, am tchupu 
 metaca tsun. Ahi Nono! am qui caverai misi Choifoge 
 Mayegeche! Amarai! Nono, amarai mona tsun, Cui mi con- 
 caamac sunsi giege, Cui mi hemtchieva suntchi tchutchive ege 
 Cui mi raise; Moge Nono! moge tsuntchi tchutchi, equevac Nono 
 chi cambanda Mi mayegeche: Mo anic Cui ye raise, en el Nombre 
 del Padre del Hijo y del Espiritu S. 
 
 AMEN JESUS MARIA Y JOSE. 
 VIVA GESU NOSTRO AMORE, E MARIA NOSTRA ESPERANZA
 
 iz6 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 No te descuidar Hermanito de leer cualquiera advertencia 
 que te haga; pues la que te hago ahora es, que no te confundas 
 mucho en querer hablar a estos pobrecitos cortos de inteligencia 
 y menos de memoria, en quererles hablar con terminos sublimes, 
 pues que aunque lo hagas, no esperes sacar mucho provecho; 
 aunque les hables en su idioma; ni tampoco te has de confundir 
 en que scan largas las platicas, pues que de nada se acordaran; 
 solo si tendran memoria que el P. les ha dicho que vivan bien, y de 
 lo demas no sabran darle razon 
 
 Tambien te advierto que todas las advertencias que te haga; 
 te las pongo con el fin para que mas pronto conoscas a estos in- 
 f elices, y veas el mejor modo posible para hacerlos f elices eterna- 
 mente con la ayuda del Senor M SS 5 y S. Jose de quien 
 en seguida te pondre su pequefio Panegirico, cuya Fiesta se 
 Celebra en S el dia 19 de Marzo
 
 (fol. 40 right) 
 
 Constituit eum Dominum Domus sue. 
 Et Principem omis posesionis suae. 
 At hemtac Ayo Cuisi Acca. 
 Chi Ayo ere ege chuc cui muya. 
 
 Tsuntchi Ayo Dojit, Cui anic at hemtac irit soni ene Cui 
 maje; paj eque Sunsi ftono M a SS a cuisi Tibetiges, paj qui ene 
 ayo bei Cuisi Acca, M a SS a , chi ene Ayo ere ege chuc Cui Muya: 
 Mo Ayo S. Jose Ti; Mo at hemtchie suntchi Dojit paj qui 
 concai Cuitchi Aua J. C ene Angel Custodio; chi paj concai 
 Sunsi Nono Ma SSa, ene doirotchit Nonosi SS S Cuisi hemtacsi; 
 Cristianoin Giyevac cui miin, Tsuntchi Ayo S. Jose, cheya bei 
 ique Nono M- SSmaya; Ene En bei ique Tsuntchi Ayo J. C, 
 turn; Meeve, Sunsi ze M- SS- denes anic Nai juchave, denes 
 anic bei, che denes seni; emone anic yii tsun peyaqui, Tsunsi 
 Ayo S. Jose at anic bei ique Ac che Nono Ma SSmaya ene 
 Angel, denet anic juchave : Chumege, Tsuntchi Ayo J. C chitai 
 anic hemtchi, chi am hen doiroi juchatumtchi moinghin, am 
 hen doiroi jucha: Meve emone fer yii tsun peyaqui Tsuntchi 
 Ayo S. Jose dene bei ique juchave. 
 
 At anic bei ique S. Jose Maria Santisimaya ene Angel 
 Tifactchit, cacai Cui at camban ique Nucsi can beyege Egiptove, 
 at anic concai ene Nonosimestige; at anic tifati chi at concaque 
 ique M- SS a basigiya Tsuntchi Ayo J. C; Meve Tsuntchi Ayo S. 
 Jose ene Angel Tifactchit M a SS 5 ya bei: At rai achit soni 
 S. Jose, amarai M a SS ya bei: Hemtchit cacai, meve Tsuntchi 
 Ayo Dojit at eacsi ique paj concai, paj bei ene Ayo M a SS 5 
 turn, Constituit eum Dominum Domus suae: Chumege Tsuntchi 
 Ayo Jesus am qui en Cui bei juchatum; meve S. Jose denet 
 anic bei juchave ac che, M a SS- turn, meeve Tsuntchi Dojit at 
 eacsi ique paj concai S Jose, Tsuntchi Ayo J. C. ene Cuitchi 
 Aua; meve (ayequis) Tsuntchi Ayo S. Jose hemtchi Soni. Cris- 
 py
 
 128 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 tianoin cCui miin queche, Cui miin bei denetchiin juchatum? 
 5Jeba (icuitchi giyege miin, juchave incai? Erie Angel bei miin, 
 endac ene Soyo bei miin? Cristianoin Cui miin fer anic raise 
 Cheve mayegeche incamban, emofie hembei, emoiie anic gua- 
 quinque achis giege, emone anic tchupu juchave gie, emoiie 
 hembei ene J C icheacsi tsun, za, am tchupu achi gii miin, am 
 tchupu achi achi peyaqui, am qui tchupu gie miin juchave, am 
 qui ene Angel, ene Cristiano bei miin, cacai ene Soyo bei miin. 
 Ogea Cui miin gievac, Am hembeiya miin <;hem Sefiirai miin, 
 chi caverai miin S Jose Mayegeche? chumege am qui gii miin 
 S Joseve, am devocion tui miintchi Tifatigeve? endac Cui momo 
 giirai miin ve? Vorvirai za Tsuntchi Ayo S Jose, Majerai za 
 sobaqui Cuitchi can miin? majerai za, am quira en siti, am quira 
 en hemsi giege fara miintsi Cotchican, cacai cui miin achive gie 
 miin: Cristianoin nera metaqui miin, sevacac miin, zeui bei 
 miin; Gievac S. Joseve, Congeemac paj qui Somacsi ege chuc 
 emofie miin hembeiges: congeemac miin, cacai S. Jya dai nimbei- 
 sige. (fol. 41 left) muya, cacai Tsuntchi Ayo Dojit at hemtchie 
 ayo ere Cuisi Gratia, et Principem omnis posesionis suae, at 
 sonete ere nimbeisige ere tsun Cristianoinges; cacai at bei 
 ique Tsuntchi S Jose, at concac ique Dojitsi Aua J. Cristosi 
 ze, Espiritu Santosi Tibetige Maria Santisima; meve, Dojit, 
 J. C. Espiritu Santo, at qui Somacsi dai graciain, paj fara 
 chitchicsca congeerai ac chet Cristianoin; At anic ene En ique 
 Tsuntchi Ayo J. Cristos at anic concai, at anic tifati Erodesi 
 Facoge, cacai at icavotchette ique Rucsi can beyege, at anic 
 concai efie Cuitchi Aua, meve Tsuntchi Ayo Jesu Cristo dai nim- 
 beisige at somete Cristianoinges : Cristianoin. am qui ege congee- 
 rai tsun? Fiesta hemtaquirai tsun nbige? Fibigerai chique 
 miin, dai nimbeisige muya Tsuntchi Ayoya S. Jose? Tacca 
 yequerai mintchi cotchi? Endac Cui miin bisaqui, paj qui Cui 
 fer somacsi? Ah Cristianoin, Chinca nirnbe bei, emofie con- 
 getacsi ege pat am nimbe! Chinca maje Mayegeche incamban, 
 emofie, emofie Cristianoin, congetacsi S. Josetchi Tifatige, emofie 
 anic giye tsun S. Joseve, pat qui Cui men gie tsunve; am qui Cui 
 momo Tifatirai, am tsun majeya Cuitchi Tifatige! am qui
 
 MANUSCRIPT 129 
 
 noctocsirai hembei, cacai cui miin am maje ene Cristiano bei! 
 Am qui congeerai Cuitchi Aua J. Cristo pat nimbeisin tsun 
 tsuntchi juchain, cacai miin jipenti, ninete majete tsuntchi Ayo 
 Do jit: Am qui nimbesirai Tsuntchi Ayo S. Jose, cacai am qui 
 maje miin congetacsi Cuitchi nimbesige! Enge na? chiata 
 miin am maje mayege incamban? ^Chiata miin am emofie S 
 Josetchi nimbesige; Chiata miin am maje hembei ene Cristi- 
 
 anoin? Engena? peyaca miin Am Mumu ene 
 
 chique, ene yipe. yaqui miin Am Mumu anic 
 
 maje tche Mayegeche incamban; anic tche Mumu anic 
 
 raise tsun hembei ene Cristianoin. . . .Anic tche. . . .anic emone 
 
 tsun S. Josetchi Tifactige ? Anic yi miin cotchi can? 
 
 anic. Cui cotchi can yi peyaqui miin, enge gietsevac miin S 
 Josetchi yu ya miin uateges turn etterai miin. Tsuntchi, Ayo, 
 Tsuntchi Tifatige S. Jose, sevaca mi sunsi tarege, sunsi guatege: 
 anic chiata at anic yaqui bei tsun mive, at anic ene Scapui bei 
 tsun, cacai am hembei tsun ene Cristianoin: at anic achi bei tsun, 
 pat qui faquiti Mi tsuntum, Mi at anic nimbeisi, at anic bisaqui, 
 paj qui caniti tsunsi achive tsun; atchirai Caniti tsun, atchirai 
 mesi achibei; at quin chata yacchiti maje tsun ene mitchi 
 Mointchin bei: Anic raisete tsun mi turn bei Mayegeche, nuchi- 
 tica mi S. Jose, Tifatica Mi, someme Mi Cui ege chuc emone 
 hembeiges, Meyebada Sunsi Cotchi Can achis giege, chi pat anic 
 Dojitsi gracia turn bei tsun Ye Cui men maje en el N ombre del 
 Padre del Hijo y del Espiritu Santo 
 
 AMEN JESUS MARIA Y JOSE 
 
 VIVA GESU GIUSEPE E MARIA 
 
 VI DONO IL CUORE E I/ANTMA MIA 
 
 Te advierto Hermanito, si hallares algun disparate, que no 
 sea conforme al dictamen de la Iglesia, tenlo desde ahora re- 
 tratado por 
 
 F B Bibolotti
 
 (fol. 41 right) 
 
 PEQUEfrO PANEGIRICO DEL PATRONO 
 
 DE LA MISION 
 MUCHANIS S. MIGUEL 
 
 In Coelum Conscendam et ero simili Altisimo 
 Mayegeche bovirai chi quetz beirai ene Dojit. 
 
 Atrai hen tsun vanac Infierno, atrai hen tsun congetacsi Soyo, 
 egeve Coscai tsi can, egeve natevajoi ere can quevaqui tchutchiin 
 caiges cuisi can nimbeige, cuisi can uatege: egeve chovacbei 
 Tsuntchi Ayo Dojit, atrai hen cui peyaqui tsuntum: at rai hen 
 tsun men sevaqui; atrai chique zequican mic, at rai dercan misi, 
 jipentige Coscai ye quin ipentige taca, taca beirai oicansi tarege, 
 at jipenti Dojit turn, meve nimbebei, am ye maje irit bei oican 
 tomage, meve quevaqui Tchutchiin, paj qui yetum coscai, paj 
 
 qui ye turn nimbe, paj qui yetum oicansi tomage bei Atrai 
 
 hen congectacsi tsun, chi at rai Soyo hen peyaqui tsun turn, 
 at rai me me peyaqui: Am qui hen peyaqui tsun turn, chi am 
 qui hen congetacsi tsun; meve Sevacac miin ege at hemtac 
 ique Soyo Tsuntchi Ayo Dojit turn. 
 
 Uruquias at hemtac Tsuntchi Ayo Dojit dai Angelein paj 
 qui bei Mayegeche, pat anic moin men chique Dojitsi majoge, 
 Angeleintum S. Migel muya bei ene Ayot, chi Lusbel (soyo) 
 hemsi Angel : ogea mo Lusbel jipenti uban cuisi Choif oge, cacai 
 itsi nucsi quetz ene Cui, chi bei maje Mayegeche ene Ayo, 
 chi ene Dojit, bovirai, yi cui peyaqui bovirai Mayegeche, chi 
 quetz beirai ene Dojit. Ah, maldita, tac qui tac maldita jipen- 
 tige: <iMi cui bovirai mayegeche, chi quetz beirai ene Dojit? 
 Cui mi at hemtche mayegeche? Am qui otoji mi turn Tsuntchi 
 Ayo Dojit? Ah Cristianoin, chinca jipenti uban, ene uatique 
 Jofet, ene tojot uban, am cacai itziti ege queche jipentigeya, 
 cavecac miin, sevacac miin ege at bijoi Soyo cuisi jipentigeve; 
 uatique hectacsi S. Miguel paj isca, paj fara mo Angel jipetchit 
 
 130
 
 MANUSCRIPT 
 
 infiernocan, pat fer yai cuisi jipentige tsi can, paj uatti bei cuisi 
 tojoge tomage can, paj bei achiscan, eques can, focogecafi; Cui 
 maje ene Ayo bei mayegeche, meve ectacsi Infiernocan paj qui 
 mo can bei ene Ayo taritchiin; Cui at anic jipenti cuisi choifogeve, 
 meve uatique Tsuntchi Ayo at meyebite, chi at somete zequisis 
 veya, achis, eques, focos paj qui caro yai cuisi jipentige; Cui maje 
 bovi, at cacai chambafi; Cui maje ene ayo bei, cacai S. Miguel at 
 yuctac, at each, at uaquinque Infiernocan, chi, quin S. Miguel 
 ene Ayo bei, cacai quin Soyo chitai fer quine S. Miguelve cacai 
 tifati tchutchiin Cristanoinsi (fol. 42 left) ene quin Cui miin 
 chiquerai; hem sevacac miin, pat am fibi cacai chique hemsi 
 icheacsege. 
 
 At sevaqui miin, Soyo coctchevaque ere can, achi, achi, 
 icheacsi mointchiin achi peyaqui cuitchi can, pat achi gii, pat 
 achi peyaqui, cacai camban maje cuitchi tchutchiin infiernocan; 
 Meve Sunsi Iglesia Santa icheacsi tsun, pat a'm hen Soyo siti 
 sunsi cotchican, chi pat am scioai sunsi tchutchiin, paj cacai 
 am rnoni senaya tsun; meve icheacsi tsun pat yi peyaqui tsufi, 
 S. Miguel tifactica tsun achi achi peyaquiya Soyo suntchi cotchi- 
 can, pat am moni sunsi tchutchiin, pat am zequi venoiya Jesu 
 Cristo senaya tsun, tifactica annic Sunsi Tifactige S. Miguel nera 
 yaqui sunsi tchutchiin. Za, Cristianoin, emone tsun chume gi 
 chui emone iziti S. Miguelve; anic Cui tsun raisete S. MigUelsi 
 nimbeisige, anic cui tsun maje pat tifati, emone Cristianoin Sunsi 
 vorege, emone anic congetacsi tsun, za am qui voro tsun, chi am 
 qui congetacsi tsun, ene jipenti bei tsun, ene am emone S 
 Miguelsi tifatige, enera Cui tsun momo, enera sunsi fergeya 
 Cheve Mayegeche incamban. Ah! Cristianoin, iCui tsun ben 
 juchatum, taca jipenti beirai tsun, am qui vorvirai S. Miguel paj 
 tifati tsun? Cui tsun chitai fer nimbe, chitai dene tsun hemsi 
 giege, achi momo gii, am quira emonte S. Miguelsi tifatige? 
 Cui tsun Dojitya incairai, sunsi fergeya? Cui tsun juchatum 
 Dojitsi veya caverai? Cacai ege hemtac cui miin ere can 
 mayege, am achi achi gii miin? am achi achi peyaqui miin? 
 am achi achi icheacsi guajmiin? am peivacacsi miin? ogea 
 Cui miin cheve mayegecherai incamban Soyo turn? quetzrai
 
 132 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 miin beirai moche ene Dojit? Ah! Cristianoin meyebada cuisi 
 cotchican minsi tojoge, miinsi scionge, uajquinqueva Soyo cuisi 
 cotchican miin, nera metaqui arecam miin, arecam zequi bei, 
 chi arecam zequi uban senaya miin: Meeve cacai, pajtam 
 zequi miin bei, chi pat am zequi sena, chi pat am zequi Sunsi 
 Ayo Jesu Cristo venoiya miin Cuisi yuya, quinge yacchitica miin 
 hembeiges, quinge izitica Sunsi S. Miguelve, congemac cotchican 
 cuisi tifatige, Cuisi Doiroige, uateges turn yeva miin. Suntchi 
 Patrono, sunsi tifactige S. Miguel, teconeva misi veya tsufive, 
 caveva S. Miguel sunsi tchutchiin, chitai nimbe bei, chitai 
 ben juchatum Soyo cacai at metaqui, tsun chume juchatum, 
 cacai at chique cuisi achis icheacsege: S. Miguel tifatica tsun 
 nimbeitica, nuchitica tsun pat am Soyotum bei tsun chitai can 
 bei tsun, chitai zequi tsun bei Soyo turn, nuchitica, pat mesi achi 
 achi gii tsun, pat mesi achi peyaqui tsun, pat mesi achi icheacsi ; 
 pat mesi jipenti, pat mesi peivacacsi, pat anic hembei ene Cris- 
 tianoin, pat anic itaritche poromas juchave, paj uati bei cacai 
 Sunsi Ayo nimbeisirai someraihemsi senge, chi Some terai May ege- 
 che: Ene ye cui raise in Nomine Patris et Filii et S.Si 
 
 Amen. 
 
 Sacro Cuor del mio Gesu fa che io vi ami sempre piu
 
 (fol. 42 right) 
 
 QUERIDO HERMANITO 
 
 Lo que sucede en la vida animal del cuerpo, de igual modo 
 acaece en la vida espiritual del Alma; si alimentamos nuestro 
 cuerpo diariamente con los mismos manjares, a pesar de que scan 
 bien condimentados, no obstante a causa de la misma repeticion 
 le causan fastidio y a veces nauseas; asi sucede con las comidas 
 espirituales, pues que a causa de nuestra miseria, aplicada a una 
 sola materia de continue, se cansa, se fastidia, se aburre, y a 
 veces que es lo peor, todo lo deja. Pues ni mas ni menos sucede 
 a mi en la actualidad con la lengua Musatena, ya hacen 
 muchos dias que llevo aplicados a Ella sin distraerme a otras, y 
 ha sido motive para que te deje un recuerdo mui consolante no 
 menos que edificante, que es un pequeno compendio de la vida 
 y virtudes que ejercito en vida el M R P. F Mateo Cerda 
 bis Prefecto de Misiones, y misionero en la de S a Ana en 
 Senvapi. 
 
 En el Nombre S- del Senor. 
 
 Al proponerme delucidar la vida y virtudes que practice en 
 un grado eminente el nuestro hermano F Pablo Mateo Cerda 
 Msn Ap. en las Misiones Musatenas, no dejava de sentir desde 
 lo mas intimo de mi corazon una voz que continuamente me decia 
 iquien eres tu que quieres publicar lo que ya todos saben 
 mejor que vos? y seras tu capaz de elogiar en otro lo que tu no 
 conoces y menos practicas? esas y otras voces espantadizas 
 no menos que veridicas han sido la justa causa de que se haya 
 quedado en un profundo silencio hasta la fecha la edificante vida 
 de dicho P. Pablo Cerda. 
 
 Pero a pesar de tan tristes reflesiones que me hacia: por otra 
 parte veia que hibamos poco a poco a quedarnos sin el mas minimo 
 recuerdo de Su vida Apostolica, y por consiguiente a vernos priva- 
 
 133
 
 134 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 dos de aquella edification, estimulo tan necesario en todo Misi- 
 onero que haiga, o que pueda venir a estas Misiones a repartir el 
 pan de la vida a estos pobres Neofitos. 
 
 Esa privation, digna de llorarse, ha sido la causa principal 
 de que yo emprenda esta dificultosa (para mi) empresa; la que no 
 obstante efectuare con la ayuda del Senor y de nuestra comun 
 Madre Maria SS , refiriendo con toda veracidad y sensillez 
 todo lo obrado por el dicho finado F. Pablo Cerda, desde el dia 
 en que le conoci, hasta el ultimo momento en que dejo de existir. 
 
 Por lo tanto Hermanito espero de tu bondad a que te com- 
 padeceras, y echaras al olvido todos los yerros que podras hallar 
 en el discurso (fol. 43 left) de esta pequena si pero veridica his- 
 toria, considerando a mi favor que mas me he ejercitado en idio- 
 mas inmensamente diversos del Castellano. 
 
 Bajo este caritativo supuesto me atrevo a seguir empezando 
 en el Nombre del Senor por el dia en que lo vi primera vez. 
 
 En el Ano del Senor 1857, dia 3 del mes Octubre llegue del 
 Colegio de La Paz a la Mision de la Inmaculada Concepcion, 
 dicha de Guachi, en calidad de Cura Conversor. 
 
 A mi feliz llegada halle en dicha Mision a los RR. PP. F 
 Pablo Mateo Serda Perfecto de Misiones, y F Amadeo Boydi 
 Misionero de la de S. Miguel de Muchanes: el primero 
 me causo no poca pena al verlo tan extenuado, no menos 
 que el Segundo al verlo tan adolorido por un cancer llamado 
 comunmente Espondia. Pocos fueron los dias que me acom- 
 pano dicho P. Cerda, pues que los que haceres de su Mision lo 
 llamavan a su destine. Despues de permanecer algunos dias 
 en mi Mision, fui a visitarlo en la Suya de S Ana, en donde lo 
 halle todo ocupado en su ministerio Apostolico istruyendo a 
 sus Neofitos en losdeberes de Cristiano, con una caridadydulzura, 
 que a pesar de ser algo difuso en sus doctrinas no causava en 
 los oyentes tedio ni cansancio. Desde aquellos primeros dias, 
 pude conocer el zelo que tenia de cuidar aquel rebano que el 
 S- le habia confiado; y no anduve errado en mi juicio, pues 
 que lo tuvo hasta al fin de sus dias, no solo para los de su grey, 
 sino mas alia se extendio su ardiente caridad: y sino que lo
 
 MANUSCRIPT 135 
 
 digan los barbaros Chimanes (hoy remontados) lo que padecio 
 para reunirlos, las palabras de vida que les enseno, y los recuerdos 
 saludables que les confio! que hablen (si fuera posible) los 
 Rios que navego, los Caminos y montes que atraveso, que digan, 
 que atestigiien los sustos, el cansancio y las llagas que les cau- 
 saron; y todo pas6 y lo sufrio con la mayor alegria solo para 
 llamarlos y conducirlos al redil del Sefior! Que digan mis 
 hermanos compafieros en el Ministerio Apostolico, y testigos a 
 un mismo tiempo, que es lo que no hizo para que se efectuara la 
 gran conquista de los T o r o m o n a s (hoy dejada por falta de 
 quien vaya) , que digan, y todos diran unanimes, que hizo y 
 practice todos los medios posibles para que se verificara aquella 
 importante conquista! Que digan sus vecinos Misioneros, las 
 continuas averiguaciones que hacia a los Suyos, y a los de otras 
 Misiones, y los encargos a sus Misioneros a que todo lo averi- 
 guaran por si quedava alguno en algun rincon desconocido 
 privo de la gracia del S Bautismo. Pregunta a todos 
 estos Neofitos Musatenos y que te digan algo respecto a Su 
 zelo, y oiras: Pobresito P. Pablo, tuvo en su Mision a un 
 barbaro, sin bautismo todavia, quien se fue al monte a cazar, 
 trepo a un arbol, de donde estava pendiente un mono, y de mucha 
 elevacion se cayo; el companero asustado lo dejo semivivo, y 
 corrio a dar noticia (fol. 43 right) al P Pablo quienes al momento 
 se puso en marcha, y menos de un medio dia anduvo el espacio 
 de dos dias mas o menos, llego, y felismente llego a tiempo p 
 bautizarlo. 
 
 Nada te dire de lo que practice para con estos Neofitos Musa- 
 tenos p sradicar de su corazon toda supers ticion; pues que todas 
 las yerbas, vejucos que tenian en uso los Idolatras, llamados 
 en lengua musatena C u c u c s i , para ofender y matar a otros; 
 todas y todos los ensayo comiendolos en su presencia para de ese 
 modo arancar el miedo y la crencia supersticiosa, y sembrar 
 en ellos con mas fruto la palabra saludable y veridica del Sefior; 
 de igual modo omito otras muchas practicas todas de caridad y 
 de zelo para el bien espiritual de las almas, para decir algo per- 
 teneciente a la vida privada de dicho P. Cerda.
 
 136 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 Si del fruto se conoce el arbol, y del efecto la causa, desde 
 luego podras deducir que alma tan bella y virtuosa no tendria. 
 En efecto, raro era aquel dia que dejava de decir la Santa 
 Misa, sin primero haber hecho (por un cuarto de hora a lo menos) 
 la Santa meditacion, practica que solia hacerla antes de ama- 
 necer; Jamas salia de la Iglesia sin primero haber dado las debidas 
 gracias al Senor; y si alguna vez salia por algun que hacer import- 
 ante del Pueblo (que nunca faltan) era para luego retirarse a 
 cumplir con ese sagrado deber: acto continue administrava a 
 los enfermos los remedies que conocia mas convenientes, los 
 consolava, los animava a la resignacion y paciencia, y despues 
 de haber practicado con los enfermos la mas ardiente caridad, 
 pasava el resto del tiempo en su pobre vivienda en la lectura de 
 libros, o que tratavan de moral u otra siencia no descuidandose 
 de leer algun libro de devocion hasta tanto que lo llamavan, o 
 pedia de que comer *no dejando el oficio.* 
 
 Llegada la hora de la refeccion comia lo que bonariamente 
 tenian a bien ponerle adelante : Repetidas veces lo sorprendi con 
 una sopita de arros sobre la mesa toda negra por el umo la que 
 solo al verla quitava las ganas de comer, no menos que los platanos 
 llenos de cetuza que le amontonavan sobre la mesa: solo si tenia 
 el mayor cuidado de que la comida fuera del mejor modo posible, 
 lo mismo que en su aseo, cuando algun otro Misionero hiba a 
 visitarlo. Despues de su pobre refeccion se retirava a descansar 
 un rato para en seguida pasar el resto del dia en sus ocupa- 
 ciones, y a una hora competente de la noche, acompanado de 
 todos los Muchachos del Pueblo se retirava a la Iglesia a rezar 
 el S 2 Rosario, y en seguida del response para las almas se sen- 
 tava a la mesa para comer lo que Dios le proporcionava para 
 ir en seguida a su aposento a rezar sus Oraciones, y hecharse a 
 dormir sobre tablas cubiertas con estera mui delgada de ojas de 
 cana. Este metodo de vida lo observe hasta que ya no pudo por 
 la ultima enfermedad. 
 
 (fol. 44 left) Atestiguan algunos mis companeros haberle 
 visto llevar el cilicio ; pero yo no puedo afirmarlo, solo si usava 
 (por la quebradura) un fierro demasiadamente tosco y pesante,
 
 MANUSCRIPT 137 
 
 hecho por un Neofito herrero, el que sin duda le serviria mas que 
 de silicio. 
 
 Antes de pasar mas adelante te quiero hacer una adver- 
 tencia, pues que me parece te hayas ideado, que otros Misioneros 
 que hiban a visitarle pasarian los dias como en un retire, y que el 
 finado los recibiera con cara triste o melancolica. pues te 
 equivocarias si de tal modo lo pensaras, pues que tal era la 
 alegria, el jubilo, lo divertido que era, que a veces pasava en 
 apariencia de locura y sino que lo digan todos los que lo ban cono- 
 cido, y oiras algo mas respecto de la Religiosa y Santa alegria 
 que rebosava su alma. 
 
 Otra te quiero hacer de no menos importancia, pues que 
 es mui probable que se te pueda ocurrir, que el finado Padre se 
 descuidara del pueblo respecto a lo temporal, pues todo lo con- 
 trario, pues que tenia por una de las obligaciones principales 
 despues de las del alma, el bienestar, de los Neofitos, el areglo 
 y limpieza del Pueblo y de las casas, calles, y plaza, y lo que 
 mas entusiasmava a la gente era que El mismo hacia arastrar 
 con bueyes tierra para rellenar pozas; El mismo removiendo 
 tierra para que otros la llevaran; tan luego se ponia de carpin- 
 tero, herrero, arquitecto etc etc, sin saber, ni como empezar; 
 pero siempre conseguia lo que deseava. Premesas estas dos ad- 
 vertencias, que me han parecido necesarias, paso a decirte algo 
 de la observancia de los deberes como Religioso Franciscano. 
 
 Si tanto hacia, zelava, orava para el bien espiritual de los 
 demas; si tanto velava para que otros observaran la Ley del 
 Senor; de aqui podemos sacar la consecuencia que no haria 
 nuestre hermano para observar los deberes propios como Re- 
 ligioso, como hijo de nuestro Serafico P. S. Francisco. En efecto 
 en cuanto respecta al voto solemne de la S s pobreza, nunca 
 se le ha visto infiel no solo efectivo, pues que nada poseia, solo se 
 le ha visto usar su pobre cama, sus libritos, sus vestiditos neces- 
 arios; nunca se le ha reparado que haya usado sapatos serados 
 y menos llevar medias, solamente le he visto usar de medias 
 y sapatos serrados estando enfermo, y eso practicava por- 
 que lo obligavan: No solamente poseia nada efective sino que
 
 138 BIBOLOTTI 
 
 tambien lejos estava su corazon para estas cosas del mundo pues 
 nada apetecia, nada deseava, para El aunque todo el mundo se 
 perdiera nada le importava. Si algo buscava y tenia era para 
 su pueblo, como siempre decia. 
 
 Respecto al Segundo o sea a aquella virtud tan preciosa y tan 
 amada del Senor solo te satisfare en dos palabras, que ha vivido 
 y muerto como un Angelito en carne; tan casto fue que ni despues 
 de muerto encargo que le vieran su (fol. 44 right) cuerpo. 
 
 Que te podre decir respecto a la S s obediencia, cuando 
 para El bastava no digo el mas minimo mando de sus Superiores, 
 sino que bastava una Serial para efectuarla? Pero lo que mas 
 admirava, era que otros sus comisioneros, a pesar de que eran sus 
 subditos, siempre deseava que les mandaran: de aqui provenia 
 que nada queria obrar, tan to en arreglo de su pueblo, como en el de 
 su alma, nada queria emprender sin el beneplacito de sus subditos : 
 a todo eso se acompana la siega obediencia que prestava a 
 todos, en lo que conocia ser segun el espiritu del Senor; laalegria y 
 prontitud para efectuar lo que le ordenavan. Finalmente en 
 todo lo que respecta a la mas estricta observancia de los tres 
 votos solemnes, era todo ojos, por decirlo, para evitar con la 
 mayor diligencia posible todo lo que podia ser de ofensa a sus 
 deberes de Religiose de nuestro Serafico P. S. F. 
 
 A todo lo referido hasta aqui es imprescindible el no decir 
 algo respeto aquella virtud tan necesaria en un Religiose de la 
 S- humildad, la que practice hasta la ultima hora de su vida 
 de una manera mui particular; hasta su misma figura cor- 
 poral dava a en tender la bajez en que se considerava; en 
 efecto, prescindiendo al particular, en El nunca se la ha reparado 
 aspirante a cosa alguna que tuviera el mas minimo aspecto de 
 bellez u otra cosa semejante; nunca se confundia mas, que 
 cuando se veia ocupar el puesto de Superior, no menos que 
 cuando sus conmisioneros les manifestavan alguna considera- 
 cion, entonces era cuando se confundia hasta ponerse a llorar, 
 y prorompia aquellas palabras. Ahi! pobre de mi! que sera 
 de mi! finalmente tal era el concepto bajo que tenia de si, que 
 tenia en mayor reputacion a los mismos Indies que a si mismo.
 
 MANUSCRIPT i 39 
 
 Pero si tal y a tan alto grado de humildad habia llegado nues- 
 tro hermano bien podemos afirmar que la consiguio por la con- 
 tinua y no interumpido ejercicio de la oracion; pues tal era en 
 El este ejercicio que hasta las conversaciones que tenia con sus 
 companeros eran todos motives para El de orar siempre se 
 oia de su boca aquella dulces palabras Jesus Maria y Jose; si 
 tomava alimento, o bebia, o hacia otra cosa, todo lo hacia, y 
 todo lo enserava entre la parentesis de J. M. J. 
 
 A eso anade la paciencia que tuvo con los que le querian mal , 
 pues. que no ha habido epoca en la que no haya tenido que suf rir 
 algo; y por no sef difusa en esta materia solo referire dos entre 
 muchisimas persecuciones que tuvo. una fue la que le imputaron 
 sus mismos Neofitos, atribuyendole que hiba de noche en pos de 
 mujeres, con solo al verle entrar en mia casa donde estava una 
 India gravemente enferma, y que hiba con el unico objeto de 
 ayudarla a bien morir: la otra fue de un S- quien atribuyo a 
 dicho finado ser (fol. 45 left) hijo suyo uno de los Neofitos, con- 
 quien hiba acompanado para la Paz. y para dar fin no te dire 
 de lo que tantisimas veces y en varias ocasiones han querido 
 matarlo; todo lo ha sabido, y todo lo ha sufrido con la mayor 
 paciencia y resignacion, hasta que al fin el Sefior se digno llamarle 
 a los eternos descansos; pero ante todo quiero debilmente man- 
 ifestarte todos los pormenores de su corta enfermedad que no 
 dura mas de 7 dias. 
 
 Despues de los Santos ejercicios que hizimos los tres PPes 
 le sobrevino una pequena hinchazon de pies, y una continua 
 modorra, la que a pesar que no le causava ningun dolor, no 
 obstante siempre decia que de aquella siempre moriria; por lo 
 que desde luego se dispuso al Sacrificio con recibir en cama la 
 S Comunion. Ahi! hermanito no puedo con la pluma ex- 
 presar ni escribir el gozo y la alegria que experiment6 nuestro 
 hermanito al recibir al Sefior Sacramentado. Solo te dire que 
 hizo como las Criaturas al presentarles alguna fruta deliciosa. 
 Lo recibio con aquella devocion, que admirava no menos que 
 edificava a los circumstantes; desde la primera comunion 
 hasta unos cinco minutos antes de morir todo era invocar a
 
 i4Q BIBOLOTTI 
 
 J. M. J. tal certidumbre tenia de su salvacion Eterna que hasta 
 la expreso con palabras, diciendo, ya tengo la masorca asegur- 
 ada, ya no la aflojo, yo no; Gesus et Ahora vengi, ahora vengi 
 Gesuset; anade los tiernos y continues coloquios con la Virgen 
 SSma. la esperanza que tenia en el Senor de su Salvacion, la 
 misma que espresava con las palabras no tengo, decia, otra 
 esperanza que la de Nuestro Senor J. C. porque me ha de salvar 
 por sus infinites meritos, y la del Sacerdote que me asiste pues 
 que presenta la misma persona de J. C. y de quien oire aquellas 
 consoladoras palabras. Yo te perdono tus pecados y al concluir 
 el 7 2 dia de su enfermedad, con una serenidad y alegria espiro, 
 al parecer, sin sentir las agonias de la muerte, el dia 4 de Enero 
 
 del Afio fue sepultado En cajon en la Iglesia de Senvapi, 
 
 Mision de S a Ana al pie del altar mayor, con una cruz fija en 
 la misma grada del presbiterio que coresponde a los mismos 
 pies de nuestro finado Padre; y en fe de lo dicho lo firmo en la 
 Mision de la Inmaculada Concepcion de Covendo dia 20 Mayo 
 1868 
 
 F Benigno Bibolotti
 
 (fol. 45 right) 
 FRASES FAMILIARES PARA LOS PRINCIPIANTES 
 
 Dame tal cosa 
 Trae eso 
 Lleva eso 
 Prestame eso 
 Como se dice eso 
 Como se llama eso 
 Se llama etc. 
 
 Eso se llama se 
 dice 
 
 Repitelo 
 
 Anda tu por 
 etc. 
 
 Ven aca por 
 etc. 
 
 Envia alia por 
 etc. 
 
 Que es lo que 
 quieres 
 
 No tienes nada 
 mas que hablar 
 
 Te burlas de mi? 
 
 Me parece que te 
 burlas 
 
 Someme mo 
 Tuac mo 
 Camban mo 
 Fibbi chum tua 
 Ege eye mo 
 Ege ti mo 
 Mo ti etc. 
 Mo eye 
 
 Cuvi yeva 
 
 Tai mi mo-ges 
 etc. 
 
 Acam mi mo-ges 
 
 Ectacsevac move 
 mo-ges 
 
 Ege maje mi 
 
 Itsi ai ege 
 peacge-ges 
 
 Nine mi endac? 
 Erie nine mi coi 
 
 141
 
 PRINTED BY R. R. DONNELLEY 
 AND SONS COMPANY AT THE 
 LAKESIDE PRESS, CHICAGO, ILL.
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 
 from which it was borrowed.
 
 Un